(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Anecdota Oxoniensia. Texts [etc.] chiefly from manuscripts in the Bodleian and other Oxford libraries. Semitic series"

= 00 

ECO 

"CO 



;cD 



CO 



1 




\M^M ' ; 


: 



1 





M 



iu 




. ' * .k "i V V 



.^v 



t aNDtNGUSTJu,^15 



ms 



TEXTS, DOCUMENTS, AND EXTRACTS 



CHIEFLY FROM 



MANUSCRIPTS IN THE BODLEIAN 



AND OTHER 



OXFORD LIBRARIES 



SEMITIC SERI ES PART XII 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS FROM COPTIC PAPYRI 

EDITED 

WITH AN APPENDIX UPON THE ARABIC AJVD COPTIC VERSIONS 
OF THE LIFE OF PACHOMIUS 

BY 

W. E. CRUM, M.A. 

HON. PH.D. BERLIN 




OXFORD 
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS 

1913 
Price Twenty-Jive Shillings net 



The Anecdota Oxoniensia comprise materials, chiefly inedited, taken direct 
from MSS., particularly those preserved in the Bodleian and other Oxford 
Libraries. These materials fall into five classes: (i) unpublished texts and 
documents, or extracts therefrom, with or without translations; (2) texts which, 
although not unpublished, are unknown in the form in which they are to be 
printed in the Anecdota; (3) texts which, in their published form, are difficult 
of access through the exceeding rarity of the printed copies; (4) collations of 
valuable MSS. ; (5) notices and descriptions of certain MSS., or dissertations on 
the history, nature and value thereof. They are issued in four Series : 

I. Classical. II. Semitic. III. Aryan. IV. Mediaeval and Modern. 



A 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS FROM 

COPTIC PAPYRI 



EDITED WITH AN APPENDIX UPON THE ARABIC AND COPTIC 
VERSIONS OF THE LIFE OF PACHOMIUS 



BY 



W. E. CRUM, M.A. 

HON. PH.D. BERLIN 




(xfottr 

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS 
1913 



OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 

LONDON EDINBURGH GLASGOW NEW YORK 
TORONTO MELBOURNE BOMBAY 

HUMPHREY MILFORD M.A. 

PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY 



// 



RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED 
TO THE 

PHILOSOPHICAL FACULTY OF 
THE UNIVERSITY OF BERLIN 



PREFACE 

The papyrus fragments here published were acquired in the winter of 
1905-6 by the late Lord Amherst of Hackney, who kindly entrusted me 
with their publication. During the course of printing they became the 
property of Mr. J. Pierpont Morgan. Professor Sayce, who had already 
seen them at the dealer's in Luxor/ was told that they had been brought 
from Hou, some 30 miles below Denderah. There is no internal evidence 
as to their provenance. Probably they had been part of the library of one 
of the monasteries once numerous in that district.^ It is melancholy to 
reflect that these poor remnants of some thirty volumes assuming each 
script to indicate a distinct volume are all that have survived. 

The language in which the texts are written is a pure Sa'idic, such as 
one might expect in the district whence they came. Peculiar however is, 
in several cases,^ the superlineation, which I have tried to reproduce in print 
as nearly as may be."* This matter of superlineation is one to which various 
scholars have given attention notably M. Amelineau ^ but as yet no 
systematic, statistical investigation has shown how it may be used as 
a means towards determining the dates of manuscripts. 

Neither, in the present case, can any very definite indication of age be 
had from palaeographical features, the script of most of our papyri, including 
both the finest (No. 13) and the roughest (Nos. 8, 16) types, being of the 
class which it is still necessary vaguely to assign to about the 7th century." 
For No. 7 a terminus ante qnem is indeed given, since its author was 

1 That Prof. Sayce saw these identical frag- i73ff.)- For l.i^x^ (Am. 569) = tch, 1 would 
raents is proved by his having then and there suggest Ul-jJ>.^ -seTCHTe. 

copied part ot one, that printed here as No. 25, 3 Particularly Nos, i, 4(fol. 3), 7, 9, 11,12, 15, 

fol. 14. 16,18,23. Examples of similar abnormal usage 

2 The presence here of two Lives of Pachomius ^an be seen in Br. Mus. Cat., PI. 10, nos. 278, 967. 
might suggest one of the Pachomian founda- < The frequent comma in the text of No. 25 is, 
tions, seven at least of which lay close around ^g elsewhere, merely a word-divider ; the + above 
Hou. It may be observed that the position of j^ (-jjg breathing. 

Tabennese, as being 10 m. from Sheneset (Bo. 25), 5 in the Introduction to his CEuvres de Sche- 

is confirmed by Av. 12 b Jl-*-el i,..i-C o JJLJ i wo?;, Paris 1907. 

{cf. Amelineau Geogr. 469 n.). There is still Most of the Turin jiapyri should belong to 

obscurity as to some of these names {cf. Ladeuze this period. V. also Brit. Mus. Cat., Pll. 8-10. 



vi PREFACE 

patriarch from 578 to 605 ; and this, considering the paucity of datable 
uncial hands, is not without importance. It may perhaps be assumed that 
the rest of the collection also is of about that age. 

Though so fragmentary, these papyri include remnants of more than one 
interesting work : foremost probably, as also most extensive, the new Lives 
of Pachomius (Nos. 34, 35) ; then the Sermon attributed to Gregory 
Nazianzen (No. 9) and that above referred to, bearing the name of 
Damianus (No. 7). A certain historical value attaches to the evidence, in 
No. 13, for a Coptic version of the anecdotes embodied by John of Maiuma 
in his Testimonies ; nor is a fresh addition to Enoch literature (No. 3), 
even when manifestly of late origin, without its interest. Indeed there 
are few of the remaining pieces but contribute something, either in the 
persons whom they mention or the relations which they show to other 
works, to enlarge our knowledge of Coptic literature. 

Little need be said regarding the manner of publication. Though all 
revised once, several {e.g. No. 25) more often, my copies cannot claim 
finality. The dark colour of the papyrus in some cases, in others faded 
ink or a damaged surface, made certainty well nigh unattainable. I have 
preferred to abstain from many a seemingly obvious completion of lacunae, 
where reflection showed that such was not the sole restitution possible 
and the several alternatives would have overloaded the page unduly. The 
translations aim at literalness, so long as that remained intelligible. 

In an Appendix I have taken the opportunity to attempt a preliminary 
estimate of two hitherto unstudied Arabic versions of the history of 
Pachomius and to give summary accounts of the various Sa'idic recensions, 
a critical edition whereof is promised by Professor Theodore Lefort. 

A list of the principal abbreviations used will be found at the head ot the 
Appendix. 

My grateful thanks are due to Lady Amherst for her kindness in leaving 
the papyri at my disposal and to the Delegates of the Press for generously 
undertaking their publication ; to Prof. Nau for lending me his copy of the 
Metaphrastic text of the Pachomian biography {Paris 881), to Prof. Pietsch- 
mann for facilitating my use of an important Arabic MS. {v. p. 176), and 
to Marcus bey Simaika for a valuable communication {v. p. 175) ; also to 
Sir Herbert Thompson and Mr. H. I. Bell for help in verifying occasional 
references otherwise beyond my reach. 



CONTENTS 



No. 
I. 

2. 

3- 

4- 

5. 
6. 

7. 
8. 

9- 

10. 

II. 

12. 

13- 

14. 

15- 
16. 

17- 

18. 

19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 

23- 

24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 



Ruth iv. 5-10 .... 

Lectionary ..... 

Enoch, Legend relating to 

The Virgin, Life of . . . 

The Virgin, Death of . 

Sermon . .,..,. 

Sermon by Damianus of Alexandria 

Sermon ..... 

Sermon by Gregory Nazianzen 
Sermon ...... 

Sermon ...... 

Dialogue (epwraTrd/cpto-ts) 
Anecdotes {cf. UXrjpocfiopLai of John of 
Apocryphal Acts of an Apostle 
Mark the Evangelist, Martyrdom of . 
Philotheus of Antioch, Martyrdom of 
From another MS. of the same 
Psate of Psoi, Martyrdom of . 
Apa Moui, Martyrdom of 
An unidentified Martyrdom . 



(?) . . 
Pachomius, Life (.'') of . 
Pachomius, Life of . . . 

Apollo and Ammonius, Anecdote of 
Hor, Narrative relating to 
Apa Cyrus, Narrative relating to 
Monkish Narrative 



Mai 



mma 



PAGE 

I 
2 

3 
1 1 

17 
18 

21 

33 

36 
53 
57 
58 
62 
64 

65 
68 
70 

73 

75 
80 

82 

83 
85 
86 

94 
162 
164 
165 
167 



VIU 

Appendix 

On Paris, MS. arale No. 261 

On the Cairo edition 

On Am^lineau's text 

On Cod. Vatic. Arab. No. 172 

On the Sa'idic Recensions 

Table of Correspondence 

Table of Sequence 

Additions and Corrections. 



Index 

Persons 
Places . 
Coptic . 
Greek . 
Arabic . 
Subjects 



CONTENTS 



PAGE 
171 
172 
174 
176 
177 

183 
189 
191 

195 
196 

197 

200 
204 
204 



Facsimiles of the Manuscripts 



No. I. 

Ruth iv. 5-10, with lacunae. This is clearly by the scribe of no. 9, and 
lay together with those fragments. But I have assumed that it has merely 
a fortuitous connexion with them, for it is improbable that the long biblical 
passage would be cited by the preacher of a sermon. Nor can I recall 
a Coptic MS. which contained both a biblical and a non-biblical text.^ 
Sir H. Thompson's text {A Coptic Palimpsest) is unfortunately deficient 
here. 



" Recto. 




f Verso. 


i!ineM]T*.q- 


Teq|K'\Hpo- 




[itenpe]ciY- 




Teqn'XHpo- 


ttOJUId. 


t[ 


[Tepoc xi\w- 


tfottid. itq- 


(lac7ma) 


1 {lacttna) 


(lacuna) 


TJuqoiTe ^ 

(lactma) 




llTTgH[lt] 


jui'\[e;)(^ TH- 




tor' "^e' "SI 




l\TJOOn* 


t^'Y'XH [aA- 




T^Ypiott' e[T-] 
g^juinecpi.[H A ] 


\&.IU)tf till 
WTOOTC' K- 


neq"\jv[oc . 

TCTltO 


tt^n&.U}'2ITC* 


tmiiTpe 








itnocy' * 


margin 


margin 



* Should be efio[ec. ^ Here Thompson's text (p. 267), which fills the gap thus : e&oX 

ncS*! np&n xinenTakqxio*^ e&oX gnneqcnHy e^yw efioX gnTC- {i- e. probably six lines of 
our MS.). 



1 Unless it be a volume with ' Exodus and the Canons of Apa Athanasius ', in the catalogue, 
Rec. xi. 132. 

1143 B 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



No. 2. 



Fragments of a Lecti'onaiy. Text in one column. The sequence of foil, i 
and 2 is obvious ; that of fol. 3 uncertain. 

I have to thank Dr. Anton Baumstark for the following valuable observa- 
tions : * The Bohairic directories indicate Ps. xcvii. i ft", and Eph. iv. 20- 
v. 14 as lections for Low Sunday {Dom. in Albis) ; v. Lagarde's Orientalia 8 ; 
likewise Ps. xxviii. 3 ft", and Titus ii. i t-iii. 7 for Epiphany ; I.e. 10. With 
the Blessing of the Water at Epiphany Ps. 1. 7 might well be connected ; 
note that it was read in Egypt at a similar rite (Foot Washing) on Holy 
Thursday. The divergences in detail of the lections, here and in the far 
younger Bohairic uses, are of small moment compared with the remarkable 
agreement, maintained over so long a period, to which these important 
fragments testify.' 

The only other Lectionary on papyrus known to me is a small fragment 
(no. 12) in the Strassburg University Library, which shows a lection 
ending i John iii. 11 (or 2 John v.?) followed by Acts ix. 36 ft", and, on its 
other side, an unidentified passage from St. John's Gospel. 



Fol. I. \ Recto {}). 
jo^c" [red) ^ 
JTgrn . {black) 



^ Verso. Ps. xcvii. i, 2. 
[red) nenpo[KeiiJieiiOtt] 

CO oo[ 

{red) Xui [enosoeic itcyssoii ufeppe] 
{black) se2>.n['2s:oeic eipe itgenujnHpe] 

Js.'Yoo [nq<5'fioi eTOy^^.^-fe ] 

* From a Pauline Epistle. 



Fol. 2. > Recto. Ps. xcvii. 2-5. 

eitoc TH[p]o'Y ^ 

d.qpnuiec'Ye xineqiia. n[iJs.Rto6] 



f Verso. Eph. v. 17-20. 
[\]a. iji 'seo['yn] ncytowj \\- 
[n-sjoeic* 2v'Yto [iijnp'^ge gHoYH- 



* THpoy not elsewhere. Cf.'i Ps. Ixvi. 2. 



NUMBER 2 



enoY^td^i xineimo'y[Te] 
ttcyTe 

[v^dwWei epoq no'y]Kied.pd>. 

Fol. 3. f Jiec^o(?). Ps. 1. 7-9. 



margin 



(red) ^i v5/iK'\THpi[oK 

[black) KitJs.(5'ej(5(joto^ [ito'ygiYccainoc] 

efioV oJuLneciioq' ii[nuje t^^tMo] 
KW&.'xoKJLieT efc[o'\ MgHTq 2>.'Y^] 

sic , _ 

[e]RlUvTpd^CCOT[jL. G'YTeTVH'X lAMO'Y- 

["YMoq ^ 
[c]i<Te'\HV u[s'i iiKeec eTeMiH-y] 
[rt] rieRgo Hc[&i!o'\ mies.it ofee] 



[igojon itgHTq d.We>. nTT- 
[-sco]!! eJfeoX gJunemidL eTCTit- 
[wjewj-xe jmrmeTitepH'Y gltgeR- 
[v^/ev'Xljjioc JJiigencjLio'Y Jungeii- 
oi-XH iifTttS.ROii eTefR-soj' 

TUHT* n'2oeic eTeTIl^TT 



-* Verso (?). Ps. xxviii. 8 and Titus 
ii. 1 1 (?). 

margin 
[TecAiH jun-xo^eic qRiui' eTepniioc 
[n-soeic iidwRijjL] exepHJuoc' ilRd^'^LHc* 

] 

np]oc TiTOc {red) 

] 

[&.ngJUiOT iTis.p junjito-yTe nen- [black) 
[cwTHp cYtoiig^ fe]oV wpojjuie' n[ixi] 

]evc' . R[ 
]Te . . . [ 



* Elsewhere '^nekO'yfie.uj. 

*> The end of this must have been inserted above or below the line. 

No. 3. 

These remnants of a new text connected with the once extensive Enoch 
literature are, owing to my failure to discover elsewhere any guiding version 
of the story\ printed in a merely tentative sequence. An alternative order 
might, for instance, begin with foil. 2, 6, 8. All is so ill preserved that 
scarcely a phrase can be translated without hesitation. Pronouns, of 
decisive importance for the intelligence of the narrative, are too often 
missing or, owing to imperfect context, ambiguous. Needless to say, the 
order oi recto and verso is usually an open question. 

' The recently published Ethiopia 'Clement' (Gr^baut, ROC. xvi. 230) is of no help. 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Both Enoch's mother and sister assuming ' my son ' and ' my brother ' 
to have their hteral meaning have parts in this legend.^ That the latter 
is the speaker in foil. 7, 9, is an assumption based simply upon the 
traditional relationship of the Sibyl to Enoch ^ and the probability that 
prophetic information would be ascribed to her w^isdom. A gnostic element 
in the work might perhaps be recognized in fol. 2, but the references to the 
persons of the Trinity would suffice to separate this text from the more vener- 
able literature relating to Enoch. 



Fol. I. \ Recto, margin 

[q- 

iinujHpe [ii-] 
] jun&.p- nitcyre eq- 
[^^v^]ce\oc &.q- gjuooc ncev- 
[K]dwjs>q* e-xniiui^.- CYWd^Ai iinq- 



[?V.o]c M-siocope 



^^s.Tq e-xit- 
i5n[&.T]^ iineq- 
ei[coT] eq-sco 

[ ] o [M]uj*i2_ iJuji[oc] -seui- 

n&.[eia)]T ii- 
np[. . .]Ainq 

* Or T.d.q. '' Altered. 



- Verso. 

[.]e ctco[t e]q- 
u}iiiitd>.'y epo- 
Y gitiie-yuiiiT- 

UJi.qT TH- 

pcy euJ^.'y^v^s^Y 
qit2vcc2s.icoY 

TeTeR[g^]iK(o~ 
THpc fc[u>]K en- 

ajm[ .]Tn . 
ricA.[ ]aac 

" nJToq ncd.[o']fp(D]iui[e ? 



2Jp[ 
eq[ 

[.]0YK q[ 

Te* qw^w[ 

wa'oitc . [ 
TeqtyoAi [ 

Al[. .]UJ[ 

glinKo[ 



Fol. I. Recto. . . . the archangel (apx-) and he placed him (it ?) at (upon ?) 
the ba[lan]ces of righteousness {SLKaLoavvrj), and broug[ht] other mighty 
angels {ayy.), . . . being flame (?) 



* In ail Ethiopic legend his mother's name is 
Bareka {Livre des Mysteres, p. 138, ed. Gr^baut, 
Patr. Or. vi). 

* V. my note ZA^2"^. 1911,352. I may here 
add that the sibylline quotation in the Turin 
papyrus is to be referred to the Tiburtian Sibyl ; 
cf. Sackur, Sib.Texte u. Forsch. 181 ; further, as 
to the invocations of Enoch on grave stones, v. 
H. Thompson in Quibell's Saqqara, 1912, p. 48. 



Prof. Pietschmann has referred me to certain 
versions of the History of Alexander, wherein 
the Sibyl appears as Solomon's sister (A. N. 
Vesslovsky's work on the History of the Novel, 
vol. i, 1886, and his article in Vizant. Vrem. 



1897). 
Elias, V. 
92. 



On Tabitha associated with Enoch and 
also Steindorffs Apok. des Elias 



NUMBER 3 5 

. . . which is (?) the name (?) of the son of God, sitting on His father's 
right. He cast himself at His father's feet, saying, ' O (?) my father, do 
not 

Verso. . . . ' tremble (?) if he behold them in all their wickedness which 
they do, he shall straightway write them down and all thy image^ (e//fc6r) 
shall go to destruction. But (dXXd) rather (?) seek for ' ^ 

. . . nothing intelligible in col. 2. 



Fol. 2 



2. -* 


Recto. 




.IttovF. Ion . 




pcoxie h['xi- 




Ki^ioc eT[enjvi- 




ne i&.p[e'X ft^qp-] 


] 


gOTe gHTq [!-] 


h 


nito'yT[ i^'yai 





nitoyTe o[u 


]2.^- 


epeiieq[e>^ccf- 




]ne 


Xoc jue AJLi[oq] 


j'xi 


eJTfien . . 


ne 




]H 





Or 'xnoq. 



\ Verso. 

[. . ^.H^.]\^.[JU-] 

[T]ne* jwqttoi uii- 
[jji'ycTHjpion 

[]eH[n] ^KWd.i- [ 

Wit jmn-sice m[ 

[ft.'YJai HitO'Yc s[ 

THpoy eenn [ 

[2^]nn&.ia)M xi- pe[ 

[n]oYoeitt isT^t^ hs\ 

[ ]2^ ""[ ri[ 



Fol. 2. Recto. . . . 3 righteous (SiKacos) man, namely Iar[ed, and he] feared 
God. [And] the [an]gels (ayy.) of God al[so] loved him^ by reason 
of 

Verso. . . . took him up (? dvakaii^dvetv) to heaven and he knew {vohv) 
the [mys]teries (/xv(tt.) that are hidden in the aeons {aiwv) of the height, 
and all the minds {vovs:) that are hidden in the aeons (al.) of light, and 
... of the (pi.) 

^ The hnman race. * Lit. (if my snggestion be accepted) ' And 
' Perhaps : seek out a man to mitigate the God also, His angels loved him '. But this con- 
severity of the recording angel. struction is unlikely. 
' Presumably ' son of a], or something similar. 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 3. t Recto. 
jjin[. 



? margin 



]< 



7V.OC n[Te nno'Y-] 

JYJDin- wjvq efcof'X eq-] 

Jujjv'se iuiHp e'2iiT[eq-] 

] *.- "^ne iio'YJLi[o-] 

jqTAA- ^ Rtto-Y^ [e-] 

j-si pecYK^OAJi [*^-] 

loC TdJUld.MT[lltOtt 

J L 

? 

" Not HdwC. 

Fol. 3. Recto. ... while he stood upon the mount, lo, an angel {dyy.) 
of God appeared unto him, girt about his loins with a golden girdle, a crown 
of adamant {dSafiavTivosi) being [upon his head 

Verso. . . . ' Enoch, son of Tared, [take] this book of my hand and 
read therein and reveal the (?) ^ name.' Enoch said unto him, ' Who [art 
thou?' 



-^ verso, margin 




]mjs, 




c. . enu)^ n- 




ujHpe [MI]^>.pe^ 




["xi ineji'sai- 


L 


to.te 2itTA.(3'i'2s: 


oe[i 


nc*]touj ftgH- 


n*.fi[ 


T]q in^cY^ong^ 


Wh. 


e]fio\ juinpd^tt 


iin[ 


Hej-se euco^ 


uieg^; 





ttc* 


? 


Tq[ 



Fol. 4. 

]T[ 
]ltT[ 
]T[ 

]oq eiTe 



Recto. 

tojL.[. . . nno'Y-] 
T ii[ev;)(^j>.pi'^e] 
njvK [ujo-ypLi^u] 
ncoeiT e[go'Y-] 
epcojuie \\\slx 



\ Verso. 



]eco\- /Ceit^N.'siTR eT- 
jcgdwYco'Y ne giineR- 



]Te. 

][ 
]pn. 

[. . . .]koc nq- 

[rtejXoc TJs.jjioq 
epooy gi'siA- 
nTOcy A^q- 

* Perhaps ' my ', nev-. 



[.]flt[ 

nevpe[ettoc 
sec . [ 
n>.ip[e 





NUMBER 3 


7 


siUTeq- 


c[to]Ai&. ttceR^.- 


&w iijo*t[T]e 


ujo il[poAine]a 




&.R IlTiUlHTe 


uct|^p^i?i[c 


gI'2tJUl[nRd.g^ 


i^i^q T- 


itej'Ynoe'YKH 




i^yai ne[. . 


UJdvTIl 


nnTq- 


. .]Te o*Y9'' 


[.]'Y . MCg2vl . 


Mo-y . . 


? 


n[ 


]t 






traces of two lines. 


llAC 





* Stroke over ii not certain. 

Fol. 4. Recto. . . .' God [shall grant (xapL^ecrdai)] thee a name (?) famous 
[above] all men. Thou shalt be taken to heaven in thy body {(rcofj.a) and 
shalt be set in the midst of the store-house (? diroOrjKr] ') ' 

Verso. . . . whereof the angel {dyy.) had told him upon the mount. He 
found three seals {a-^payisi) and the . . . writings 

. . . the ho[ly one {ayios:) of the Lo]rd . . . .^ vir[gin {irapQ.)']^ that . . . 
should spend . . . hundred [years] upon [the earth,] all but 



Fol. 5. \ Recto {}). 




-^ Verso (?) 




n 


JUIH 

* 




Aie 


y- 


> 


] .n . 


iiq(5^it[Tq Qsien- 


ujO's[tt] no-Y" 


p[ 


] gn- 


pww [AA]nen- 


u>T n[e]TW2H- 


e'x[ 







TJo'Y n[T]oo'Y ce- 


th[ 

* 


] 


ep_e ilT- 


juie[ 


]0R 


it2s.q -xen*.- 


n]e xiitnR^ig^ 


(ja[ 


]r 


soeic ei[c ajo- 


Ilpd^it AineiWT 


ch[ 


] efeoX 


kxwT Kpe>.ri 


[.]cp2^ ttnjuieg- 


n[ 


]T- 


iti^gopiiTori 


ujojulrr it . 


t[ 




aa(5'nTO'Y e[Y- 


.] eTgi-sn- 


n[ 





cJHg^ gjun'sai- 









(OiUL[ 



^ In the Book of Enoch ' store-houses ' are 
mentioned, but the Greek words are rafiiiov or 
Orjaavpoi (ch. xi, xviii). 



^ Tn[noo'y T-] ' send the ', might be read; 
hardly space for o y- ' send a '. 



8 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 5. Recto (?). . . . ' a single purpose is in them.^ They it is do guide 
heaven and earth. The name of the Father is written (?) ^ on the third . . . 
that is upon ' 

Verso {?). . . . and he found [it to be the] name [of] the [Holy] Ghost 
(? iri^evfxa). Enoch said unto him, ' My lord, lo, three invisible (dopaTos) 
names have I found written in the book (?) 



Fol. 6. -> Redo. 

M 

]n 

[we]\\Hn Si- 

IciofH 

]me 

1^ 



]^9 

?ee[ ]n 

feo\ .... 
iinKOiTar" 



tioc ecttKo- 

wjHpe JU&.p[OM] 
ego^Ytt enK[oi-] 

[T](AiN MTri[ 



I Verso. 
[ ]nc 

K . . . iiTe'Y" 

TIA [T]et^CO- 

neccoit ne- 
['X'JA.c jti^q ose- 

epoi iu*(5^io[jt] 
[e]ioA inp[ 



Oll[ 

THT2xJU*.[jv'y] 
JUMUJ(5[OAA 

eTpd.uj[ 
nKi[ 

[ 

[ 



Fol. 6. Recto. ... the words of the Greeks (? iXXriv) . . . hear 

. . . outside the bed-chamber (koltcop) of the virgin (Trap.), wherein 

she slept. She said unto him, ' Enoch, my son, let us go into the bed- 
chamber (? KOI.) and let us (?) ' 

Verso. ... at the moment when she heard the voice {(/xovrj) of Enoch, 
her brother, she said unto him, ' Enoch, my brother, come in unto me and 
look forth. Be not 

. . . when] I took suck of my mother. It is impossible that I should 
[be ?] again (or other) ' 

? the Trinity, 

2 Reading CHj>, though as following prep, gn would be preferable. 



NUMBER 3 



Fol. 7. \ Recto 
p. i^ (or p^) 
margin 

[ ]qp M[o-] 

fee gWO-Y-AAS^T- 

StitcyuiilT- 



[ 

. ne[ 

[ CR-] 

eq[o]fq !o\ 



ujjs.qTe n- 
eReRO) ii[n-] 

RJVUJ I-2t[jUl-] 

^R^K'^.^s.iLl[^vpI-] 

Ott (3[ 



^n 



Royri [. juijnen- 

Tn[] itqRi^- 



Verso, margin. 



[n]ujop[n 
[cjgA.! iinit[o]fe 

uiiwjHpe Fi- 
npiojLie* ce- 
ll^^^[^s.p]^'^ 

[i:]e\o[c RTJJUiiT- 

d.UJiS.RgTHq 

&[. . . .]eT[. .] 



[njqqi [niti,]re<- 
eou M[qT]*.- 
Xoo'Y e[R]ca^ 
equjeviiiid.'Y 
eimoie e'y- 
cu>R nis.pdw 

l)ij*.qqi JLineq- 
g^[p]wfe'^oc eT- 

[gIt]Tq(3'I'2K 

[ROJ^tte^ui iiq- 



Fol. 7 (ist fol. of quire 14).^ Recto. . . . ' if] thou fi[nd (?) he sinned 

through cowardice and error, thou shalt not write their sins against them 
hastily {Taxv)^ but (dXXd) thou shalt put the reed into the reed-case 
(KaXafidpLov) 

. . . delete ^ it again.' Enoch said unto her, ' Doth not God then {ovkovv) 
[appoint?^] an angel {d.yy.) from heaven and (doth) he (not) [set? him '. . . 

Verso. . . .' first {or before [thou]) write the sins and the good-deeds 
{dyaOos) of the sons of men, thou shalt be granted {\apL^eLv) the angel {dyy.) 
of mercy ' 

. . . ' sins and he taketh the good-deeds {dy.) and placeth them on another 
side. If he see the sins drawing (down the balance) beyond {irapd) the 
good-deeds {dy.)^ he taketh his staff (pd^Soi), that is in his right hand, and 
layeth it upon '..... 

* So if this is rec(o ; if verso, it indicates p. 14, ^ Ltf. ' give *. ]ii, as part of a 2-rad. verb, 

or (reading p^) p. 104. is more difficult, though as accus., superlined 

2 Perhaps CKeqoTq ' thou shalt delete '. before oy, it is also unlikely. The passage is 

Enoch deletes sins, CSCO., vol. 42, 236. to me quite obscure. 

1143 C 



10 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 8. -> Redo. 




n 

J u 




AAe 

1 




pe[. . . .] xt-tte 


no 

I- 


oriTe jLi[n]oYei- 


eiitu[^ 


Ai epoc juno'y- 


p 


eujo-yowg^ eio\ 


nto^ n[*>'~" 


eiVttHTei 


ojHpe 


J 


%x 


"Yongc efto\ 


n[ 


gjnTAAHTe 





juLjneKeito- 


w^ 


[t] AtttTeK iul[^w^^'y] 


Tb. 


[ -M 


x[ 



t ^^r^6?. 



]AO 
] 

] 
eitju)^ 

]pi.M 



* ^qujAk'se cannot be read. 



juie[ 

iiT[eT]*j.jui.Y 

eic Tjs.[. .]eT j[(o-] 



snoc n2H[Tc] 
ic ujoiuKT n- 
con k.cuj*w's[] a 
gr[geiiiio[(3'] 
ttujd.<2se Rg^. [ 

[.]HIt . . (AJ[ 



Fol. 8. Recto. . . . ' they ^ have not known her, they have not been able 
to make her (? it) known, except {il/xijTi) thou (first) go and make her (? it) 
known before (///. in midst of) thy father and thy mo[ther ' 

. . . ' Enoch [my ?] son '.-... 

Verso. . . . En]och 

. . . ' of her. Lo, my . . . {fem.),^ what shall (she ?) become (?), (she) 
whom thou didst beget from (her) ? Lo, three times hath she spoken 
great (?) words ' 



Fol. 9. 



Recto. 
margin 



ujT pi.i e-xuiu no . . . *wn[^s.-] 
i^iqHd.'y epoK X^vjuifid^ite [ 



I Verso. 

margin 
[. In^.'si n[c-] eiejuiHTe n- 

[n^s.]'y ejpd.i ex- n\.cce nR[-] 
[ne] gHne-Ycio- ptojue nee 



* Read? oyTe 'neither'. 

* ]eT might be completed as kct or ecT, were they not so difficult to adapt to the context. 



NUMBER 3 



II 



xeiiTKOYcco- wpuiAAe [eT-] 

Tn jvyio eKCi.- ne jjineq[cco-] 
gH'Y efio\ ene- ii.. eiJuiHT[i] 

.ito[. . . .]Mp . b [s]oic . . [ 

* Possibly dkyi. 



[lA^^] o'Yi). -xe- 

[fei]eA. n[. .]Rd. 

J 

]e wgH[T]q 

]TT[ 
* Possibly nen. 



xineMei(o[T] 

p^ GnRA.2^ 

\*w[. n]RJs.pnoc 
eTu[&.ei e]ioX 

ng[HTR 



Fol. 9. Recto. , . . ' God (did) look down upon thee and saw thee, how 
that thou wast a chosen one and removed from all evil.' He said, 

. . . said,] '[Shall] not then {ovkovv) [the Lord?] take up {dvaXaii^dv^iv) 
[any ?] man to heaven in his body (? aa>fia), except (ei/xrJTi) me ? ' She (?) 
said unto [him,] ' . . . Lord (?) 

Verso. . . . shall take two up to [heaven] in their body (crcofia) : one 
Elias, another Tabitha the place where ... is 

. . . except {?clfj.T^Ti) by forming^ {TrXdaaeiv) another man, in the fashion 
of our father Adam, and that he people the earth.' She said unto him, 
' Mathusala (?)2 [is the] fruit (Kap.) that [shall go] forth from [thee' 



No. 4. 

From a version of the Life (?) of the Virgin, identical, in part at least, with 
Zoega no.cxvii, Clar.Press no. 14 {v. Forbes Robinson, Apocr. Gosp., pp. 10,14) 
and Br. Mus. no. 303.^ In the latter of those fragments there is likewise 
reference to the Meletians.* Our fourth fragment here is perhaps wrongly 
associated with the other three ; it may be from a different MS. and text. 
So too the third, which has marked differences from the others {v. note 
on text). 



^ For tlfiriTi {cf. the readings here ro. and 
frag. 8), perhaps ie AlH Teit-. But ist pi. 
* we form ' seems incongruous here. 

2 Reading instead [ju]wOYC.\4k[n. 

3 Cf. also Revillout in Journ. As., 1905, i. 
413,413. 



* F. R., p. 2, 11. 14, 15, * Say not as the heretics 
that the Virgin was a " power" (dvvafin, cf. ib. 
108, 10) ; nor say as the Meletians, that she was 
taken up to heaven in her body.' Mr. Winstedt 
has kindly collated the text. 



32 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. I. \ Recto. 
A.R'xawCT itee 

IlCYTieTpjV NR- 
'SI JUOeiT gHT 

.RUT efeoX 

C'yO'yN.CTM NR- 

T^li\o iigeiipio- 
lAG e'sitiieit- 
[i.]ii'Ye* i^RettT 



6 



rt 



eio nio>&,Re'LiA.] 

^00 Y e'yo'y- 

coiji eYcai [e'y-] 
eY^P*>^tte e- 
'XAJinti^. II- 
T^.nito'YTe 
xoRq [efeo\] 
iiTiicONR[eiAi] 



f 

Fol. I. Redo. ... 'in ^ place of the days in which Thou didst humble us, 
when my heart was sad. Thou didst raise me up like a rock (Trerpa) and 
didst guide me and bring me forth unto a broad-place.^ Thou didst cause 
men to ride over our heads and didst bring [us ' 

Verso. . . . brought their gifts-of-honour unto Joakim and they spent 
seven days eating and drinking and rejoicing {ev(f)paLveLv) over the mercy 
that God had fulfilled with Joakim and Anna 



Fol. 2. \ Recto. 

[TJpeqqiTC 
[IIjXhm june- 
[Tjnevpeenoc 
ujiite ^c^>.- 
necciOTe 









Verso. 

WMXxxbj^ en[eY-] 
ju*. ttujine [T-] 

cooq T[nY-] 

Mxzs. nogton[-] 
we* oy^Le [oy-] 
ott niAA exnic- 



* Or Tia^iJAi-Wit CT-. 

^ This ode is made up of various Psalm verses {v. F. Robinson, p. 1 1). 
"^ F. R. noTfioujc efcoX. 



NUMBER 4 



13 



i^^\. iieco iiee 

ne eTAioone 

gjunpne uj&.- 
negocy itTi^c- 
lAnujjv juni- 

HgHTq eTpec- 
ne Teito'Y w- 

sic 

Tg^noT'ye 

9-[ 






rt 



Te-ye itxm.^.'y 
eTeYd.ipe- 
cic CTCooq 

eTJUiiTitcY- 

h\ .... 

TeTpi^.c eTcy- 
jvjw^ nicoT 
AAiinujHpe 
juiiineniiS. 

q'i JuuuiiN.'y jli- 

neuujLH jLib 



TetiHH epe- 

* Or (if space would allow) [cT-xje 2e[H-. '' JUlt- (? xx ) is required ; then prob. nenitH, 



Fol. 2. Recto. . . . God made him (?) worthy to take her (? it). Howbeit 
(ttXijv) the Virgin (Trap.) visited not her parents, but (dXXd) was like to those 
doves that dwelt always in the temple, until the day whereon she was 
worthy of this great honour, that she should bear Christ. Let the Meletians^ 
be now ashamed, that cast suspicion (? vTroTTTevat/) 

Verso. . . . and (?) they that [go] with them unto [their] filthy oracles, 
that is, their dwelling-places ; neither {ovSi) any one that believeth {Tna-Tev^Lv) 



^ There is little to add to Riedel's account of 
the Meletians {Can. Atkanas. xv ff. My refer- 
ence there to Renaudot may now be replaced by 
Evetts, Patrol. Or., v. 200 ff., where their magical 
practices are specially referred to). Their heretical 
tenets are condemned in the other copy of the 
present text {v. note above), their usages attacked 
by Damianus (Evetts /. f., i. 473 = Synax., i8th 
Sane, ed. Gnidi), and their survival of Siut (Br. 



Mus. no. 358, if by Bp. Constantine, then also 
of early seventh century, v. Br. Mus. no. 865 n.), 
and at Achmim {Mission iv. 740 ; cf. _Wusten- 
feld's Synax., 9th Kihak) are recorded. Athana- 
sius, in a Festal Letter (Zoega no. cclxxvii, f. 2 
= text of Paris 129", ff. 87-90, which is same 
MS. as Br. Mus. no. 173), refers to their traffick- 
ing in saints' relics. 



14 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



with them in their filthy heresy {aXp), who ascribe i great impurities unto 
the divinity of Emmanuel, they . . . -ing the holy Trinity (rpmy), the Father, 
the Son and the Holy Ghost {ttv.), taking away the mi (fiv) and the ne 
W^ 



Fol. 3. t ^^^^^-^ 

K^'ic JV-ycO AAtttl- 

C*in&.i on AJinc- 
co\cX itHT ec- 
xui juiuioc -se- 

nee liTJs.'yR*^'- 
i,q sjLMJLoc n^- 

Gpens^'i n^e. j5- 
on itTeige jutevX- 
XoM " ne[p]- 
0'Y0(3' m[ . . ]p6 



margin 



[. . .] eTen- 
[c.]Md.Toitne 
ecxco juuuioc 
s[e]A*.2s.piiT(*i- 
[o]yn nTe-YygH 
MTn&oiR e&oX 

MJULJl*.C iiTn- 
SITC C^o\ ttC- 

\\b.y eneqcw- 
jjiii 'seiiitecjuto'Y 
itTeq..t5opjuiH 

[c]ofcT ngen- 
[g^lAne n*.igco- 
[cy] jmwgen- 



* The superlineation here is so peculiar and different from that on foil, i, 2, 4, that one may 
doubt this leaf being from the same MS. *> [eyjuil].THpi[on is improbable. 



^ Lit. 'write'. Or 'speak' (grammatically 
preferable). 

* I can suggest no other translation, and even 
for this the reading requires manipulation. I 
suppose the consonants of ' Emmanuel ' to be 
intended and some magical or gnostic use of the 



name e*0']fH\ referred to. C/. wholly vocalic 
forms like d^eHCioyioHX {^Rain. Mitth., v. 1 20). 
That the letters JUL, n were thus pronounced is 
seen from Hebbelynck, Mysteres, 34, 117, Paris 
i3i'> f. 77 (on significance of the letters in name 
JUL&pia.). 



NUMBER 4 



15 



" Verso. 

margin 
ne Tp[eYAAO-] 

pgOTcne j)^['y]u> 
e'yujTpTwp 
W GiiepenioY- 

es.'Y nceeipe iwy 
itgeiineeo- 
y itepeiipeq- 
poeic poeic e- 
poqne *:- 
Meyqi juineq- 

ttp0'yujT[op-] 
Tp ujoon [eT-] 



nje^c (in margin) 
eTq-xw juujio- 

ujoon nxxxxbs^- 
ne ^egSLTTc 
eTpSLiyn itei- 
ice is/^ixi UT^.- 
TOJO'ytt itepe- 
yKc iifcoA. juii- 
yiyTopTp 

THpo'Y e^'Y^io- 
ouje itiojLdwC 
[eJTfeeTec uinf- 

[necujTo]pTp 



' This being the verso, the formula [ic Tije^o^ would indicate the last fol. of a quire. (More 
usually Tc on the last, ne^QC on first of following quire.) 

Fol. 3. Redo. . . . they sealed {a-(f)payi^iv) it with a seal {<T(f)payL9). And 
after this also she was not comforted at heart, saying, ' If I go not and see 
the tomb {Td<f>o9), how they have laid Him, I will not sit down.' But (^e) 
these things being so, and moreover {fidWov 84) as there was a great 

. . . which as the Sabbath, she saying, ' Let us arise at night and go forth 
with her and take her out and she see His body (crw.), lest she die on His 
account {d(f>opfii]).' They arose and prepared much spices and . . . {plur) . . 

Verso. . . . that they should go forward, being afraid and trembling. 
For (yap) the Jews were lying in wait for whoso should go forth to the 



i6 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



grave, that they might do them evil ; and the watchers were watching it, 
lest His body {(TO).) should be taken by stealth ; and there was a disturbance 

on His (?) account, because that 

. . . words] that He spake unto them, while He was with them, * Needs 
must that I should suffer these things and should arise, there being (still) 
darkness and disturbance.'^ And they left all these things behind them and 



sni wi 

Fol. 


ui iicr, uy rcdsuiJ wi iici iiccu 

4. -^ Recto. 


\ Verso. 




Wb\ 


]a) 




JJS.[ 


ne]qoYO- 






_ ![ T-] 


[em] i.ticio'Y 




gi''sinR^2^ R 


.s.^wpi 




epene'YgHT^ c[. .] 




liev-Y *^TRi^K 




itee MTiti[ . . 1 


ujwne WTRiw- 


go 


sic n. 

tgwne THpcy 


uje AAnegocy 

i^IteTAtOCYT 

feoX gttiteju.- 




R<it ei^q-si ntto- 


2>.i^'Y 




[jLio]c nee ttjuico- 


I\.nuJs,T[dvneT.cjui] ^ 




/ycHc] Rjvn e&.q- 


inp[n 






]tn- 






d 
S 



' netJgHT more probable. ^ Inevitable, if not too long. Last letters perhaps above the line. 

Fol. 4. Recto. . . . ever ... on the earth . . . , his (?) heart being . . . 

like , he being wise {<T0(f>6s:) beyond all them that had been upon 

earth, whether (/cdV) when he received ^ the law {voii.) like Moses, or (/cdV) 
when he 

Verso. . . . his (?) light; the stars departed {dvax^cape'iv) \ darkness was 
at midday ; the dead arose and came forth from the graves. The veil 
(? KaTan^Taafia ^) of the temple (?) 



1 Cf. Lemm, Misc. lix. 



2 ' accepted ', if this refers to Christ. 



s V. note ". 



NUMBER 5 



17 



No. 5. 

Presumably from a Sermon (or Encomium), with reference, on verso, to 
the death of the Virgin. Cf. the passages in Forbes Robinson's Apocr. Gospels, 
pp. 6^, 83, and in PSBA. xxix. 304. The narrative would appear not to be 
related here by an apostle. 



> Recto. 

margin 




1 Verso. 


margin 


&.q^ ii.q wfgen- 






nja-ye epilfew[\ 


Ti^eio g(Uito[q 






[it]il&.nocTo'\-a 


i^eri'i.to[pon] 






A]oc (5'toigf ti- 


ewe^ujioo'Y 


wi[ 


feioiv 


ccoc e-Yoetopei 




CX.q'xooc \\\^ 


i7ei[ 


jutjnH'Ye 


Ajuuoc Aiitnec- 


CH?^ -sseeic n&.- 


ton[ 


TKCY 


eocy M.TUjw- 


K&>2^ THpq juineii- 


cuew-y *.[ 


HOC 


^e epoq js.'yoj 


To eio\ ttncK- 


ew'Y*Jin[ 


*.CUiU} 


ttTcpcYnto^ 


eiioT juiiiitefK- 

L J 


^qT[ 


xewCAt 


iiujuid.c ejitn'Y- 


CIIH'Y H2s.pO'Y- 




]C2_ 


^H itJLlTlH'Ye 


"Y^g^ gtnRa^2^ 






i^nee'Ypo'Ypoc. 


eTitis.ito'Yq 






MjLinH'Ye p^v- 


itce'si nce"^ 






uj jvyto^ - 


nceujcone 






fcoX e-y-ataj jui- 


g^ifneocY u- 








flOC glTtlTe- 


Tj^AiiiTepLo] 






C]JIH ttTd^CUJCO- 


tnitJvci.[eoit] 






[ne] uumoc ax- 


AinK^-g^* 






nnjd.'Y ttT*.nc- 


Guj-xe d.n 






g^pi^i] ejuinHYe 

[. . . .jlOtt' 



* Perhaps nothing instead of \. 

Recto. ... he gave unto him also (?) honours and many gifts (Scopoy). 
He said unto Joseph,^ ' Behold, my whole land is before thy father and thy 

^ V. Gen. xlvii. 6. 
ins D 



i8 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



brethren. Let them dwell in the good land and buy and sell and share 
{lit. be) in the honour of my kingdom and the good-things (aya^oy) of the 

land.'i Ifwe(?) 

Verso. ... to] heaven, the eyes of the apostles {an.) looking after her, 
beholding her and her unspeakable glory. And when they^ had attained 
with her unto the gates {nvXr}) of heaven, the door-keepers {Ovpcopos) of 
heaven rejoiced and cried out, saying, with the voice that had reached her ^ 
at the time when her Son had gone up to heaven 



No. 6. 

We have here the last words of one Sermon, followed by the title and 
opening of another ; also (fol. 2) a passage, relating to Acts i. 3 fif., which may 
belong to either or to neither of the preceding. That with its title preserved 
was pronounced at Christmas, and might be attributed to Basil of Caesarea, 
if that town's name could be read in the second lacuna. The text, however, 
does not resemble that of any published sermon by Basil. 



Fol. I . f J^eclo. 

margin 
soeic nb!i e- wt iutitn[nii&.] 

neocy iinei- ueneg^ ^[is.juiHii ] 



] ? 

nenicKonoc iiTn[ ]ttoq 

UTiyopn ^lR^.^^^k['2k>0KI^k ]nc 

equje^-se eTdenf^cYuiice juineii-] ] ? 

* glo\ gju.- less probable because of the division gco-X. 
' Perhaps the supposed quotation does not end here. ^ Sc. the angels. * Li/. 



Verso. 



[ . , . ]c nceai- 
]Tne 



margin 






pOT TOT 

uji.penoYOie 
Slop iineqogc. 

o'yt'\[h\] to- 

' been for her '. 



NUMBER 6 



19 






[6]pj2vnne^i- 

ne d^2s.^03pei 

iincot^oc co- 

nesJip ito'yfq 
KTenpH uiiK 
TOTe uji^pe- 



IIH H^Op[TOC] 

ujd.pewiy[Hii] 

^I pdwUje fe[o'\ MX-] 
W}ivpd^'\[&>Te] 



margin 

Read '^oyco. 



]p&.uje 
]o'\oXooy 

[ce] gHcycY- 
[po]T e'YCRip- 
[t&.] gnJuuLiA. ii- 

]'Y TOTe 

CHq[e ^ . . jquio- 

oiy,e efcoiV e- 
Teqfeio Jt- 



'' ? 9n[neq.KTiit]. " ?Tlo.nooye, 



TlC[ 

g^pnpe [Pto-y-] 
pHc iineTtti- 
qe egcyit' gii- 
RK-ynoc fiT- 

TeitequjHii 

ncyqe i^'yoi 
ncY^ige ly&.'Y- 
^ nne'YittH'Y 

ceeipe nTe'y-; 
epiACi&-' gn- 

margin 

** Must be TCHqe. 



Fol. I. Recto. . . . our] Lord, He through whom (be) glory to the 
Father and the Holy [Ghost (ttu.)] [for ever] and ever. A[men.] 

A Sermon {^^^r\yr\cns) of . . . , the bishop (e7r.) of . . ., of Cappa\docia\ Prima, 
discoursing tipon the \Birthday of our Saz>\io7ir (o-co.) Jesus Christ, [on the 
2(^th day of the month CJio'\iaJik. [f /;/ peace (e/p.). Amen f ] 

When ^ the winter {xioav) is gone by and the rain hath past {avayoip^'Lv), 
according to {Kara) the words of the wise {(ro(f)6s:) Solomon, and the air 
{drjp) is pleasant, and the sun doth shine ; then {tot^) doth the earth put 
forth a garden of herbs {xopros), the trees burst forth in gladness^ at 

budding, the sun is fervid in . . And the birds likewise (?) go forth 

from . . . 

( Verso) and cover (?) the air while they the sky 

following . . . footsteps gladly, skipping (aKipTdi/) in the . . . pastures. Then 
(rore) doth [the] knife {/it. sword) go forth unto its vine, to cut off the 

' r/! Cant, ii, 11. ' Z;V. ' throw out gladness '. 



20 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



branch that shall not bear fruit (/cap.) and to dress {lit. cleanse) that 
which is about to bear fruit in gladness. Then {tot^) doth the husband- 
man sharpen his sickle to reap those that have made progress joyfully. 

Then {rore) doth (?) flower . . . southwind of that (?) which ^ bloweth 

upon the orchard (k^tto?) of the bride '^ {vvfx^r)), that its trees may give 
their perfume. And the fishermen put their nets into the sea (OdX.) and 
do their business (epyaa-ia) in 



Fol. 



Recto (}). 



[ngjue] iigocY 
[eqcijpe itgett- 

[equj^js.'xe KD.- 

[epo AAJnitcY" 

[Te] jwy^ ?^" 

[ycoAt] KCuLiis.'y it^s.} -^e Sge 



2 illegible lines. 
] ? e-Y- 
xiio'y(3' Aijuioq 
(3'i neriTJs.'y- 
ccoTjLi e'Y" 

oYo[? TJunJTe- ^ 

[p]o juLniH\ 



pi.KTC'ei'Xc it&.'Y 



epo \\.<s\ ne- 



f(5(x> enepHT 

TMCOTJLieq 

iiTOOT ne- 



sd.q xeioi- 



TIk. X.ltT(5'0Jl 

n-soeic ewe 
g^pjvi juineo'Y- 

UTJLinT[po] 



t Verso (?). 



margin 



Te St[xiiit-] 

epo JUiS[T]e- 



^CyCIJS. WTAlttT- 

itcyTe o^- 
(3'e neriTd>.q- 

WHTq \^(3\ 

n2oeic ne- 

[5C^ ] ItTUiTIt 

jui[ ? "Yoeiuj ^\ 
iAltite^po[noc] 
'seKi.c ntieq- 
TC0(3'e ncy- 



JJtllTJvTCOO'Y 

enujHpe 
JiinwTit *.itne 
ccYn ueo'YO- 
eiu| JuTiiie- 
^poitoc ii&.i 
UTd^neitoT 



[ 
eg(Lo[ 

Tii n[ 

ft.'Y'J^ 9[ 
Tenuj[Hpe Te-] 

wscoKf ? e-1 

L -> 

fioX e[q'2to A1-] 
lAOC 's[eo'Y-] 
Td.i [Te^oycidw] 

^H i^.'ya) o-YM- 
Ti^'i Te^O'Yc[i*>.] 
e-sifc* Sn.'Yw 
inppiynHp[e] 
to TuuepiT 
's[e]*.qRa) iS- 
ncocY" siite- 
;)(;^poiioc [gd.]Te- 



* One expects Ai&.ei]n. ' Sic. A strange abbreviation ; recurs in col. 2, penult. <= This 

line may begin c-s . [ Either MS. or copy is faulty. The proper text of v. 6 follows below. 
^ Here again more_^space seems indispensable to the sense. In preceding line ? TTCSAwq. 

1 jui is difficult : possibly ' of Him that'. - Cf. Cant, iv, i6. 



NUMBER 6 



21 



] 






eecapei i\[ 
ujHpe [ 



pe euj-seM- 
R^s. niju. eTc- 



Fol. 2. Recto. . . . appearing ^ during forty days, doing signs (?) and 
speaking with them concerning the kingdom of God ; and, eating with them, 
He charged {rrapdyy.) them not to go forth from Jerusalem, but {dWa) to 
wait for the promise of the Father, ' the which ye have heard from me.' He 
said, ' John indeed (/zei^) did baptize {^airr.) 

they then, that had heard him asking Him, saying,^ ' Lord, dost Thou 

(/i?7) at this time (?) the kingdom to Israel?' But {8e) in what manner 

shall he that hath not the authority {avO^vTia) and the power give the 
kingdom ? ' Lord, wilt thou, at this time, give the kingdom to Israel ? ' 
When He said unto them, ' The Father shall give the kingdom,' they rather 
{dWd) spake of the 

Verso. . . . the kingdom and the power {k^ovaia) of divinity. What, then, 

was it that the Lord [Christ ?] answered them ? * Ye ^ times] 

and the seasons (xporoy),' that He might not impute ignorance unto the 
Son. ' It is not yours to know the times and the seasons (xP-) which the 
Father hath set within His own power (e|.).' I behold {6ea>pdv) . . . 
Son 

. . . the Son . . , power (e^.), ... to fulfil . . ., saying,^ ' I have power (e^.) 
to lay down my life (^v.) and I have power (e^.) to take it up.' And be 
not astonished, O beloved, that He placed the knowledge of the seasons 
(Xp.) within the power (e^.) of the Son, when everything that ... on 



No. 7. 

This Sermon has an unusual interest from containing the mention so 
rare in Coptic literature of contemporary historical persons and events. 
Not only was it pronounced at Alexandria in the cathedral church ^ by the 
patriarch Damianus,^ its author, but this in presence of the emperor Maurice's 



* Acts i. 3. 

' Text of following clause not in order. 

' Nor of this one. 

* John X. 18. 



" Ka0o\ifcri eKK\. V. Rossi, Papirt, ii. iv. 59 c 
{v. below on these texts). Cf. PSBA. xxvii. 171. 

* Damianus, 578-605. See my notes Copt. 
Ostr. no. 18, and Kriiger in FRE^. iv. 439. 



22 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



envoy, Constantine Ad8pv9.^ With him was Amantius, apparently a promi- 
nent eunuch.^ Constantine's mission to Alexandria is mentioned, though 
without year, by John of Nikiou,^ If it were but possible to identify, among 
the various earthquakes of this period, one shortly previous to that mission, 
we might arrive at the date of the latter. It was one, at any rate, which 
shook Syria {v. below), and, to judge by the title of the present sermon, 
presumably Egypt also. Evagrius records an earthquake, affecting Antioch 
and its suburbs, in Oct. 589.'* In the foregoing (or same ?) year Agapius 
mentions one, likewise at Antioch, and in 591 and 599 others, not localized ^ ; 
while John of Nikiou describes one which devastated Antioch, the east and 
' the isles ' in this reign.^ The title of our sermon is but a fragment that 
a considerable part of it is lost may be estimated from a comparison between 
the length of gaps in fol. 10 and in the parallel passage in the Turin MS. {v. 
below) so that the effects of the earthquake, to which it no doubt made 
reference, are unknown. Nor can it be decided whether the words here used 
as to Constantine and the Egyptian magnates are to be connected with 
those disturbances to which he, according to John of Nikiou, put an end.'^ 

This text has further value in being the means of ascribing certain of 
the Turin fragments to their true author. F. Rossi, / Papiri^ ii. iv. 56-63 
have been assumed ^ to belong to the sermon of Athanasius, ib. ii. I. 5 ff. ; 
but their identity in several passages with our text now shows them to be 
due to Damianus. And besides the passages actually identical, there are 
among Rossi's fragments others, which (though neither facsimiles nor 
descriptions of this group are given) it is tolerably certain must belong to 
the same work. One of these ^ has importance in that it names four places 
which suffered through the earthquake doubtless that referred to in the 
title of our present text : Berytus and Aradus with [ ]tbeH and 
^.YpinH. These Lemm seeks ' (as Sre^di^r] and the island 'Opeivrj) in 



' Theoph. Simoc. viii. 9 and 13, Chron. Pasc. 
an. 602 {PG. 92, 972). The latter has variant 
AdpSis. The three titles here given him are a 
usual combination in that age, e.g. Cairo Pap. 
67002 {ed. J. Maspero in the Catal. Gen.) ; the 
two first in Pap. Oxyrh. 138. 

* A strange coincidence : Amantius had been 
the name of a powerful eunuch executed by 
Justin I. When one finds this eunuch (or yet 
another namesake ?) reappearing as Theodora's 
envoy to Egypt (Zoega clxvi), one suspects that 
the name had grown legendary. 

^ Pp. 298, 532. What his office in Egypt was 
is not clearly stated : three \\oxd=,{masfe7t, viakiia- 
nen, sey/lm) are indiscriminately used by the 
translator, sometimes (as on pp. 295, 296) to 
designate the same official. De Ricci, PSBA. 
xxiv. 107, and M. Gelzer, Let/':. IJiat. Abh. xiii. 
33, take him for the prefect. 



* vi. 8. Cf. Chron. de Michel ii. 359, and 
others on pp. 351, 352, 373. 

5 Ed. A. Vasiliev in Pair. Or., pp. 180, 187. 

P. 536. 

' P. 532. The Coptic verb here, literally 're- 
ceive ', is not often found as ' take into custody', 
which seems to be the present meaning. 

' By O. von Lemm, A'A^S. 280, 321 ff. That 
the Turin collection once included still another 
homily on the Nativity, and that by Cyril, is clear 
from the fragment Rossi, ii. II. 5 = 111.2. Pre- 
sumably to this belongs the fragment ii. IV. 77 b, 
referring to Nestorius as the speaker's opponent 
'in the midst of the awoSos'. It may be noted 
that Rylands, no. 73, is a text very similar to these. 
(In its 2nd line read -seakirort'OC, c/. Rossi, 
ii. IV. 67 c.) 

' Rossi, ii. IV. 60 c. 

" L. c: 324. 



NUMBER 



23 



Paphlagonia and Ethiopia respectively ; but one would here rather 
expect localities not so far distant from the Syrian coast. I would propose 
either for the first name Sophene, and for the second Auranitis ^ (whether 
the district south of Damascus or that between Palmyra and the Euphrates) ; 
or merely op^ii/rj, ' the highlands,' for the latter, and <T(f)t^rj = ? aecprjXd, ' the 
low country, coast,' for the former.^ 



Fol. I. t ^^^^^ 



enicRonoc npd.uoTe eT^ie- 
ne-xno iineiicaiTHp ic ne^^ 
neifxoeic Rco'Y'so'ytv^ic H- 

i^w fLXTiJULoy JU.rinRii.TO riT2s.q- 

[ n2^]Hncic[T]u)c nAAnoXi- 

[Te-yoxijerioc e . [^^lA.cK^s.';^e 

[ ]i^i eTtopn [lt]IlK^w uft*^- 

ejjLt.ttTO'Y tt[d.]'Y uioiT liTi- 
]eTn . [ 



^ Verso. 

margin 
[ . , jujHxi 2^iLu]toc[Ti^it]Tittoc nn[>.T-] 
piRioc neTeigis.'YJLiO'yTe epoq 
"senXevpTHc gxinTpeqTii- 
MOCY^ MfS"! lJl^vYpIKIOC nppo 
ep^KOTe erpeq-si Kil&.p^oi~ 
THpcy itKHJue dv-YCxi eqiijLJiA^'Y 
\\(S\ nnd^TpiKioc xiung^nd*.- 
Toc [jji]rinecTp^.T[H'\2i.]- 
THc iJindiJUid.nTio[c .... ci-] 

O-YP iJuiT*^p^tOtt THp[0'Y ItRH-] 

jLie .Y^ n'a.HJJioc TH[pq 
[]*JL iiTno'Xic THpc [ 



Fol. I. Recto. A discourse (Aoyo?) which the holy (ayio?) Apa Damianus, 
the archbishop (apxt-eir.) of Alexandria, pronounced concerning the Birth of 
Our Saviour (o-oor.) Jesus Christ, Our Lord, upon the 29th day of Choiahk ; 
and concerning the terror (?) of death ^ and the earthquake, that did . . . 
the most exalted (?? l'^//'ioros') of the citizens (?7roXirei/6/iei/oy ^), compelling 
(? dvayKci^iLv) to seize the goods of that had not any (?) 



^ It will be objected that coc^etiH (even with 
possibly preceding article T-) is a word too short 
to fill the line, and that the other is an unauthen- 
ticated equivalent for Aipavirts. 

2 Or again ^dk]^en.H for Adfvrj (of Antioch) 
might be geographically possible, though ortho- 



graphically improbable, besides being too short 
for the gap. 

s Reading igXa^g, though hitherto not found 
in Sa'idic. 

* n6\is would, in the context, seem more 
likely. The sense is utterly obscure. 



24 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Verso. . . . the Younger (?)^ and Constantine the patrician (Trarp.), who 
was called Lartes ^ ; when Maurice the king sent him unto Alexandria, to 
take (into custody ?) all the magnates (dpxcou) of Egypt. And the patrician 
(Trarp.) and consul (vTraro^) and general ^ (a-rparrjXdTrjs) was present, and 
Amantius the . . . eunuch ^ and all the magnates (apx*) of Egypt and all 
the populace {Srj/xo?) of the whole city (ttoXis) 



Fol. 2. \ /^eao{?). 
margin 



JUlIteKT^vIO 



THC 



ne T^.IO wia*. poc 
m.pee 110^5. nerpoc 

SIC 

poc 

[. . . .je-s^^n b 



* Verso (J). 












margin 


THpoy itTeu- 




fee juLntieKC- 


K^HCiev UJA.- 




eoc ilTeR- 


g^psti eTeii- 




ttnTMoyTe 


juttTpeqp- 




Hijn neTnis.p- 


Kofie* iw'Yto 




*"' ^neqncYc 


Aino'y(5'[K ee 


n- 


ilpAJiiine 


sojK jit[neR-] 






1 


T&.IO lf.' 




1 
1 






b ? 



? Skyu) n]ey&,TT[re\iCTHC. 



O 



Fol. 3. -^^^/^ (?). ... all [Thy] glory (? Bo^ov ^) and Thy honours. 
Jesus, whose is all honour and all blessing, I shall be like unto one 

. . . the evangelist {(^vay), and the martyr {jidpTvpos;) and head, Peter, 
and the martyr {p-dp) 

Verso (?). ... all [the . . .] of the church (U.), down to our sinfulness.^ 
And they did not find [means to] complete the . . . honour of 

... of the greatness (piyeOos;) of Thy divinity? Who shall make his 
understanding {uov^} celestial 



* I do not know whether u{hul (like Appe), 
with a name preceding it, can =jumor. Whether 
in Lepsius, Denkni. vi. 102, nos. 9, 10, 19 &c., 
Murray, Osireion, pU. 26, 31, it has this meaning 
or is mere humility, may be doubted. Perhaps 
read oyujHAi, the town of Ausim. 

8 Lit. ' the Lartes '. 



^ These complimentary titles designate merely 
Constantine. 

* Space would allow iiitO(^ n- or ne^p^d^i- 
' the chief eunuch '. 

^ I cannot find this form in literary use, 
though it had acquired a legal meaning. V, 
Rylands Catal., no. 139. 

^ I.e.'' to me, Damianus '. 








NUMBER 7 


25 


Fol. 3. -^ Recto (?). 


t Verso (?). 




margin 


margin 


ita^ajTe^ne- 


^TK^s>ly[2Ic-] 


[TJiAnTMcy- 


IXwj KUJCYW- 


d^XoRCi WT- 


Topi-^e 


[t] nRoY" 


fee TeTnewuj- 


K(3'IWI UjS- 


H nq;xi\oiio[c-] 


[g^]weY\Hi?iis. 


louj fftoX u- 


poii 


pewc^cY 


[js-j-yto nno^ 


ee rioyc>.\- 


^lU iixjid.no'YHTV. 


H Hqclt^s>- 


g^nneqgoo'Y * 


nic^ iiceei?- 


nujHpe %x- 


\oc*ei iiTeu- 


iwluj McnoTO'Y 


Kto*tid-'^e 


nno-yTe 


<3'iM'sn5 uS 


. .]nK*.p(x>q 


ilTeKemTH- 


KJvTis. Teq- 


iiAi2v[noYH'X] 


[tteTii]evujuj2v- 


\\\^ uja^poit 


A*:iiTnoYTe 


nito['YTe %x~\ 


* 


J^GAiecujifie 


AJl [ 


J 


iiT&.<qRto il- 


ftiecnto- 


npa>[te 





Teqv^'YX.** 


toite* . . 
1 . 






g^].q[ecooY 





lRCO 

Fol. 3. Recto (?). . . . shall be able fitly to account for {ji\via\oyi^(^iv ^) 
Thy coming unto us, O Emmanuel, Son of God according to His divinity ? 
It (?) altereth not, it is not transformed 

. . . Who] shall be able to narrate (laTopL^eiu) or (rj) who shall record 
{Xpouoypd(f)civ) or {ij) who shall trace (yeveaXoyeiv) Thy birth, O Emmanuel, 
true (?) God . . . man 

Verso (?). . . . divinity ; the young in age (r]\tKia) and the old (h't. great ^) 

in His days ? What lips . . . silence .... shall be able to speak ? 

What throat shall be able to cry out like a trumpet (crdX.) and belaud 
{eyKcofiLd^eif) Thy sojourn (imSijixia) with us, true shepherd, that did lay 
down His life {y}rv.) for His [sheep 



Fol. 4. f Recto. 



-^ Verso. 

margin 

]Te n*>.it iinen- 

' Could TtxvoXoyl^a} have such a meaning ? The verb Rossi ii. I. 34 c would scarcely be the 
same. ^ Not the phrase of Dan. vii. 9. 

1143 E 



margin 




eiJLie g\Tn- 




t' 


itiju xxn^&juL 


AX[ 



26 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



vCKb^a ^*^*^P^ 


n[ 


]oii 


Ti^q ujto- 


e?ne&.'\o- 


^ne[ 


10 


ne 


\^e.\ ttne-sno 


r\.\[Heuic 


]u)p 


^'^ItewHik&.H 


nnewcui- 


ne[ 





ffto\ &> CS 


THp 


e[ 




C*iftpiH\ 


rV^Hewc n*.- 


n[ 




oyxe iiT- 


]p^c 






n[n. 



Fol. 4. i?^c/^. . . . learn (it ?) through whom ? Fleshly {-(rdp^) tongue 
hath not power to trace (yereaXoyeo') the birth of our Saviour (o-coTjyp). 
Verily {dXtjdcos) my grow old 

Verso. . . . confess (dfioXoyuv) unto us what befell. I will not release 
thee, O Gabriel, neither (ovSi) will we 



Fol. 5. - J^ecio. 1 


\ Verso, 






n-so^eic ni- 


y^z^v^^ [Atd^pij>.] 


' 




e 


Tcuiige T- 






A^-ipe tApid< 


tMhy eT- 






TenXoo'Xe 


penjjiN[p]R.- 


[ 





CT^^CtOOY 


piTIC IlgH- 


i[ 


JCa^ipe jLia.]pi*>. 


CTpoYoeiit 


Tc Te^^vl- 


Voa^i^?^ 




eneTgAJio- 


ne neit-so- 


? [ 


^rj-TO 


oc gtnR*>.- 


ic ic ne;)(;^c 


tio'vfc[ || 


gito] eTcne-y- 


Rc ,tine^i- 





? 




"Ytoite^ 


fiec iinutcy 




a 


neT'Y" 


^i^'ipe TU- 




1 

1 


e nii^- 


T&.C(5' [giUOT] 






KU>& 










* Or joyw 


ite {/em.). 




Fol, 5, (Possii 


^/y ^/ /rtT/ 0/ t> 


his MS.) Recto. . 


. . Hail (xafpe)] 



NUMBER 7 



27 



Mary [garment (?)] that is [on thee ?], which is their . . . stone ^ 

. . . which they . . . Ja[cob ^ 

. . ., the Lord is with thee. Hail (x-) Mary, light {levis) cloud ^ which 
illumineth them that sit in darkness and the shadow of death. Hail ()(.) 
thou that hast found [grace], the Lord [is with thee 

Verso. . . . Hail (x-) (Mary), pure meadow, wherein is the pearl {/lapy.) * 

which is our Lord Jesus Christ 

. . . Hail (x-) gold (?) 



Fol. 6. t ^'^^^^ ( 


?) 


* Verso {}). 






TeT]eA*.[ec]- 


TH [Tn]jv[pee- 




nenT^-cxno^q] 


neie'YLA*]?! - 


lto[C ]TOY>.[iw& 


T[n]e>>peeuo[c 


n&.p&. n[;)(^po- 


neg^ encoTVcX 


AJt&.pi& eCKOC- 


seejpfiHK e- 




ItOC itTttWT- 


^^^w^?op^v xiu- 


jtiei gnenic- 


TtoM tnei- 


pequiice 


U'soXttec tlii- 


sic 
THAie ItlJU. 


ito^ iicye - 


^IX-sic poi c3 T- 


JL*2< llCOi MXi\- 


ecgo'\<5' gtin- 


TopniH eT<?e- 


n>.penoc e- 


ncywT^^yiiis. 


ecX^^c ecTO'Y" 


nH efctOR 


TO'>(b^b^Si -seep- Rosi gp^^q * Te- 

flHR TUitt ^T^'tiecflCOK - 


sH'Y ^ giiitec- 

fca.X T(5'ItI(3'(0- 


eTeignnpe 


iSnemocy n- 


goyit bJ^ni en- 


UJT CTUJO'Y- 


WTft^CUJOi- 


[.n]e.[nT]HAA2x 


THpq qHU 


IT ^['X^ 


ne 


]I110(3' 


ego'yit enpn[] 
TeTttec[ 




? 




. .]h UJ[ 


[Tn*>p]ee[H]oc 






* Here Rossi 


, 62 c. 





* Or ' ... to thee ' {/cm.), oyw being a verb. 

' Or 'jasper stone' U)ii]e ni&[cnic. 

^ (y. Cairo, Theotokia 195 (= Tuki 100) and 
Isa. xix. I, which verse is similarly used in x^^'P*- 
TKHioi, though differently interpreted, by Joh. 
Damas, (/"C. 96, 693) and Theod. Stud, {ib. gg, 
725). It is remarkable that the Ethiopia (Fries, 
Wedddse Mdrydm, 38), renders Ij..Jl^ by za-ba- 
^amatt ' true ', taking it for iL-^iifc : a contribution 
towards proof of translation from the Arabic. 
Nothing can of course be deduced from these 
coincidences as to the early existence of a Sa'idic 
Theotokia ; the specimens in Samannudi's Scala 



(Paris MS. 44, f. 21) show indeed true Sa. forms, 
but may point (in the 13th century) to a version 
from Bo. But if Simeon Kukaya {ca, 520) be, as 
Euringer ( Or. Christ. 19 1 1 , 2 1 5 ff.) plausibly sug- 
gests, author of the Theotokia, the present passages, 
in a work dating only some 80 years later, and by 
a writer of Syrian origin, have an added interest. 
* Cf. Cairo Theot., 178 ; also, besides Usener's 
article (in Theol. Abh.f. Weizs'dcker), Rossi, /. c. 
58 b; Rylands Cat., no. 72 ; Kebra Nagast,ed. 
Bezold, p. xl and 68 ; and Lagarde, Aeg. 48, 
22 (= P\ Robinson, p. 53) where read ojni for 



28 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 6. Recto. . . . ' him whom she hath borne, out of {napd) the time 
(xp.) of bearing.' Tell me, O holy Virgin (nap.), whither thou goest for (?) 
this great meeting ^ [and] this great 

. . . She who never desired (eTriOvfietv) the distractions (/zV, consolations) 
of the market-place (dyopd) nor the festivities ^ of the drinking-place, nor 
meetings {a-vvTv\La) for merrymaking. She who never entered a house 
that was near to the ^ She who did not 

Verso. . . . holy Virgin (? nap.) Mary, adorned (Koa-fieTv) with all know- 
ledge (eiricTTTqfMT]), sweet in her tongue, preserving her eyes* from vain 
glances. And the Virgin doth not work with her hands 

. . . Tell me, O] Virgin, whither goest thou, this great distance, to the 
hill-country (opeiuij) ? ^ 'I hasten and go,' saith she, * to see the marvel 
that hath happened 



Fol. 7. * Recto. 
margin 



stc 



Recoo'y iie- 
feoTne 

' , 



nepcoT 
CX-pHya p{5 e-Yp- 
gi\X i.jjioi 

[gjiin]iiT*>.['Y-] 

* Here Rossi, 62 c. 

' 'Arravrrjfia is rare apparently. Atavorjfia 
would fit, though less appropriate. Or ? .n&n- 

TH JU4.-. 

^ V. Can. Athan., p. 66 n. To the instances 
there add Triadon, ed. Lemm, 368 = f,3LLi 
(parallel to tixppaivtiv), and Paris 131 ^ f. 9 
(?same MS. as Br. Mus., no. 362): e^cigcone 

AMioycon eqgiTOYO)! jvyw .mw&c 
gAiTTe^gHT eTJUTp*.feco\ iiJUAxevq. There- 



t Verso. 

margin 
Sneq-xoeic ^Hd.uj[ 
CltHY pi<Tql> n^.c. . 

di.q'si qo<5'c 
>.qcRipT*. 

[gieJH iin . . . 



'xo[sc ei] 



** Read epdkTC. 

upon a saint appears, bidding oiiTCOc Knw- 
AioYp AinneTgiTOYCoK se&.q'^ aitoh 
itd^K, and quoting i Pet. ii. 23. In this latter 
passage, and in Brit. Mus. Cat., no. 2170., the 
meaning can hardly be the same as in the others. 
In Mingarelli 295 it is equally obscure {cf. 
Stern, Gram,, p. 388). 

' ' Temple ' seems unlikely, though my copy 
suggests it. 

* Lit. 'preserved in her eyes'. Cf. Ps. 
cxviii. 37. 

^ Cf. Luke i. 39. 



NUMBER 7 



29 



Fol. 7. Recto. . . . the barren woman. Yet (eVi) other six months is it/ 

until womb] swollen.^ I shall see how that the breasts, which 

were dried up, after the (proper) time {xp.) have become full of milk.' 
Perchance ^ indeed they have deceived me [in that] which [they 

Verso. . . . of(?) his Lord, when she came up to his mother, he leaped* 
and jumped [a-KLpTciv), he leaped [in the] womb(?), ere(?) 

. . . ' How (Pwhat) come unto me(?) [my?] Lord and the mother 

of my Lord ' ^ 



Fol. 8. -^ Recto. 

TUie TCOAt.[ltT] 

j^YpH[y ] 



CTpd^THp*.- 
THC 
^O-Yt^TpivTOip 

eqitH-y ep*..- 
Tq juneq'^- 
poiii 
O'ywjwc eq 
IIH'Y [p*kT]q 

sic 

[uLnjeqeco-y 
[T]eo)c CS U&.- 
[uijepNTC cy- 
[j]nHpeTe 

[TOjmOltOAAliv 



i.T'XIRJvl[0C'Y-] 
HH JUlU^[pH-] 

HH ^ni e- 

iie'Yp[H'y 

itTn[ 



f Verso. 

iic'YjepH'Y dwi- 2;ynepeT[Hc ] 

TJei e-y^iieH ^CVnoR js.iqi ii- 
ne}s&.q \\(S\ ngie- jut^^'y mtUR- 
po]v|rjs.\THc 



sic ____ 

Wik.jo'Ytoujq cy- 
fiejnno'yii cne- 
g^pocy] MiteR- 

R2vT&.2^P.]RTHC 

] ? 
]uje 



T.(3'pHiI 11- 
TCKJU.iV&.'y 

noK ii^coq- 
Te nMi5- 
o'ye ieH jli- 

nR'SO[Ic] 
[TORn ItO-] 

uiepiT 



* Here Rossi, 61 c. 



Fol. 8. Recto. . . . coming] to his general {(rrparrjXdTijs) ; a 

{(TTparcop) coming to his recruit (Tipcop) ; a shepherd coming to his sheep. 
Howbeit (recoy),'' O my beloved, a marvel is the dispensation (oiKovofiia) [of 
God ] of the singer (vfiv^So^) David,^ ' Mercy and truth are met 



^ Luke i. 36. 

* C/. the phrases in Rossi, ii. i. 10 b. 

* Here, I assume, the preacher resumes. 

* Luke i. 44. 
' lb. 43. 



^ ' Groom ' is the sole meaning offered for this^ 
Probably a mistake for a high military title. 
' 'Mean while 'seems unsuitable. Perhaps read 

OfUlK. 

^ Ps. Ixxxiv. 10. 



30 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



together ; righteousness [SiKaioavyr]) and peace (elp.) have kissed one 
another ' ^ 

Verso. . . . talked one with another, whilst yet (ert) they were in the 
womb. The hieropsalt {lepo\jr.) David said,^ ' Deep answereth unto deep at 
the voice of Thy cataracts (kut.) ' 

... be unto me servant (inrrjpiTrjs). It is I have taken away the barren- 
ness of thy mother ; for she shall bear thee and thou shalt prepare the ways 
before thy Lord John, my beloved 



Fol. 9. \ Recto. 

margin 
R*.e&.pi'^ nite- 

OUl ieH %x- 
nesrt'soeic 

glTOOTR 

* Here Rossi, 61 c. 

Fol. 9. Recto. . 



^Htok n[e 
neqiy*.[ 
(Svs. q[ 
iinq[ 

^Htor n[e 

riTenev[ 

y 



Verso. 



] 

] juinen- 

J 



margin 

to AJl2s.pi&, Tnjwp- 

eewoc 



eJT^enei- ^^puiice i\TO 

] eio\ Jx- ^CVpu-eciuS juumo 
]nei jui&,'Y&.d-Te 

o 

eiicxi'Y WTO "Ynd^pee- 

]ll HOC ? 



*" ncK-soeiC. * Here Rossi, 58 c. 

Make clean {KaQapi^t^iv) the crooked paths before thy 
Lord.^ Thou it is by whom I shall be baptized (/3a7rr.). Come now, 

honoured bearer of good-tidings, make clean {KaB.) the paths before the 

. . . Thou Thou 

Verso. . , . signify {<jr\\iaiviiv) ^ . 
out from 

^ Rossi, ii. IV. 94, Fr. vi STe appears to expa- 
tiate on this. 
2 Ps. xli. 8. 



because of this first-born (?) that 



^ The verb used recalls Isa. Ivii. 14. 
* Occurs in Rossi, 62 c, but I cannot identify 
the two passages. 



NUMBER 7 



3^ 



- ... reached thee (not). The pangs {dyoavia) of the first-born ^ befell 
thee not, O Maria the Virgin {nap.). Thou didst bring forth, thou a virgin. 
Thou didst deliver ^ thyself, thou a virgin 



Fol. 



lO. 



Recto. 
margin 



6ui\ a efeo\ Te- 
^\oo\e iineT- 
jLiootte iincto- 
MT THpq 

ncWWT TH- 

pq i^.p'^epcoTe 



OJA[ 

itoc[ ? (y^oju-] 
^Ajl* iiuioq [ttgew-] 
Toeic q[ 



M.q gUiC RoY* 'y'Ul^ Jl.\Oy[OJUL^] 

giTHTcyepu)- i3ju*^K.[pioc] 

Te iWoKiRH ^UI nnHc[d 
^IleTeJuepe- 

uiJw ujonqt* 2vqu)- 
[plfe egoYTi 2.n- 



margin 

iSRRe^poitoc 

JU.iiROCJJlOK- 

p&.Tcop Stor- 

ne ne'Y'^Hjuii- 
^opc^oc THpoy 

'SJLlltJUl&. ujo- 

on nb.y ^iin- 

'' Cf. nexcJuepenTHpq ujonq oy^e jueyeiyop&q ego-yit 



[A.wn]ciiT 
[xiit]npH 

[iicioJY JULU- 

c it 
[itUJHllt TCUi- 

[uje] niyoJAi 
[AAIl^e]^swp 

o 

[ncRp'YCjTiN.pc 



' Here Rossi, 58 c. 
YA>-k itcy WT in Damianus' Synodikon, Miss. i. 38, line 7. I propose to re-edit this text shortly, 
having identified it with that in Chabot's Chron. de Michel ii. 325 ff. Cf. my Ostraca, no. 18 n. 
*^ Here Rossi, 59 a, b. ** Perhaps with Rossi neiTo[eic. * Here Rossi, 56 a, b. 

Fol. 10. Recto. . . . dissolved. Thou {fern.) dost nurse ^ Him that 
shepherdeth all creation. He that giveth food unto all creation, thou 
gavedst Him milk when (cop) a child, with thy reasonable {XoyLKo^) milk. 
He whom no place may hold was confined within 

. . . swathed Him in bandages O this blessed (//a/c.) manger, 

O these * 

Verso. . . . the] hills [and] the sun and the moon and the stars and the 



^ So far recorded only as a Bohairic form, 
though Peyron (280b) knew the Sa'idic 

" Lit. (reading .ppjULecico) ' didst act mid- 
wife '. Pap. Bruce, p. 259, uses the verb as 



here. Perhaps for TJuecio {cf. Steindorfif, 
Gram.'^, 262). 

' Reading g\oo\e with Rossi. 

* ' Incorruptible bandages ' (Rossi). 



32 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



trees of the field ; the summer and the spring (ea/)), Snow (x'ft>') and ice 
{Kpv&raWos) ..... 

. . . the Cherubim] and the Seraphim, the powers {Sv^afxis) and the seasons 
(xpovos)^ the principalities (apx'?) ^"^ ^^^ powers (e|.) and the rulers 
(Koa-fxoKpdruip), Thou it is art the Creator (Srjfiiovpyos) of them all. And 
he saith, ' There was not place for them in the lodging ' 



Fol. II. I J^ec/o. 

margin 
-^ giuiCY ilgen- .Sio\ ij.[*kpo'y-] 

n(3'i fio'y[cottuj] 



go'ine CT^e- 

cye TfieTn- 
pui noYT 
owe n-^Hjuixop- 

[n]geitToeic 



eeoo-y ri[g<ip-] 

TIROC . [c 

Xic^ eTC[u)TJUt -] 

poll j5.n[oo'Y ] 
ll^peq's[i ujine] 
ita"! [ 
n[ 



Verso. 



margin 



[iind>>]pd.iiojuioc 

sic 

[wv AJuutjiiTnoY- 8" 
[t ]ynuip 
[iini]toT ^o\ 
[iinujHJpe juim- 
[nentta*. e]TOY[5^-] 
[*.fe jLid.lpo'Y- 
ii](3'i 



Probably = Rossi, 57 b. 



? it[e.i e-]. 



^ it(5'i nneT'Y" 

\iCTHc eq- 
sco ijuuLOc "xe- 
neJuTiJU.^. wjo- 

on i\^s.Y oXin- 
AJi8w n(3roi"\e 

Toeic d>.'Y's[Toq] 
gito-Youiq [ 
pnoyoiui[q 
d.p'^&i i.n[ 
[. .]c Me[e It 

^ 'Hidden 



' Here Rossi, 56 c. 
for us ' (Rossi). First visible letter not very like "y. ' ? eT[onoJUw]7e, 

The prolonged stroke over n demanding ju., one cannot read ujoJULHT n.O'y[ciek. 

Fol. II. Recto. . . . clothe them [selves ?] in garments of great price, of 
divers sorts, some because of the summer, others because of the winter. 
But (5e) God, the Creator (STjuiovpyos), is swathed in bandages 

. . . Let [them] be shamed [now], the evil wolves of [here]tics {aiperiKos) 



^ Read Opovos with Rossi. 



NUMBER 7 



33 



[that are] hidden in the city (?n-6Aty), that hear us to-day. Let him be 
[shamed] 

Verso. . . . [Let them] perish, the presumptuous (}av6dST]?) transgressors 
(Trapdvofios), [they] that name (? oi^o/id^eiv) three divinities, dividing the 
Father from the Son and [the] Holy [Ghost (ttu.).^ Let] them 

. . . the holy evangelist (evayy.) . . 
them in the lodging,' and 'they swathed Him in bandages and laid Him in 
a manger.' [Him whom] the manger did . . ., thou (/em.) didst take 
like 



^ saying,^ * There was not place for 



No. 8. 

From a Sermon, treating here of the Last Judgement. The inability of 
the righteous to aid the wicked in that day is similarly alluded to in 
Homilies by John Jejunator and Theophilus.* 



Pol. I. * Recto. 

xuuiiTeqiHM 

[n&.]lU)T R- 
d CCOR WTe- 

neqiwT cy- 
u)U}i gttoy- 
pijue 5SnoY- 

nd^tgnpe 

margin 






\ Verso. 

ItOT lt*>-ttOYq 

enR- 
*snoi se[ 
end.'Y [epoR] 
gnneigice 
to n[*,.]itoT juit- 
uja^oiA JuLuo'i 
efcoHeei&. 
poR iinel- 

'se ^.igice 
ei'^cfeco n^.R 

margin 



b/) 

S 



* AIJUOI. 



* What relation this heresy bears towards the named nxarajvirrji. 

distinctive position of Damianus himself (v, * A Greek verb. 

Kriiger's article, PRE.) is not clear. In Rossi, ' Luke ii. 7. 

57 be (if parallel here) the sect in question are * Budge, Copt. Horn., 38 inf., 71 inf. 

1143 F 



34 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. I. Recto. . . . wretchedness, (saying,) ' Woe is me, my father ! 
Thou wilt leave me behind thee ? ' And his father shall make answer, 
with weeping and groaning, ' Woe is me, my son ! [I] have not power 
[to' 

Verso. . . . ' my] father, it were good if thou hadst not begotten me. 
For ... to see [thee ?] in these distresses. O my father, I have not power 
to help {^o-qOelv ^) thee here. Because I was at pains and taught thee '..... 



Fol. 2. I Recto. 

<5'I'X KTec- 
ujeepe npq- 
epofee iiT- 

ei efco'X. giTJU- 

margin 






Verso. 

MTecuj[ee-] 
pe see'YM**'- 
ito'sc en[RO-] 

il(yi Tcje- 
epe seo'yoi 

jULtiiy(3'OAjt six 
juo'i efcoH- 
eei2)k. epo - 
6o\ osedLigicG 

margin 






Fol. 2. Recto. . . . groaning and thou shalt (?) find a righteous (SiKato?) 
mother there, clasping the hand of her ill-doing daughter and the judgement 
{diT6(f)acns) coming forth from the Lord Jesus 

Verso. . . . her daughter, because they are about to cast her to the 
torments {KoXaa-i?) . . .^ her daughter will cry out, ' Woe is me, my mother ! 
I have not power to help (/3o.) thee. Because I was at pains ' 

' Nominal for verbal forms are not uncommon ; lands no. 340. 
of this same verb, e.. Brit. Mus. no. 370, Ry- 2 totc probably too long for the gap. 







NUMBER 8 




Fol. 


3. -> Recto. 

piJAlC gld.- 

[lyiijgojt jj- 
nejcyou uju>- 
TT[e MTJecge 






f Verso. 

nwf JA- 
neo'Y[oM ujto- 
ne nT[cg 






eiteg^*'^ uc- 










ge e-yoon n- 






jjd^peitTco- 




B 


^iRd^ioc eq- 

(S'l's Ajneq- 
coM Rpeqep- 
itofce tlTe- 
T&.noc5d,cic 

margin 






"YM TltpiAJe 

epou jjjjd.Y- 
&.lW Ttinwg^ 
wneitgHT 

TItUJHUJ RHp- 

jjc e-xtou 
iiniwTene- 



margin 


e 






- Cf. 


Mai 


k xiii. 19. 





35 



Fol. 3. Recto. . . . weeping and groaning, the like of which never was. 
And thou shalt find a righteous (SiKaio?) brother clasping the hand of his ill- 
doing brother and the judgement (a7ro0.) 

Verso. . . . the like of which never was. Woe [unto us] ! Let us arise 
and weep over ourselves and break our hearts and scatter ashes upon us, 
ere the 



Fol. 4. I Recto. 

W[T]jJJF[Te 

nueTO'YJv^fe 
[jjtt]&.noc- 
To7V.oc e'y- 
sn'io ij.jA.on 
giMtewT^n- 

Js.&.'Y JJH u- 



d 

u 
a 

B 



Verso. 

mostly 
illegible 



seTenep- 



d 
bo 

6 



36 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



i.tt tStaa.- 



margin 



Fol. 4. Recto. ... in the midst of the saints [and] the apostles (air.), 
upbraiding us for the things we have done. Shall not {ixrj) our mouths be 
shut and we find not a word to say, whilst they upbraid us for that 

Verso. . . . because we fear men more than [Trapd) God. If thou say .... 



No. 9. 

This Homily does not appear among the works ascribed to Gregory 
Nazianzen.^ The connected foil. 5, 6, 7 contain the author's name ; they 
belong therefore to the title-page, fol. 1 ; while foil. 3, 4, connected by their 
subject-matter, appear immediately to precede fol. 5. But since the title 
relates to Rom. iv. 15, therefore foil. 11, 12, 13 must belong to this same 
text, dealing as they also do with that verse. Again, repentance being the 
subject of foil. 3, 4, 5, therefore fol. 2 probably comes near these. Finally, 
I have noted (on my copy) that foil. 8, 10 appear, from their present shape, 
to lie near to fol. 7 ; they too, then, should belong to this sermon ; while 
fol. 9, dealing, like the last, with charity,^ should probably be placed close 
to them. 

Cf. also No. I. 



Fol. I. * Recto. 
[pioc] neeeoXoi^oc' nenicKonoc' 



f Verso. 

[+] ]iyie 

xooc' -xee-y- 



xio' [Ojuoc*] 

-^'Xn[jLiev' T-] 

jLiitn[oxt.oc'] 



Above this line another, or an ornament. The six lines of title are in a sloping script. 



* Nor among those of his namesakes. 

' On Zoega p. 19 is the title of a homily by Gregory on charity. Its text is unpublished. 







NUMBER 9 


37 


\oc] e^Toyb^b.^ 


* 'senjtxiK* Teiito- 


gHTeKR\H- 


2HT[q' iSTt- 


ju,]oc' itgHTq' 


juinnd.p2vfijs.cic a 




ci^' d^Wew' siit- 


n.pd.[6d.cic'- 








Te'Yitoy' c'Y" 


' CR'SIO' [aAJUOc'] 


ni]no'Yc' 


neyg(ofc 




gjuooc' gn- 


seo-Y [cD ndw-y- 


eTpe- 







Tcyndi^ic' 


^oc'' [ 


Tnuji*.- 


tie's irpa^'Y^'H 




[-t-e]YUj*^ttcui- 


gJU.T?V.O 


OSeitlTltCH- 


Rcoic' e'y- 






Tju.' ctXc^ic' 


epoit 


[Atjvnjnei 


' 'Sto' tittoc 






iiTROYei 


con 


]Tq 


oteTK'^ 




ei junncwc' 




' cute 


? 


gTHn T- 






uji^Ypntofe^* 


ItTH 




<? ? 




JLinllT&.Y- 


S 









cjOTAieq' il- 












Tje-yitoy 

. .]n.CU)TJLl' 


? 





* After this I read n ., very doubtfully. It did not seem to be d^jUHn. 

Fol. I. Recto. A Homily (ofiiXia) of St. (ayios) Gregory the Theologian 

(06X.), the bishop (ctt.) of Nazianzns^ which he pronotmced concerning 

the holy apostle (a7r.), namely^ ' The place wherein there is not law (vo.), t/tere 
is not transgression (Trapd^aa-i?).'^ 

. . . good (?)... that . . . the word (?) whereby (?) we point out 
(? o-qfiaii/eiv) 

, cried {-Kpavyrj) after her, saying, We give heed unto 

Verso. . . . Wherefore ? I will tell. (It is because) whenever they come 
forth from the church, nay (aXXa) from the moment that they are seated at 
service (avva^L?), if they hear the lesson (Ae^ty) and there follow another 
(lesson) after it, straightway they forget what they have heard. Let them (?) 

hear 

. . . Paul, [who] saith, ' the place wherein there is not law, there is not 
transgression.' What sayest thou, O Paul ? 



1 Rom. iv. 15. 



38 


THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 




Fol. 2. 1 Recto 




Verso. 




AlCOYCHC 






ncno\iTey[e 


j.q'^ nitojuoc 






uujopn' 


i.q'xooY n- 




]njK- 


-1 ^.'^.\^>.' eujd^q- 


itenpot^H- 




[tlJS.gl] C<i.p ^0- 




sooc* "se- 


THC' i.Yto' 


ne[ 


]^& i.j'YiJ^ cdvcco- 


eic gHHTe' 


Sno-ynic- 


-+-eiC gHH[T] 


[cy] nari T^.eT^a) 


j^.KO'Y'SJvi 


Te^e* tin- 


'^'xi uj[ine 


]o oyM^.b 


*inpROTR* 


nctoc' d^najH- 


dioK [ 


J 


poie' 


pe' junMO'Y- 


juih[ 


;> 


seewene- 


Te* TtocYti* 


Ji^p[ 


[epajja^iicY*.* 


eoo'Y* n.i 


io*Y*n*.JX 


oil itcf it-l 


['-^Ineqoyoi 


lytone' ax- 


GneqeiiOT* 


T.YP[ 





juor' eTC- 


i.qei equji.- 


i^ttOK [ 


Itiofce 


-^n^vine' -xe- 


-xe' nAiutJvu 


Te T[ tl-] 


p 


TeKnoAi- 


eqosto' tiAioc' 


T.qe[ 


? 


Tiev' THpc'- 


'seeuj'xei.i- 


WR&. M[lJLt 


] feo\ 

-> 


ne TjuRo- 


xooY jiiiis.- 


fftoX d.[a 





tr' enno- 


npot^HTHc* 


cenHT [e-l 


]qujcoite' 


jfee' URecon 


eToyivevfe' 


fioV ii[juioi] 


joYOiuj' 


-HTJjiTJs.noi.' 


MHTit' e^Y^' 


' TJ>.q['XOOc] 


eTJpeqTftwX- 


itniio^e*- 


a^'yuja^'xe' iiii- 


i>.ii' \\<3\ [nito-Y-] 


[(SooYi* ' uieq- 


ne TiROTR* 


juhth' cr&kx- 


Te' s[ef>wAtH-] 


o'YJiios'' 


epoq'* ep- 


Wh.'^isW ' n- 


eiT[ii jd.poi] 


MeTn]to' eq-c 


-^ ujes^nnptoAie* 


margin 


margin 


ej-soiq' 


ROTq' enrt- 






margin 


margin 


" ^lwVO) or 


e^Wdk. '' ne^iyT? 


<= Not an epithet 


of eTnu). 



Fol. a. Recto. . . . Moses. He gave the law (voix.), He sent the prophets 
(np.) and they believed (ttutt.) not. Afterward the Son of God arose upon 
His Father's right, and came and spake with us, saying, ' If I have sent my 



NUMBER 9 39 

holy prophets (tt/d.) unto you and they have spoken with you in my 

name 

. . . Lo, I am put to shame (?) through all things 

they flee from [me ']. Hath not God said, ' Come unto me ^ 

Verso. ... for (yap) my [yoke] is easy and my burden is light ' 

the burden [If] one betake him to Christ by reason of . . . sin (?) 

disease(d ?) [and ?] desire that He would heal them, He doth 

not [lay a heavy ? bur]den 

. . . ' and first thou live strictly {ttoXlt^v^lv)' But (aXAct) He saith,'^ 
' Behold, thou hast been made whole ; turn not again to commit sin, lest 
a worse thing than this befall thee,' which is (to say,) * Thy whole way-of-Hfe 
{iroXiTda) is (that) thou turn not unto sin again.' Repentance (/^er.) of sin 
is not returning thereto. If a man turn unto God 



Fol. 3. f Recto. 



T eqo-Y- 




coaj' CAieTik- 




tioei eq-si 




tnT-Ynoc' 


pn[ 


Ko['y(3^?V.o]o^e' 


MO 


epepjvTc 


UO 


T^V'2pH'y* 


fee' [ 


'StTIR^^* 


1 6ico[ 


epeTCA.ne* 


Tit[ 


nHg* eg^pj^'i 


Hd. 


e'liie epe- 


xe 


itecnoeiuj' 


ose' 


soce' ene-Y- 





epH-Y* iiee' 


t' 


iinpuijuie' 


^[ 


qd.qi* Teq- 


n 


Matt. 


xi. 28-30. 



Verso. 



]nj. 

]t6V 
]pl' 



] ergi- 

lno<3' 
? 

? 

]op eq- 

? 

]iUlIl- 
].C 

' John V. 



tictoq 
gertKocYe' 

njLiooy' 

cd.n'soi 
getiKoo'Ye' 

C'YgJULOOc' 

e&oV ^- 
n-soi geit- 
Koo-ye' 'Y" 
A.g'e pa^-Toy' 
gin-soi i- 
no'yg'n jua. 
iigjuooc* 

UJA.ItTO'y- 



14. 



40 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



"YcpHTe 






pn' iinoeiiy' 

KT(5'\00(3' * 



margin 



R&.tt[ 
? 

xi[ 



Te ee' uinpui- 



]pwjLie' 


nu)g^ ene- 


nT- 


Rpo* eY" 


1 

J 


-+- ujiwnnwg^ 


],' 


-a.e* eneupo 


] cpoq' 


RTen'soi 


]Y 


AAOOlie' 


nj-soi 


-'-uji.'Y^* '^^' 


e 


eg^pdki gjui- 


TO*y' 


margin 



Foi. 3. Recto. . . . desiring to repent {fXiTavouv) he hath the type 
{tvttos!) of a ladder, the foot thereof fixed upon the earth, its head reaching 
up to heaven and its steps ^ raised one (above) the other. Like as a man 
lifteth his foot from the earth and setteth it upon the first step of the 
ladder, even thus the man 

Verso. . . . others ^ stay in the water, hanging upon the ship ; others sit 
on the outside of (?) ^ the ship ; others stand upon the ship and have not 
found place to sit, until they attain unto the shore. But (Si) when they 
attain unto the shore and the ship is in port, they come ( + Si) up from (?) 
[the ship 



Fol. 4. -^ Recto. 
K . om e'Y" 

glAOOc' VkiKT 
\uic' JULM- 
WCTgiuLlLllO- 

oy* Sceei 
THpoY* e-zsju- 
neTujoY" 
CSoY* itce- 



\ Verso. 



g[ ]lROC a 

' KOCJULIKOC, K\HpiKOC, g^pCTIKOC ? 



Two'Yn' ose- 

IMJ>weC*Rp<- 

110 ei H^- 
xeilitdiWitg 



* noeity is a new word. 
' The preceding column too dealt with the 
shipwreck : -xoi is legible. 



2 I can find no instance of gJULOOC so con- 
structed. Brit. Mus. Gk. Cat. iv, no. 1609 is too 
uncertain ; Crum, Oitr. no. 35 1 still more so. 





NUMBER 9 


41 


0'Y'2ti^i TH- 


C[ 


lyji^pe- 


UJA.UfKp- 


pcY Tevi- 


9TI 


JRIt 


gXXo' Hcfte- 


-t-TC ee' jmne- 


q[ 


Oj^yew ei 


Ti^itoei 


Toynj><' 


- 


? 


+JL1H i^RCIItt 


c'Y^fei'Xe' 


^Tt 


]eq- 


'Xlft.eHKH 


wcycoT* 


ee[ 


L- P2>V]\o*a itq- 


AxnnjuLoy* 


ojjineqctti^g' 


o\\[ 


[ec^Rp&.JTe'ye' 


b^n* iiTeK- 


eTenjv'i- 




[iiAo]q fice- 


JU.UTKO'YI 


ne oyite- 


? 


]c epoq' 


1 O'Ypcoiie* eq- 


poc' rtt- 


's[ 


]CKp^)<- 


ptto6e' eq- 


T^^itoi*..' 


KeK.[ 


Te-ye ^.\l\^w* o-y- 


Kca* iigTHq' 


-+-iyA>peTJiT- 


gwC[ 


jumta]t(3'ojli' 


, _ 


ly^vltTHq' 


1 epo[ 




Te' eq-sui' 


finno'YTe' 




(i]ms.y* 


iiijuoc' -se- 


TiK^poy* 




? 


margin 


THpcy' "- 




]^^ 




margin 




margin 






* 6q 


p- or 6qei.p-. 





Fol. 4. Recto. . . . they remaining (/zV. sitting) placidly (kuXoos) with 
them that are in the water, and all come on to dry-land and are all saved. 
This is the manner of him who shall find a single grape in his cluster/ 
that is to say, a portion (fiepo?) of repentance (fx^T.). God's pitifulness 
reacheth all of them 

Verso. . . . when] he [shall] grow old and be temperate (^yKpaTeveiv) 
and they . . . him ... be temperate (ey/c.). But (dXXd) [it is] an impossi- 
[bility that ? the] body {a-co/xa) . . . two (?) 

. . . torment and didst arise (saying,) * I will be temperate (^yK.) and will 
repent (/xer.).' Thou knowest not that thou shalt live till thou be old and 
(then) repent (/zer.). Hast thou (/xi]} established a covenant (Siad.) with 
death ^ in thy youth ? A man that, sinning, turneth his thoughts to God's 
mercy, saying, 



Cf. Isa. Ixv. 8 (Sa'id. ec/. Schleifer). 



2 C/. Isa. xxviii. 15, 18. 



114S 



G 



42 


THEOLOGi 


KAL TEXTS 




Fol. 5. t p. 


I?. 


-^ p. i^. 




margin 


margin 


IC Jf ^c 


[eiiyd^lim-Y' 


1 iigHTO'Y eqo 


T IlT.qiwd.c' 


t:^'y\[&.RTH- 


pnil]jS.HT' 


ijuu.&.c'oc* 


' o'YXP"*^''"**'" 


pion [ 


tljtio'YTe' a 





woe* eqtt2^'2si 


iio-yt*! 


it]*.po'ynes.* 


equjjvnuio'Y' 


(yoV g^it'Xd.d.'y' 


itce 


It Ajijudii nq- 


ijind.Tqe- 


iigoife' iio'Y- 


e-suiq* 


Kio'] itdwiiofee* 


Teviioei qitdk- 


^pHCTIiwIlOc' 


o'Yne 


eh o\ itqcyoj' 


1 K.Ti^l\T2v' 


d..n'n o-y- 


cq'* H [eq- 


. .jicyeg^b no- 


e&.JUlIlT' t- 




H ptujue eqoi- 


^^wfea)[R 


fee] e-sitneq- 


necHT** nt[w'] 


pn' iul^p^>wlt' aa- 


go\io[c' 


nOjfee nq- 


+eTeiii\jvd.'y 


ntto'YTe' it- 


ent;\' [no'y-l 


[Tjii A^eT^v- 


no'Yoein' 


iio-yis* eqT^- 


pqui[o'YT 


woi' ni.1 


ngHTq [cy-] 


* Aifttoq fl- 


H o-Ypeq- 


tlTeiuiine' 


1 -^e nito'YT 


g&.g^ ilcon' 


Kis. o'Yito'Y'* 


MUJAAAIO 


n^pn[i]e'Ye 




noYTe *.- 


-+-n.i iiTei- 


, 
enitv tnii- 


b^vC n[neT- 


T&.Koq' iiqp 


juitte' i^'Y" 


yje' nni>.- 


gAJinju*,.' e Tjm- 


^pa)<y'c AinoeiK* 


oyto' e-yKCxj 


[TOKpd.]TtOp' 


ju&.y' ujis.e- 


%x ^^.TqJJ^.oY 


iijLtoq' K[i-] 


[. . . .jnuoc . 


neg^* 9['YXP"*^" 


[+o'y;)(^]Ph[c]t[i&.-] 


2H[T 




Tiis.noc [eq- 


[noc 






[na.]'sic[ 







Perhaps too little, but grammar forbids jumncyTe. 

" So copy, but must be (S'piog. 



>> Should be 



eqoyeg. 



Fol. 5. P. 15. . . . ' If I] die, the merciful God shall have mercy with 
me and forgive my sins,' and he continueth adding sin to his sin and 
repenting (/^er.) not ; such an one as this is estranged from the mercy of 
God Almighty {iravTOKp.) j 

... therein, being a magician (fidyo^). Such an one as this, if he die ere 
he have repented (/JtcT.), shall reach {KaravTav) the nether hell,^ the place 



' Cf. Ps. Ixxxv. 13. 



NUMBER 



43 



where no light is, neither (ou5e) shall God remember them that are in that 
place for ever. A Christian (xp.) that shall 

P. 16 {last of a quire). . . . that he hath done. A Christian (xp.) that 
shall lie in anything is not a Christian. A man that sweareth by God's 
name falsely destroyeth himself many times. God shall destroy him, and 
he shall be in want of bread ere he die. A Christian 

. . . amulet {(j>v\aKTripLov) shall go (?)... at all (oXw?) to the 

place of a wizard or (^) a soothsayer, such an one hath already been 
stripped [of baptism (?)^ 



Fol. 6. 



ic 



joycgi- 
[Aie e]cnop- 

]i e6oV 

[gltJTUlItT- 
[WOC] JS-ltOR* 

[poi jL3L\b<yb<- 

[*j.]oc* iiTJv- 
[iie]MiOTe* 



p. 1^. 
H-ei\jkMpue- 

din's! nfijwn- 



TICUI&.' kX- 



-'-npTpeiiujo'y- 
2iis.iit^opei 



WTniCTIc' 

ilT(3'it Tnic- 
-4-Tic' eco fi- 

.pi?oit' Tnic- 

Tic' e^Rite- 

gfiH'ye' CO 

tt&.pc*oii' 
-+"Hes.\toc ilnic- 

Teye' enito'y- 



\ p. IH. 



KA.^(Oc ilnic- 
Tcye* enju.o'y' 
iiic' AiWTeq- 
dittdiCTdwCic : 
+*iR'si nfiivn- 

ne^^c gicocoR* 

.r' RJVgH'Y i- 

Aioq* gifii- 

eeocY* eie 
A.K*.*iR' iid^p- 

+xto'YTe' egito 
uiiA eqnevp 
ic' ilceT*.- 
Ko' 'xe^.pc^on* 

-l"eKTlAp- 

C/. p. Ih. 



TIC*Jl[&. 

qeT[Teq-] 
ct^pj>.[cic] 

TegM[ 

nceri[ 



em' jui[jjiuT-] 
^pHc[Tii-] 
noc' [ 

e'YTli[3'n] 

inuio['Y] 
iinex^ [gi-] 
totoK* e- 
neqcJ^LOc-] 



44 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



[iiTi'^e iju.o- 



TC 



itRe- 






gioo'Y on 



TICUIJS.' >.K- 

Ticju*. ce- 






Fol. 6. P. 1 7 (y?^'^^ ^ qtiire). ... a woman that fornicateth (nopueveiv), 

she having an husband out from Christianity {-^prja-Tiavo^). 

I, Gregory, I have not said this of myself alone; I have studied (?) the 
laws (von.) which our fathers the apostles (arr.) did fix [Kavovt^^Lv) [for 
them ?] that should 

... If we do the deeds of baptism {^aTrria-fia), then (is it) well (/caXaiy) 
that we have received baptism {^dn.). Let us not boast ourselves that we 
wear {(f)opdv) the habit (crxvf^a) o^ faith (ma:), and (then) find faith barren 
(dpyos). ' Faith without works is barren (dp.).' ^ (It is) well (/caXSy) thou 
believe (Tria-Tiveiv) in God ; the devils {Saifioviov) also believe and 
tremble ^ 

P. 1 8. (It is) well {Ka\m) thou believe (ttio-t.) in the death of Jesus and 
His resurrection (dvdo-T.). Thou hast received baptism {^dnr.) and hast 
clothed thee with Christ. If thou strip thyself of Him through thy 
evil deeds, then hast thou made thyself barren [dpyos), every vessel that is 
becoming old and perished being called barren (useless dp.). If thou do 
not the deeds of baptism (/3a7r.), thou hast destroyed baptism : thou shalt 
be stripped 

. . . wipe off its (?) seal (o-^payt'y) from the brow and they ... no 

sign of Christianity {-XP-)- ^oe [unto thee], if the sign of Christ's death 
be not [found] upon thee, which is His cross {<tt.). For what wilt thou 
do ? .... . 



Fol. 7. f p. le. 



margin 


margin 


TK TfieeK- 


epoo-Y* -xe- 


gfiHye' eeo- 


lteTT2kKO 


o-y' TniCTic' 


H weitTi^'y- 


* Jas. ii. 20. 


= lb. 19 



p. K. 



-^^[ 



NUMBER 9 



45 



]TA1 
]p- 

]eneR- 
]eR- 

[oy^pHcJTi^.- 

[noc (OluiT 

[enjpNH* ii- 
[n]e^c jKi-xi 



CO fi*.piToi\'* 
-+-*>.i'sooc' fiKe- 

, jjicyTe' egno 
wiJLi* equjwp 
a>.c ilceT&.RO 

XCA^piTOll' 

+eiT' oho' il- 



OJLlUT : 1- 
Te' gtto' lld.T' 

iTe* tto-yfe' 
H-ecujd^itojto- 
ne ncep&.c 

WCeTdiKO 

KKecon' \\- 

SIC 

fee* nce^5 



margin 



TlKO UTOK 
H-gUitOu' R- 

ntOT* p&.Tq 
iineeHci- 

iiCTYpiOIl* 

-Hnwgf iTReR- 
pSeioo-Ye' 

y^c! gio'ye' 

egO'Y' ltTR- 

jueceHT* 

eR'Xto' .MM PC 

se^^ipuofce* 
n-soeic' 

itnitofee' 
iinjs.go'y' 

[b^n too]t 



H[ 

T[ 

^[ 

ep[ 

_0A1 [ 

gieH [juine-] 

H[cI^.cT'y-] 

p[ioM 

CA.t0[t0K] 
&oV [MWK-] 

iioie* [Ki?-] 

Ti5R[TOR] 

epocy [a.'yio] 

lyn TU)[pe] 
lt^l>.R* ?[-] 

WR[ 



Fol. 7. P. 19. ... thou . . . cry out, ' I too am a Christian (xp-) ; I have 
received baptism (^dn.) in the name of Christ ; I have received Thy divine 
body {(rco/j.a) [and] Thy blood shall say 

. . . thee because of thy evil deeds. Faith without works is barren 
(dpyo^).^ I say once more that every vessel that is becoming old and 
perished is called useless (dpy.), be it (eiVe) vessel of bronze or (en-e) vessel 



J Jas. ii. 20. 



46 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



of silver or (eire) gold. If so be that they grow old and perished, they are 
molten again and made new and cease to be called 

P. 20. perishable or (^) perished.^ Thou likewise, if thou know that 
thou art useless altogether {lit. on every side), hasten, flee unto the altar 
{Ovaiaa-rripLov) ; pour forth thy tears before Christ ; beat thy breast, saying, 
' I have sinned ; Lord, forgive me the sins of the past {lit. of behind) ; I will 
not continue * 

. . . hast] groaned . . . before the altar (? Ova.) . . . departed far from [thy] 
sins [and tu]rned not again unto them, I it is will go surety for thee, that 
thou do [not . . . 



Fol. 8. -> Recio,^ p. ? 


1 Verso, p. ? 






margin 


margin 






'^ ^v^T^>.^H' Wb.y* 


enecHT* 









e-sjutnoeiR* 




]nii 


jLiitnno'^H- 






ey^npoc- 


pion' nqcui- 


-^e[ 




t^opjv' enHi 


TIA KCWO-Y* 




Sl 


AinitcyTe' 


iiqei' i*2e- 


e[ 




epene'Y^HT' 


1 pou' IITOR* 


1 


[tC . A1 &.V 


(Sn <piKe' 


uS nXi.iuoc' 


T&. 


gco 


epoo-Y* -se- 


jmnpKpine 


p[ 


JKO-V 


WeTH'^ 


ilneTepe- 


1 U|n[ 


nnjs.' 


npoct^opjs.' 


nncyre' 


Ol[ 




"*^T' g^Ewpeq- 


cioTt' epo- 


t' 




pnofee'iie' 


oy' K&.it* ge"- 


t' 


7V]^i^'Y' IIN- 


MTenge* eTe- 


H-peqpno6e'- 


TJH[ 


iioj'YgAA* npto- 


it^-eToc'ne* 


Ue' JLlltTAwK- 


TCTO) 



* The traces of pagination here might be \ and a second letter ; not \ and \e., since these 
would not, by rights, fall upon the same leaf. 



* Lit. ' they that perish or that have perished '. It 
English. 



is not easy to reproduce this in idiomatic 



NUMBER 9 



47 



[C5*.]fTH T&.- 
[c<&.n]H A1C- 

[njeTeitcyc- 
[tte ] cYtt- 
[goeinje e'y- 
]n pe- 



fiu'XHpiKOC 
Qsooc juinu'Y- 

TeyT&.npo 



epocY* TpeK- H-necito[q ax-] 



npecfie'ye' 



Teq[ 



Fol. 8. Recto. . . . nought shall save (?) ^ a man except charity {dyaTrrj). 
' Chanty seeketh not the things that are her own.' ^ There are [some] 
do 

... to whom charity (ay.) is given that need {-\peLa) it not. There are 
some do make offering (npocrcpopd) at the house of God, whose heart accuseth 
them (saying,) ' Those unto whom we give offerings (Trp.) are sinful men like 
unto us,' that is, the holy eagles (deTos) ^ the clergy (kXtjpikos), that do say 
unto God, with the mere words of their mouth, ' Be favourable {Kara^iovv)^ 
come 

( Verso) down upon the bread and the cup (TroTrjpiov),' and He heareth them 
and doth come. I say unto thee,^ O layman (Xai/co?), judge {Kpiveiv) not 
them whom God heareth,^ even {Kav) be they sinful men : thou hast nought 
(to do with that). Hast thou been entrusted with them, that thou shouldest 
intercede (Trpea-^eveiu) for their sins ? Rather (dXXd) have they been 
entrusted with your souls (^//l'.), that they may 

. . . to(?) Ezekiel [shall] come upon you.^ The blood of [each] one shall 
come u[pon] his ['' 



1 If so, iiegAS. is required. But this scribe is 
not very accurate. * i Cor. xiii, 5. 

' Cf. Can. Athanas. p. 16, where the same 
simile is used. A sermon on Epiphany (Paris 
131s ii4 = MS.of Br. Mus.no. 257 &c.) refers to 
the deacons at the sacrament as ' the eagles 
flapping (TkkTe) their wings around the body 



* V. p. 65 note. 

' The difference achieved by the varying pre- 
position is between mere hearmg here and 
acquiescing, obeying in the preceding sentence. 

V. Ezek. iii. 18. 

" ? 'hand'; cf. Ezek., I.e. 



48 


THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 




Fol. 9. 1 Recto. 


-^ Verso. 


- 




xe [julneq'so-] 


m 




oy]koy*^ 


OC' [*.Ri.g- 


jqcjLiO'Y' 






iwTeJTitei- 


ep*.TR [iic^.-] 


]' eie 


-+-iti>.r[o[Y '^*^p] 


AAC 8^ to Wdw- 


gfio-YiP iin^H-] 




^' 2>.IT*.nH 


jiip&.Te' -se- 


Ke* i^.1 Wi] 


['2secgN.]pnT- 




iio-Y^w' it[o'Yo] 


TeTepT[. 




-^-[Njq'sooc d 


[--^ ujo^Yg^LHue]' 


epoc' eK[ujdwW- 





'X]^KK^^>2'- 


'^ g.T' e[jii]H- 


atl flTOfOT 6 


]toq' 


ep]d.TK Rc.- 


ce' Ainn[o'Y- 


iluoT 


] ajiAoq' 


[oj'YWNAJl' ii- 


Te' eie [ei- 


1 eie n 

> 


T<yi'x' 


ngHKe' 


CtOTAA d<nOK 




2.^*:[ 


ine ;)(^c ic 


-l-[ejni'2kH pco- 


^eet^ octoit 


^e[ 


newj-soeic ^ 





^^TeTlti^*. c 


Te' t[ 


CtOTA* 

-i 


[n]Teq(?i'S 


iicy*.' u[tt]ei- 


^^-T 




IlO'ylMd.JLl' 


KO'yi [es-ttOK 


c 


[eq-sio] finoc 


'4-p[An]Tpe2H- 


neT[*.T]eTit- 


eR[ 


? itTei]e 


Ke cooyTii 


i^JVC' tl[*wl 


H -ei e 


]oY 


efcoA ilTe[q-] 


[-HeJTfeen^wi ei\- 




margin 


<3'i'x' eosi 


uji^npcYneT- 









margin 


ooo-Y* "o-y- 


&.[ 






margin 


* Or junCTlteiAie. "^ This reading 1 


anlikely if the stop after ic is 


correct. C/. vo., col. i, 


11. 3, 4 eie. 


= ? a.a.jyeiTk. ^ Or ^ 


si,[W&, nl[Tawq-. ^ Or 


IITOK. 


Fol. 9. Recto. . . . Do ye then 


not (ovKovv) know, O 


my beloved, that 




. the hand of Christ [ 


esus [our] Lord .... 


. hear David (?), 


speakins; thus, 







. . . [He hath not] said, ' Thou hast stood at the left of the poor,' but 
{dWd) he said,^ ' Thou hast stood at the right of the poor.' Since {kireiSri) 
every man that giveth with his right hand, when the poor stretcheth forth 
his hand to receive 



^ P. cviii. 31. But no text or version that I can find reads 2nd pers. thus, for 3rd. 



NUMBER 9 



49 



Verso. . . . bless(ing?) . . . Dost thou then not hear that^ ' He that giveth 
unto a poor (man), lendeth at usury unto God ? ' I indeed do (?) hear that^ 
' Inasmuch as (e0' o<Tov),ye have done it unto one of these little ones, it is 

unto me ye have done it.' Wherefore if thou do evil unto a (?) 

. . . [? For (yap)] it is better to give charity (ay.) than if thou receive 
from (?) 3 



Fol. lo. 
margin 



nxwv* itoXo- 

KOTIttOc' 

w&.ces-Tuc Tp- 
poAine' oyis.* 

eq-soj AjLuc 
]*>.c'- "seuiepeTdw- 
[^s.^H i.j'W^.' <?&>nH* ujme* 

] ? tlC&.MeT- 

-T-iij&.qTtooY * 
]c Too'ye' 

[&.M] CtOTXl' 

[AAJneigcofi* 



HTq' ojjvq- 



[ujnHJpe* JUL- gjGLneqHi' 

[Aioq ] tte-y- +nwjopn' n- 

1 ? Prov. xix. 1 7. 

2 Matt. XXV. 40. Note the reading. 

1143 



f Verso. 

margin 
K.n' oYpiu[[juj>wO-] 

^^^* n2vq Jvq- 

neigocy' jvq- 

tto<3^* npIijuLd.o 
gitTno\ic' 
i^qAJiooiye' 
epoq' ilguin' 

itd^q' juut- 
H-nc&^Tpeq- 

TdLi>.q ttd^q' 

e^qccYOiitq' 
+^q(5'ui' eq'xi- 

jvRpiite* ^u.- 

neqgHT* 

's.e.oy^xxAM.bi.o- 

ne ns^'i n2v- 



[ 
-+-es.qco[ 

+pewei[jLie-] 
eye' -^ [**-] 

.q^ [neq-] 



* Or ' if thou thyself receive ' 



H 



50 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



[no'Ypjcajue' 

]HC' 
^ UJO-] 



ptojue CTq- 

[o]Y2HRe'n[e'] 



TOOTq 



0'y[oi 



margin margin 

Fol. lo. Recto. . . . hath [not] need (xpeia). Hearken and I will tell 

thee this thing, worthy of wonder. There was a man ? was wont to 

give] three solidi (oXok.) in charity {dydnrj) yearly, one at {Kardi) a time. 
He heard Paul saying,' ' Charity {ay.) seeketh not the things that are her 
own.' He would arise in the morning on the day whereon he should do 
charity {ay.), and would go forth from his house ; the first man that he 
should meet {dnavTav), whether (/cdV) he were a poor man, ( Verso) or {Kav) 
a rich, he would give it {sc. the solidus) unto him. He arose that day and 
met {dir) a great rich man of the city {ttqKls) and he went toward him 
stealthily and gave it unto him. After that he had given it unto him he 
knew him, and stayed doubting {SiaKpti^dv) in his heart (saying), '' This man 
is richer than {-rrapd) I. It is I have need (xpe^'a) to receive charity {dy.) at 
his hands.' Afterwards 

. . . and these thoughts contended with him. Likewise {onoicos^) he betook 
himself (?) 



Fol. II. -* Recto. 
margin 
]co[ 2'rcettHc[ic'] 

] epoc* &.q- iiiutco'YCHc' 

eioTe' Td>.Y- 

cHe' jSnoy- 
ojoine' gH- 

[. .]?VjLineTU|aj 



JTHpc 



\ Verso. 



margin 



eiiiiui ^e- 
-^-^lA^s.* eTcIiR- 

nevpdw6&.cic' 

Teige' jvii'- 
T Tn^wp*.- 

-^e . JVC nT[ 



'^ I Cor. xiii. 5. 



2 "O/iwy ' however ' would seem more suitable. 



NUMBER 



51 



Fol. II. Recto. . . . the Genesis (ye^.) of Moses. For {koX yap) the 
parents too that begat Moses were not in Genesis, but (? aWa) all that 

Verso. ... to (?) whom ? * Where there is not law, there is not trans- 
gression.' He said, *Nay^; the transgression (napd^aa-is) is not of this 
sort 



t . . . . 

Fol. 12. > J^ecfo. 




f Ferso. 




Tc' jvitne 




1 [. . .JMMofee 




-l-T6en.i 




eT^e'xejs^'Y- 




iKni>.y\oc* 




""^ nnoftioc' 




louj efeoV 




Md.q' a^qnA^pe.'- 




senAti^* Te- 




^iJ tttioq* 




jLxnnoMxoc 




I iiju>' eTe- 




JLl^^vp^.fe^v- 




AlltltOJUlOc' 




CIC' OJUlOI- 




AAitnevpd>.fe&.- 




I toe' on' g^poY" 




cic eic oy- 




*3 ettROTK 




H-Hp iieTit^w- 
igcone' ii- 


G 

B 


eiiie' ii[neq-] 




tte^X^pHCTi- 




eiwT [jvYtJ^> 




[*.m]oc' IC 




*wfeiAie\[^ 




[njeyjvi^c^e'Xi- 




UTivqe[ni- 




011' b^yTixis^y* 




e'Y-SAei [^^'yto 




TOOTM * 




H-nK'ece[ne 




[elic nec6o- 




nTZxy 




[oj'ye' Rsten- 




4- ? 




[i]oTe eTO'Y- 
[toXoc 




Fol. 12. Recto. . . . not . . 


. it. For this cause did Paul cry out, 


Where 


ere is not law, there is not 


transgression (Trap.).' Likewise (dfxoLco?) also 




1 Or' 


V^erily'. 





52 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Reuben, when he lay with Thamar,' his father's wife, [and] Abimelek, 
when he coveted ^ (eTnOv/xuu), and the rest, when they 

Verso. . . . sin, because the law (vo/x.) hath (had ?) been given him and 
he hath (had ?) transgressed [napa^aiveLv) it. * Where there is not law, 
there is not transgression {rrap.y Lo, how much shall not be ours,^ we 
Christians (xp.) ? Lo, the Gospels (eiJ.) have been given unto us ; lo, the 
teachings of our holy fathers the apostles {air.) 



Fol. 13. -^ Recto (>). 

feoV AJLAtOn 
gIC* T3'e- 

t' pon 



q<3'Xuj* gR- 
Tctouje 

goit' oYOi 
(i^opei ilo'Y- 

k.p neg&H'Ye' 



+2vMO[ 

9SJ[ 

T[ 

np.[M AinnoY-] 



ncott ew[itne ] 

o 

epcTju.nn'y- 
efioV ilit- 



\ Verso (?). 
- 1 - 

ItNJUJ lt(3'T 

[neTn&.]Ti.20^ 

]oV siti- -t-njuuv* eTcilR- 
[grooyje* 192^.- uoaioc Um- 
[po'Yge] iLuLH- 
[Hwe] euj-se- 

j-y' pio' 



o*yd>.* ncytOT' 

MJvO'y'2t2vI 

eMRoA.cic* 
iinujHpe' 



nd.p2s.f!&.cic' 
+ne iJLneici 

nofee* epocy' 

margin 



Perhaps o]Tr[pn]AieeY[e. 
* A mistake for Bilhah; v. Gen.xxxv. 22 (21). 2 Gen. xx. 2. 

Yet palaeographically iei.\\*> and ea.jui.[p] I suppose this to mean, ' How great punish- 

might well be confused. ments shall not be ours ? ' 



NUMBER 9 



53 



Fol. 13. Recfo (?). . . . cast them forth from us. Woe, woe ! How great 
are the troubles that await us. If they slew this (man) whom they had 
found gathering wood ^ in the field, what manner of death, then, is it shall 
overtake us ? Woe, woe ! For we wear (cpopeii^) an angelic (ctyyeAf/coy) 
habit {o'XVH'^) ^"^ have done the deeds [of 

Verso (?). ... the garden What manner of [remembr]ance (?) 

[is it shall] overtake us ? ^ from . . . till . . ., da[ily.] If 

...that are] not ours(?). Verily {dXr]6a>s), my beloved, unless God 
forgive us, there shall not a single one from this generation (yefed) be 
saved from the punishment (/coXacriy) of the Son of God. ' Where there is 
not law, there is not transgression.' ' If ^ I had not come and talked with 
the world {koo- ), they had been guilty of no sin ' 



No. 10. 

From a Sermon, treating here of repentance, as exemplified by Nebu- 
chadnezzar. Repentance is apostrophized similarly in a sermon by Theo- 
philus (Budge, Copf. Horn. 69). 

Fol. I . -*- Recto. 

Ajinep[ 
Xu>pic [ 

COiTA* [eTAilTkll0I<.] 

? [ 

itneTnH[T e]p*.TC 
cwTui TAl.eT^).woI^b 
TTq(OT efcoX It- e[ 

MenT2s.Yp&.&.c lt- 0[ 

1 Num. XV. 30 (32). (S'Xjge in Zoega, 337 
= avWi-^fiv iv\a in PG. 65, 256. Cf, Deut. 
xxix. II = ^v\oic6itos, also Zoega 487 uU. 



1 Ferso. 


]TTtt- 




]^ 




TC 

< 




]4.X ttit- 




]ttT . . T 




]P 




[. .]n . po . . At . 




[. .]i^y . K . . ^i q- 


J 


[. .]TO['\]iUlHpOC 


] ? 





]0C 1 


MnltT.RJW- 


2 Perhaps ' We lie (-sic^oX) 


from morn till 


evening '. 
3 John XV. 22. Note the reading. 



54 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



iK itK2s-edwpa5ii 



R[ 



III T[lATi^llOI^. 

Tp[ 

^^[ 

o-yL 
no[ 



[\o gitite-YMJofee jjiom itnecujco- 



nJRecon 
[HI TAAeT^iio]ia< 
]eii 
nHJT epjvTC 



Fol. I. Recto. 



AAO HCyOW MIJUl 

eTO'YOJU} ew- 
iig^ WRecon gi- 
TitTJueT^.itoiew 

[.]Tnne[ 

Hearken [unto Repentance {jit.) them that 

betake themselves to her. Hearken unto Repentance, she that cleanseth 
{lit. wi'peth out) such as are old in wickedness (KaKca). Hearken unto 
Repentance, that is a fellow unto the angels (dyy.) of God. O Repentance, 

pure (Kadapoi) bread which nourisheth 

. . . O Repentance, 

Verso. . . . that] are grown old [in their] sins . . . once more. [O Re- 
pentan]ce flee unto 

. . . bold (ToXfirjpos), whilst I show forth the state that thou wast in. 
Nay; so shall it not be. Rather (aXAa) I tell every one that would live 
again through Repentance 



Fol. 2. I J^eclo. 
margin 
jvjvq [ 

m>.'i 2v[ttm-] 
ctOTJUi enco- 

TfieT'20YT0Y 

tipojL&ne M- 
[T&.yjgopi'^e ju- 

[jULOC n]wq eii- 



[. 



.JTcyc 







yerso. 

margin 

[ ] A-lWItiS.- 

[. . .]<3'Oiui nno'Y- 






epevTc HTAJiT*ino[i- 


03 


a 
S 


6o\ itTeqAAM[Ta.T- 

CAlIIt 

1. 

AX 



NUMBER 10 



55 



Fol. 2. Recto. . . . [Ye] have heard the prayer of Daniel concerning the 
one and twenty years ^ that had been fixed (opi^cLi^) for him 

Verso. . . . power of God, and he betook himself unto Repentance (/^er.) 
and displayed his weakness. And 



s 



Fol. 3. \ Recto. 

*w]qTpeToi- 

oywajT it*^q 

ndw'i itTeiJuiin[] 
HTpenecjgH[T] 
eiiujOT epoq 
tree xingHT 



Verso, 

SI-] 

Tq [efeoX* 2*A-] 
nAJtd^ TqoTn 
egOYit epoq 
Jvq'^ wa^q *Ji- 
neqeocy k- 
ujopn di'yonq 
AiKtteqeiOTe 
jX.TeTwiti.'Y 10 
[it&.cttH'y] "secY- 



* Or nTq egpd>i. 



cJ 
u 

a 
B 



Fol. 3. Recto. . . . caused all the world {oiKovfj-eui]) to worship him as (coy) 
God. And the aforesaid (king), after that his heart had been hardened, 
like the heart of 

Verso. ... he brought ?] him [forth from] the place wherein he was 
confined and gave unto him his former honour, and he was reckoned unto 
his fathers. Ye have seen, O [my brethren ?,] how 



^ I cannot identify this reference. ' Twenty- apparently apocryphal reference to this book it 
one* occurs in Daniel only in x. 13, but in an recurs in the Eulogy on Victor (^Miss. viii. 195). 



56 

Fol. 4. t R^<^io, 

margin 
'se[nTOR noio-] 

ce MttjawitgTHq 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 

* Verso. 



6 



s 



margin_ 

JU]lt(3'00. 
ASMLOi es'wujT 
eg^pj^i erne eT- 

'2SIIt(3'OItC [gti-] 

AJLO.OK .\iX[ 
20'yAAHH[UJ 



* A 3rd It precludes the proposed restitution. 

Fol. 4. Recto. . . . (saying,) [Thou] Lord, . . . merciful and longsuffering, 
whose mercy is great. Thou givest repentance (//er.) unto all sinners (?) 

Verso. ... I am not able to look up to heaven by reason of the multi- 
tude of my iniquities. Verily I have angered Thee. I entreat Thee, . . . -ing 



w 

Fol. 


im many 

5. f /iecfo. 


> Ferso. 




margin 




margin 




ttttoq gtOTTH-Y" 




ujiJwqgw . a ejUd.'Y 




TM sengp^^ow 








penpAJlJLl&.0 '2K1 




nto 




it2^p.q gimeWi 




)npAJLlA&.0 gMLOlOq 


B 


g^pd^q THpcy 




eqTMTtoit e'y- 


) ajjvpepcYge igto- 


]R 


110(5' it-soi epeneq- 


ne epoq eTeT^vi- 
Te ea>.H [*A]neq*w- 
ge nq^^ oce juneq- 


J 

]r 


^.'Yeiw gopig ejueq- 



[Alljue^. I1J.HTI 




Oiltg^ THpq 
^O'YW 01 gittt- 




CTUJHR eujevq- 




giw\A.d^T JUinKOC- 

jji]oc epeite-YL 




Rin'xYR'Y tto'Y- 




gioii or g(o\. 


^ ? UHHU{6. 



NUMBER 10 



57 



-^ Recto. 
[^]*jipe[nTgi-] 

ge qTi>.ui[o JUL-] 

epocY gnncy*^" 

n^.i?KH giTwuei- 

6mto\h cd>.p eR- 

eic neHuo'YTe 
giineRgHT THpq 



Fol. 5. Recto, ... ye also. For whilst {qcjov) the rich man disporteth 
himself in all these sports, evening cometh upon him, which is the end of 
his lifetime, and he doth forfeit his whole life. There be some of the birds 
of the world (ic ocr.) whose . . . are 

Verso. . . . will draw nigh {or fly) there, without any burden. But the 
rich man is like unto a great ship, whose freight is heavy, (so that) it doth 
not . . . anywhere, except {(1/xtjtc) in the deep sea (TreAayoy) and is in danger 
{kivSvvViu) of a 

No. II. 
From a Sermon, treating here of charity and of the Good Samaritan. 

f Ferso. 



nT'Y[noc xino'YH-] 
H^ t> jji[ttn\'Yi-] 
THC it[ 
nenT^'Y[ 
jLiei jun[ 



[equy[]oon gtigeM""'^ cev2vfq Jutno['yigit-] 
[. .]a eyouj' eiTe gjH'y g^s^poq [cy-] 
[oYuj]tone eiTe y- "xe iuino'YAi[oyp] 

wneqcjviy [ 



] ? 

] . glTtt- 

[TA5iiffuji>.]n2THq 
[eTgH]fqne ^ 

jej^qiACYP 
[ttne]qc*.uj jvq-- 

[jumjCYHpn eg^pd^i 

o 

[e-sjjutneqT^nH 



] . . iinn*.- ^ 

[goijtt eTOOTq 
seqi neqpocYUJ 
Ki\aic neTR- 
WA.'Soq' .^o\ epq 
ei uj&.ttRToi "^n^.- 
Tjs.iwq iti^R 
C\.Rtie^Y to niiep[iT] 
CT xtirf uj a^ttgT[Hq] 
'seiyjs.c'xoiR [e-] 
Sio\ giTUcyHp 
ttgcofi o['yno<3'] 

HRec:^A.\[jvioii-] 



margin 



margin 

' n[ujoT], if the space would permit it. V. Luke x. 31 ff. ^ Or ne['Sd.q], 

parenthetically, or ncL-Xd^q -xje-. V. Luke x. 33, 34. * Probably naT = n*.ii. 

iis I 



58 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Recto. . . . and thou] love thy neighbour as thyself,'^ while he telleth 
us, ' Thou oughtest to give heed to every [one] whom thou seest in trouble 
{dvdyK-q).'^ For {yap) by means of these commandments {kvToX-q) shalt 
thou make manifest that thou dost love the Lord thy God with all thy 
heart. Because many there be that, when they see one in heavy diffi- 
culties (?), whether (eiVe) an illness or (eiVe) a 

... the manner {tvttos) of the priest and the Levite , when they 

had beheld him, they passed him by ; they had not pity on him, neither 
{ovSe) did they bind up his wounds 

Verso. . . . through the compassion that was in him, sai[th? he,] having 
bound up his wounds, he poured oil and wine upon him and set him upon 
his own beast 

... the innkeeper {-rrauSox'^vs;). And he bade him, saying, 'Take well 
(/caXay) care of him ; whatever thou spendest, when I shall return, I will 
give it thee.' Thou hast seen, O beloved, by how many means (///. things) 
compassion may be fulfilled. Compassion is a great matter {K(f>dXaiop) 



No. 12. 

Apparently from a Dialogue or epcoTairoKpLo-Ls concerning the interpreta- 
tion of various passages in the Gospels.^ The problems are stated by Anato- 
lius (tolerably certain, t/. fol. 2 ro.) and Militius (3 ro., uncertain, for Meletius ?), 

and solved by Ba (perhaps Bachius ^). The bible texts incidental are for 

the most part paraphrased or loosely quoted. The sequence in foil. 2 and 3 
is certain ; the position of fol. i doubtful. 



Fol. I. I Recfo. 
]'2S;[k-] 
2vc itgOj'Yo UTe- 



q-sio AJi[ju.oc] 

My copy ]ne. 



^ Matt. xix. 19, xxii. 39, or Markxii. 31. 
2 Zzt. ' their troubles '. 

* The literature of such dialogues is described 
by R. Nachtigall in Arck. f. Slav. Philol. xxiii, 
xxiv ; Berendts in T. u. (/., N. F. xi. 34 ff. ; and 
Heinrici in the Leipzig Abhandl., Phil. hist. Kl., 
xxviii. But I have found nothing resembling 
the present fragments, either in names or con- 
tents. 

* The obvious Basilius seems too long for the 



-^ Verso. 

*" eito JUijneK- or eidk]neK-. 

gap, fol. 2 ro.^ 1. I, though not for ib. vo., 1. 8. 
Bachius is the name (i) of a writer of sermons 
(Zoega cclxv) and ? of an encomium on James 
the Persian martyr (to be presumed from the 
words quoted by Zoega cclxiv. The martyr's 
relics were in Egypt ; v. Synax., 27th Hathor); 
(2) of a priest in Palestine who converts a 
Samaritan in a \6yos of Pseudo-Cyril of Jeru- 
salem (Brit. Mus. Or. 6799, abstract in Synax., 
17th Thot). 



e6o\ gpjs.1 MgH- 
Tq OUTtOC '^- 

&.nopei ei-xoi 

[ejpenito-YTe piJie^ 
[p]iLiiiTpe *^ni- 
pcoAie -sejuine- 
[n]a^i pitofie oy- 
"xe Aineiieqei- 
OTe ipe 

J 







NUMBER 12 


59 


eneqcoM 


eiRH 


[*i'Y]to Kitii.Hjs.'Y e- 


nR&.^ inuj[o-] 


qo Meo^[oc 


. eTCK- 


[feo'X] ^"SlO tioc 


pn Mcon iui[ii- 


pic'ic 







[ xeJci'Xw- 


itcwc nc'[n?2vc 


OM 2K[e 






[a<iAne] TeKK^H- 


'S^JAWitecoc [nK*.- 


mcyL 






[ciev iiJAJtocY ou 


TevKX-ycttoc 


nKi.[ 






[eTejututo^cY *a- 




It 






[niJs.nTic]ju.d^ 


nRi^g^ HT2vq[(5^(0-] 


et 






[e.TO'^b.b<^]^ii 


p(3' junjjieg- 


. 






. 


con cMjv-Y ["] 


se 






jnitcy- 


nccoc niifoitocl 


X*. 






Te ]'s. cyto- 


iiT^.qT*w'yo[q 




iteite 






[ifg^ efj'o'X ^t- 


juJLia)'Yc[Hc 


Tdi'Y'S 




Possibb 


f pw. 


gi'SJu.nToJ^O'y 



Fol. T. Recto. . . . rather that the works (?) of my Father may be mani- 
fested in him.' ^ Verily (optco?) I am perplexed {dnopela-OaL) when I say 
these words, God Himself (?) testifying concerning this man that ' Neither 
did this (man) sin nor {ovre) did his parents do (so).' Apa Ba[. . . .] said [. . . . 
.... saying,^ ' He that shall be [wroth] against his brother without cause 
(e//c^), is in danger of the judgement {evo^o^, Kpicns!) 

Verso. . . . wash] thy face there and thou shalt see.' ^ I say . . .* Siloam 
is the church (e/c/cA.). The waters are [the wate]rsof [holy baptis]m ((SaTr.y, 

manifested in the earth, the first time ; afterward the giants 

(y/yay) ; afterward the flood (KaTaKXva/xo^) ; afterward the earth that was 
peopled for the second time ; afterward the law (yofios) that He committed 
unto Moses upon the mount 



Cf. John ix. 3. 
2 Matt. V. 22. 

^ Cf. John ix. 7. 

* Some particle or ' to thee '. 



Cf. Cyril's interpretation in Lagarde, Catenaf, 
201,36. 

^ Gen. vi. 4. 



6o 



Fol. 2. 



Redo. 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 

\ Verso. 



] Aino'Ynic- 
[tic n]o'YcoT ec- ^ 
[xhr] efioX gju- 

[n]ujO)WJ M<T- 

[xdi'\]i'^e Marine 
[ttegJfiH'Ye nT^v^'Y- 

[jLi]nejiitoT a*-- '~ 
[xi<]jLi neose *.it^- 
[To'\]ioc 'seiA- 

margin 



Aioc 'xejL.[ 
HTi^qTp[eiuuo-] 
Y pHpn [ 
e'ipe gu)[c pio-] 
iuie 'se[2toc ttcY-] 



gu>[c 
ne['2S 



^eit-] 



jew 
JTpenjLio- 

[O-Y pH]pn llHTC 

[s]jjijio tt epe- 
[gejucYwocYC 
[n]TOOTq eqpgwfi 
[ngJHTCY 
[Kej-se 2vnN fi*w- 
[. . .]c "xeiAJJioii 
[itTei]e i^itTe 
coiJTiui epo'i 



pHJUlJvC f^ [ 

AUUiJw'Y [ 

on itfc AA[ntteq-" 

jLiweHTH[c eTuje- 

\eT M[eiOTe ^] 

-r- !Xe :TUj[AeT] 

MC'Yc*cce[iiHcn] 



For c perhaps o or (o. 



[Tei jGLjnefmK. jne eTJuiJui[ev'Y 

margin 

' Or piojuie. 



Fol. 2. Recto. . . . with a single faith [tt'kt), perfect in equality, sinless 
and without offence {arKavSaXL^av). These are the things that God revealed 
unto our father A[da]m '.^ Ana[tol]ius said, * 

. . . A[pa B ] said, ' They ^ as (coy) man.' An[ato]lius said, 

At [the time] when He caused the water become wine,^ [did He] do (this) 

as {m) man or (?) [as (a)y)] God ? ' [Apa] Ba[ ] said, ' [He] did 

.... as (coy) ' said, ' 

Verso. . . . wherewith [He ?] cause[d ?] the water become wine ; or hath 
He times {or seasons) in His hand,* wherewith He worketh ? ' Apa Ba . . . s 

said, ' Nay, not thus is it heard one [payeth] heed ? (and) . . . 

furnisheth {xopriy^lv^) the Spirit (ttj/.) 

1 Space scarcely allows ^fepa^ga^jjn, but is * ^-^^ 'at His disposal'. Perhaps a reference 
Adam probable ? *^ some accusation of magical processes. 

2 One is tempted to read xcnTe.q[, ' He . . . ^ Perhaps xoPVY^s preferable. neeC/xa could 
' Cf. John ii. i ff, not be subject unless there were space for n^i. 



NUMBER 12 



6i 



. . . Ga]li[Iee there also Jesus and His disciples {fxaB.) to 

the marriage. But (5e) the [parents ^ ?] of the bride were kinsmen (o-yyyei/jfs) 
of Mary [the mother] of Jesus, and the people there 



Fol. 3. f Recto. 

margin 



,] [soo]c Mjvc oteui- 

[na^JTeTA.o'Y ito'Y 
[i ] ne-se JuWi- 
Tioc] xeeito'Y- 
[couj] CO nenei- 
[tOT ]TpeK6(oX 
[M&.M] uineiRe- 
['^ht]hjui&. eqxio 
[jujuoc] seiiTcpe- 

[ic 1 p]*.I gJU.- 

[iuaocy] JL.rinc*>.- 
[. . . .]nidin- 

[TICAJli*. . .]*.q 

1 



n-^i-] 



iigocY iJttt2Aj.[e] 

COXl HJS.TCtO 

gRO ^q^ neqo'Y" 
oe'i epoq eq-xto 
juuuioc 2eeuj- 

xenTORne [ne-] 
y^c hs&ic Hei[co-] 
we ui2s.po'YpoeiK 
-i-IIe'se ic ujvq 's[e-] 
jLiepepoiAJie con[g] 
eoeiR jujv'Yi.js.q 

[eJTMH-Y e6oA git- 
T[Td^]npo junn[o'YTe] 
[^yjoi nTep[-] 
margin 



Verso. 



margm 



efeo\ jmnipjs-cjuoc 
iiijui jvn'2s:a>.'2te si- 
Tq ego'Yw eTno- 
X'ic eTO'Yi<2kfe e'i- 
eXfLiii i.qTd.'Xoq 

npne n'2&.q \\h..^ 
seeiyse wtor- 
ne nujHpe ju- 
niio'YTe wo^R 
enecHT ^i'sii- 
^eIJLl^s. qcHg^ 
c*^.p 'xeqtid^gcou 
eTOOTcy imeq- 
^.i^ireXoc eT^H- 
HTR MceqiTR 
e'snRe'Y(3'[i'2s] 
juHnoT[e itiT'2to-] 
margin 



pTi e'YcoM[e M-] 

TeRO'YpH[Te] 

^neose ic M[^vq -^se-] 
iiReRn[ip^'^e] 
iJin'2to[eic ncR-] 

n'2toe[ic neR-] 
iio'YT[e ncTR-] 
d.ig'\[H'\ epoq ] 
CX.'yto n[Tepq-] 
scoR [efioX jui-] 

nip*w[CJUlOC RIAl] 

ne'2s[e ic it*>-q] 
sc^.[gtoR en^.-] 

n[c&.T&.w*^c ] 



* Perhaps ju.nncik[Tpeq]'xi h.. 



^ Or ' people '. This tradition referred to in F. Robinson, Af. Gosp., 165. 



62 THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 

Fol. 3. Recto. . . . Wherefore He said unto her/ * Not yet is my hour 
[come].' Mili[tius?] said, 'We des[ire], O our father, that thou wouldest 
explain [unto us] this other question {^rir-qjia ?), when he ^ saith, ' When 
[Jesus was come] up from [the water], after that [He had had ?] baptism 
(^dTTTicrfia) take (took ?) 

. . . the] devil (Sid^.) ^, forty days and forty nights, neither eating nor 
drinking. When the devil (Sid^.) knew that He was an hungered, he betook 
him unto Him, saying, ' If thou art the Christ, say unto these stones 
that they may become bread.' Jesus said unto him, ' Man useth not to live 
by bread alone, but (aXXd) by every word that cometh forth from the mouth 
of God.' And when 

( Verso) [the] enemy had fulfilled every temptation {Treipao-fio?) *, the 
enemy brought Him in unto the holy city (ttoAjs'} Jerusalem and set Him 
upon the wing of the temple. He said unto Him, ' If thou it is art the son 
of God, cast thyself down from hence. For (yap) it is written, He shall bid 
His angels [dyy.) concerning thee, and they shall bear thee upon their hands, 
lest at any time (/x^noTe) thou dash against a stone thy foot.' Jesus said 
unto him, * Thou shalt not tempt (Treipd^eiv) the Lord thy God, [and] the 
Lord [thy] God [it is to whom] thou shalt pray.' ^ And when he had 
fulfilled [every] temptation [nei.), [Jesus] said [unto him], ' Withdraw [thyself 
be]hind [me.] [Satan 

No. 13. 

Fragments of a version from the Greek of anecdotes embodied by John 
of Maiuma in his TIX-qpocfioptaL, whereof hitherto only a Syriac translation 
was known.^ That this Coptic text is not a translation of the latter is clear 
from divergences in detail which even its dilapidated condition allows us 
to recognize.'^ The former existence of a Coptic version of the Testimonies 
is known from its occurrence in a 6th or 7th century book list,^ and 
its mention in the Antiphonary? As in both these the work is definitely 
ascribed to Peter the Iberian, it may be assumed that John's collection was 
made from one already existing, and due to that saint himself. 

1 John ii. 4. '' Redo: 'blessed Timothens', ' his treatises'; 

2 /. e. the evangelist, Cf. Matt. iii. i6. Verso : ' rank ', 'to-day'. 

s Cf. Matt. iv. 2-4. * Cf. Luke iv. 13. * V. my Coptic Ostr., no. 459: 'The Pier, of 

= igjUL[uje 'serve' (Matt. iv. 10) would be Apa Peter the Iberian '. 
preferable. ^ ^- Rylands Catal., p. 212. The context is : 

.e^. Nau in /'fl/r. (9;-. viii (i). Our passages 'Those that would forsake the treachery of 

are parallel with the end of cap.xxvi and begin- Chalcedon, let them take the Book of Testi- 

ning of xxvii (= I.e., pp. 67, 68). Fol. 2 is not monies ('Xtojui HTe niAieTULe-epeir) of Peter 

identified ; it seems to be absent from John's and the awTor^iima of Timothy the o\io\o'^r)Tr\'i 

collection. and the Letters of Severus.' 



NUMBER 11 



Fol. I. - Redo. 

margin 

ev^]^ i^ic.oTiJie[c] 
]coo*yK iijuoq 

cRonoc d>.n^ Tiuiojeeoc tTi -xe on 

]oyS, nMe^tT^v'y- 
MJcyKTReWoc 
itcegJ-YnHpeTei ii- 
uioq eqgttTJe^ojpicTeiiw * eT^e- 
HM ^]^c. *^qeixie eT[ 

^]A.^^K^vpIOC TiJUioe[Oc] 
*^2."^]2. J^<^on gltitq[enic-] 

]9[ 






* 






63 

I Verso. 
margin 
[-^iHitwn- tt[ TnH 

L 

niiui*.Revpi[oc neioiT &.-] 

gTHq se*^OY[d. eneqpdvitne ne-] 
Tpoc, Yc^o\revpiocne gjuneqd.-] 
^loijuis. n[ 

nooy iteiiLie [ititecTwpioc 
ne ^"YOi ^'s[ Tcyngoo^oc] 

[n];)(^ev'\RH'xton juin[ ppo Al^vp-] 
[Riji^noc ^v'Yo> gjvg^ [neon 
[. .]^i^ o'Y^neTR[i^THi?opei ju.-] 
[uiojo-y * jmnuccoc [ - 
[cyIwjh eo'Y^L eq*jLi[ 
]th[ 



Fol. I, Recto. . . . and I heard it knew him to the arch [bishop 

Apa Timjotheus. And while (eVi 5e) yet one of them that had 

syncellus ^ . . . . and had] served {vTrrjperecu) [him while he was in] exile 

(e^opta-TLa). Wherefore since (coy) he had known the , the blessed 

ifxaK.) Timotheus ^ many a time in his [epistles (e7r.) and] also in his 

treatises {(rvvrayjia) the synod {crvvoSos) of Chalcedon 

Verso. . . . the king] Zeno Palestine our blessed (yua/c.) 

[father] with him,^ saying, ' One [whose name was Pe]ter, being 

a arxoX\_dpLo? in his] rank (d^ioofxa) to-day, I loved [Nestorius] 

And I of Chalcedon and [the king Mar]cian. And many 

[times] I opposed them that did ac[cuse] {Karrj-yopdi') them. After- 
wards night, one that 



1 This is accented in the MS. : a very rare 
feature in Coptic {e.g. Brit. Mus. Pap. v, ed. 
Winstedt, Co/>itc Texts, 1910, p. 175). 



2 Or 'Timotheus' might (with preceding ik^i) 
be subject of ' known '. 
* /. e. in his presence. 



64 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 2. t Recto (?). 
] il[ 

]TO[ 



F^ri"^ (?). 

If^o [ 

sjnoine n[ 



or 



it].ig n2[e, or n]*.Mjng[THq, or d.n]&.ig. 
xooc ri]e.q. 

Fol. 2. 7?^^/^. . . . king Theo[dosius in what manner ^ (?) 

said ?] unto him, ' 

Verso. . . . and .... he had apostles {arr.) 



No. 14. 

This is presumably from apocryphal Acts, in which Andrew plays a part ; 
but it is difficult to say to which story it belongs. Passages on pp. 70, 73- 
75 of Bonnet's Acta Apost. Apocr. ii^ relate to sea voyages, and the last of 
them to the appearance of Christ as a ship's master, whom the apostle 
accosts^; but none of these is sufficiently like to be identified with what 
is discernible here. 

Sequence of Recto and Verso is uncertain. 

Fol. I. \ Recto (;^). 





eTn[ 





. n[Km- 


npoc 


^Ytt[oc Me&.- 


' eudkC "Y * 


XiwCC^. 



] n<3'i jn- *(^G\nic n- 



> Verso (?). 




feic gu- 




tie c 


AIA.[ 


]p^eT 


Ht[ 


]^ia>R 


n 


In enttjv 


"^ 


1 iineimc 


eH[ 



* Perhaps 'sjeK&.c eTf[e-. 
by a Greek verb. 



*> This cannot be correct. Perhaps [iteri]Tdk'y-, followed 
" ?ni[qe n]. 

1 Several alternatives are possible here. (= Melanges Asiafiques x), p. 156; Ethiopic in 

2 Cf. the Coptic in Guidi's Framvienti, pp. 55, Budge, Contettdings ii. 189, 270, 374. 
56 (Nota iv) ; Lemm, Kopt. Apokr. Apost. 





NUMBER 


14 


65 


[tgi^tiTOj-Ynoig^ 


^e eT*<[on-] 





TKa.[ 


[TnOj\lC CTO'Y- 


n iiTd.[nKto] 


[u*.c] e'YcoT'2s*.i 


p 


MAwfttoK a epoc 


it[c](Oii [itee'\-] 


\\o<3 nco- 


nK[ 


seK^vc uiieY" 


nic ttnenf 


]ep ? 


n-soi TlJl[pW 


ujTopTp ite^^'X- 


seuevc eite-XLHo] 


*? ? 


ne ? [ 


A^>.cc^K 


KJVK MTCK- 


it(yi d^wxpejvc 


Ile-si^q "seei- 


rVquj^H\ nTi- 


sic 

gXnic eT- 


IC gHHT d^'Y" 


sepOK ItTOK 


eq'2s:to i- 


TWRTe 




nneeq it- 


AlOC ose-^Tto- 


n*.[ 




n-soeic^ 2>.T.- 


ii^ AJUJLOK 






TK- 


' My copy has iToy- 


^ Or nxoei. But the form -xoi above makes this imlikely. 



Recto (?). ... so that (?) the disciples {jxaO.) should . . . [until] they 
reached the city {ttoKls) whither they were going, so that they might not 
disturb ^ the sea (ddX.). Thus did he pray, saying, ' I beseech [Thee ' 

. . . ' the perils {k(v8vvos) of the sea {OdX.). The hope {kXiris;) of them 

that have ^ (?) . . ., that is [us] who have [forsaken] the hope (eX.) of 

th[is ? world] . . ., so that we may [get] for ourselves Thy hope (eX.) which is 
Thine ' 

Verso (?). . . . I go [to . . .] the place , so that they be saved 

Andrew [said,] ' Behold,' 

... the ship to the sho[re (?) He said, ' I say (?) unto thee,^ thou 

sailor of the Lord,* my . . . hath thy ' 



No. 15. 

The date in the title and the words of fol. i point to the martyrdom of 
Mark the Evangelist. We have, therefore, it may be assumed, an Encomium 
upon him. Those known in Greek, whereof the initial words are published, 
do not appear to correspond with this text.^ 

But Mk. V. 41 (ao\ \i-y<u) confirms SteindorfTs sug- 
gestion. In Bo. it appears as d^ic^epoK ^OK 
{Test. Air., Rendic. 1900, 164, 10), but also-Jte-, 
CSCO., vol. 41. 17, 47. 

* ' Of the ship ' is less likely. 

^ F, the Bollandist inventories. Fragments of 
Coptic texts, V. Br. Mus., nos. 299, 300. 



* Grammar demands this. The subject may 
be ' winds ', or the like, in the earlier, lost part 
of the sentence. 

* This assumes an emendation of my copy. 
' A doubtful locution ; v. Steindorff, Gram.'^ 

43*, also no. 9 above, f. 8 vo., BKU., no. 183, 
I. Peyron 47 and Stem 26 took it for e7f. 

1143 K 



66 Th 


(EO LOGIC. 


4L TEXTS 




Fol. 1 . 1 Redo. 




* Verso. 




f jv'\Ke juin[iOT iii^pjuio'yTe] 




sio 


I gUCYeipHLMH IIT 


nnoYTc] 




Jl 


5 ^lHtt 






THpo-y <^tn 






^ 


nnticYOtini 
7 "iwe ep*.noTe 


7T;)(;^petocTei 


T^^[ 




) u.R uS ng2vci- 


^^P ![ 


(3'tOTir 


juiAAa.T ivn 


oc jLtd^puoc \\oy- 
no<f ^pe- 
lOC ^gOAio'Xo- 


Cd.p[ 

ci.p [ 




Tnic- 

J * 

Ine 

J 


.W*L ^vq'so- 
cyn on Te- 
^lop^. nnHAie 
eT^Vofie <^- 


(OCTCl n2s.K 


nju[ 


p 


eS ttnocy 


fio'Ygoo'Y *^ri 


ep[ 


. CO 


^rin\i! 


o'Y'^e cMJVY 


np[ 


]en . 7 


nnei'a.oi- 


A^WSC nw 


n . [ 


]o\. 


\on niH 


cyoei^ TH- 


* 


]c*.q 


neTn*.njni- 


pq Ai^^s.uiHg^ 


? 


]** 


ee nniXd^OLC 






J*. 


. . . THine e- 




toe 




\^\ 


R&.]Tis.^po[ni 


inn 






nn-xd^itioin 


ngenn 






margin 


margin 









Fol. I. Recto. . . . on] the last day of the month [Parmoute]. In peace 
{dp.) [of God]. Amen : 

I owe (xp^oio-Teii^) thee, O holy (ay.) Mark, a great debt (xpeco?). I con- 
fess (d/xoXoyecv) that I owe (xp.) thee not one day nor (ovSi) two, but rather 
{dWd) all the (///, this) time of my life, that I may . . . as (? o)?) 

Verso. . . . conquer . . . contend (TroX^/xeTv) 

. . . all,^ before this age (//A these times). And (Si) He sent thee not to 



^ The preceding word perhaps dnar?; for diraTa(i') ' deceive '. 



NUMBER 15 



67 



Rakote (Alexandria) alone, but (dWd) He sent thee also to the land {x'^po.) 
of Egypt, that was mad until to-day, with the madness of the idols {d8.)} 
Who shall be able to persuade {neW^Lv) the peoples {Xaos) ... to despise 



Fol. 2. t J^ec^o (?). 


\jKA,vu,\Jvt^ r 


-^ F^r^c; (?). 


niilg^pe epocy 


euj[ 




jjin['yd^i'i^- 


itTeqndv<y- 


ite[ 


l-sti. \\o\\. :[ 


ce ite^nRujo- 




]q i.q'siujine 


0(3'0'Y WltSL- 




n^i n-sjvxe 


coTe qttR- 




7C\.q*jto^ juteu 


Td.\(3'oo'y gii- 




; <?*<p j.Wd^ 


nequj&.'se 
He^itSLqi- 




neqttoy npo- 
Tpene 110^- 


TO-y eiteciiH- 




AJlHHUje i^'Yp- 


A*.ion WKiK- 




ttApT-ypoc 


Ke qtl^s.po'y5- 




d^qgton juie 


m epocy 






u.n['y]wi7f?- 




pcyoein ^t- 


?i[ioii .]q u- 











e^TtKCT^b^nii 


) c.[ 




] ? 


margin 







margin 



Fol. 3. i?^c-/^ (?). . . . ' give] healing '-^ unto them by his spittle.^ Them 
that I shall wound with my darts he will make whole with his word ; 



^ CJ". (idw\o)/,avia. 



* The devil /og. 



' A reference to the healing of Anianus' hand. 



68 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



them that I shall lead into dark caverns {(nrrjXaioi^), he will enlighten with 
the lamp (Xa/iTrds) of the gospel {(vay.) ' ^ 

Verso {?). . . . of(?) the gospel (evay.) . . . the enemy was shamed. He 
died indeed (/zei/ yap), yet (dXXd) his death incited {npoTpkn^Lv) a mul- 
titude and they became martyrs {fidprvpos). He was ( + /ieV) hidden 
below the earth, yet (dWd) do his crowns^ shine forth daily, more than 
the li[ghtning] {da-r panrj) body 



No. i6. 

From the Martyrdom of Philotheus of Antioch. The story was appa 
rently similar to that abbreviated in the Synaxarium, i6th Tubah.^ Other 
remnants of the Sa'idic version are among the copies of papyri made by 
A. des Rivieres* and in a Borgian MS.,^ Brit. Mus., no. 330 being another 
copy of the latter passage. His Martyrdom appears in a 6th or 7th century 
library catalogue. It is presumably this martyr'' who is invoked, with 
other Antiochene military saints, upon grave stelae^ and in the diptychs.^ 
He too appears once as a dragon slayer.^" The Encomium, attributed to 
Severus of Antioch, for the building (? uW^.) of his church and ' invention * 
(^^^^) of his relics, on the 16th Abib, appears to relate various miracles, but 
no facts. '^ 

* Recto. 

[. .jpiTe a npoAJine neqp.u[ne r^iXoeeoc] 

* One might more easily emend to a^itc than JiiHTe which Ar. requires. 



* Cf. the phrases in Paris 129^^ f. 136 (encom. 
on Mark): Ka.! T^a.p g.-H juna^TeJuekpROC 
ei iteAingooy ujoon enjHpqne giiKHJue 
> Wak oyoYiyHne ecxiHii efcoX iiTepeqei 
a.e niS'i Ju.>pKOCTiOYoeinawngooYe.p9(|^ei 
. . . Cf. here the very similar phraseology in the 
Encomium of Severus (9th cent.), ed. Barges, p. 6. 

* Those granted to martyrs for their virginity, 
piety, sufferings &c. 

* Forget, i. 213 = Wiistenfeld, Synax. 241 ; 
Amelineau, Actes, 193. 

* Munich, Landesbibl., MS. Copt. no,3, fragg. 
Ixxiv-lxxvii. The first fragment gives the calf s 
name, CJia.*.pekr':!ioit, with the epithet iiigoy- 



JUiepiTq = ayairrjTos. 

^ Ed. Balestri, Sacr. Bibl. Fragin., xxxix ff. 

^ Recueil, xi. 133. 

'' And not him of Oxyrhynchus (Hyvernat, 
Actes, 100). Philotheus of Dronkah (Forget, 
Synax, ii. loo) suffered in a.d. 1380. 

* Quibell-Thompson, Saqqara, no. 203. Cf. 
Clf^dat, Baotiit, i, pi. xxxi. 

8 Tuki's Theotokia, 41 ; Cairo do. 289 ; Ley- 
den Museum, MS. copte no. 41 ; Brit. Mus. 
no. 865. 

1" Bull. Soc. Nat. d. Antiq. de France, 1898, 
Novembre = G. Lefebvre, Rec. des Inscr., no. 778. 

11 Paris, MS. arabe 153, 243b, almost wholly 
illegible. 



NUMBER 16 69 

iteqeiOTe ipe juuliocy ju[ 
j2 ii^.q JUJULHHHC ujoxiiiT iiuji [ivcd.JU.IT c'yo'Y-] 

rt 

S Tpeqii[. . . ^io\ HgHTcy iv^'O) [ 

]ltc[ol(5'K HWJOJUIHT ll[con 

]iieqco> efeoX g^no'yHpin 

] JllMO'Y^pU)CivTO\l JS.'Y[M 

jnH-Ye . . . [ 

] Te[ 

* The constant phrase is oyoujxj. giiieg {e.^\ Lev, vii. 12, ix. 4), rarely guoYiieg (ii. 4). My 
copy makes either of these difficult here. "^ ? oigpco[c.TOn, following Ar. _^^^, O^-^j-^.. 

jng^ . juio : H . [ 
ueqjui.is.j'2se ciiTe o nee [w 

TleqT*>.np6 : epewqo'yepH[T] 
geiicT'Y'\]\oc nozxT oi*2sit2eiii<cic 
c'YTivj'spH'Y eqo itpjLip2viy ii*wCis.- 
[ooc ]jijii.MTCj>.iH iiiJLi. nee it- 
[lOiCH^l^ JKHuie eqo tipjApes-iy wins.'y \\\mx ^ 

jntieqgjuigi.'X jLiitd.neq?n xtu- ^ 

UjeTgiboA we'YAAe [juDUjoq THpcy eT- 

[fe^ nejqcYpoT Ajiiineq .[....] iiepen . 
]q AJUutHite iieT[ jiiTe 



70 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



]n eq'scos'e [aaaiojc [ 
]nG ^ nucyTe i\T[n 

U}*^'j'Se \\.<S\ nUJHp[ U}HAJL 
]a1.[. .]A.'YCT[HpiO\V 

' ? HTOKJne, 

Redo. . . . But (Si) a young boy [of] . . .^ years, whose name was 

[Philotheus]. And (Se) his parents [were] pag[ans (eAX?/!/), knowing] not 
God, but rather (dXXd) [worshipping (?) a] grass-eating (-xopro?) calf ..... 
that his parents did, [giving ?] him daily three measures [of flour] kneaded 

[with ?] oil ^ they . . . from them and of ointment three 

[times daily. And] he used to drink of wine and . . . and rose-wine 

(pocraroi/). And summer and another and 

of gold. And 

Verso. . . . his^ two ears were like his mouth, while his feet 

were pillars (orOAoy) of silver upon bases (j8ao-ty) of firmly 

fixed ; and he was mild and good {dyaOo^) [and adorned with] every 
beauty, even as [Joseph* . . .] Egypt, being mild^ at all times [toward] his 
servants and those of his house and ..... those without. They used all to 

love him be[cause of his] joyous . . . and his him (?) daily 

upon(?) the calf, for they loved [him ?] saying(?), 

^ the God of [heaven and earth and all] that are in [them] 

the boy [his ?] words (?) mysteries (/xvar.) 



No. 17. 

From the Martyrdom of Philotheus. Nothing parallel to the incidents 
here related is found in the SynaxarhtDi s abbreviated story. It will be 
observed that Brit. Mus. no. 330 {v. above) gives Raphael as the angel who 
attended the saint. The last of A. des Rivieres' fragments (Ixxvii) tells of 
the emperor's dismay at the destruction of his gods.'' 

The epithet applied to Moses ( = irpavs), 
Num. xii. 3. 

Perhaps ' Art thou the God?' Cf. Arabic. 

' ' Thou hast destroyed ', he says, ' the great 
god that gave me victory and hast enchanted my 
three generals and all my army. By the might 
of the Romans, I will cause thy flesh to . . .' 



^ It is difficult to read 'ten' with Ar. ; 'nine' 
were more possible; 

2 Perhaps here 'and rose-wine'. This would, 
here and below, = Ar. ' sesame oil '. Cf. the 
mixture described by Lane, 3Iod. Eg. (1S36), ii. 
274. 

3 I.e. Philotheus. * Cf. Gen. xxxix. 6. 



Fol. I. -^ Recto 
margin 

[ep]A.Tq iicdkCY- 
[cn] AAjLioq n- 

litAAii ne- 
[X.q] eg_o'YU ^- [.]n[.]K[ 
[xio]r\h ['2s]eu) uo*y[.]H[. .]t 
{neje'Ypioti e- 



NUMBER 17 
\ Verso. 



71 



[. .]rm[ . 

[. ]qn[ 

[.]^ . iUl[ 



[Huje . .] . . ^. 
[....]. e . rt*. 

]uioo- 
[uje ]oq 



T[&.]peT(3'OJU JuL- 

TJjiHTe iinei- 
utHHOje ^.-yw 

ntoT [5Ti]o'Y(3'e- 
n[H . . .]t %x- 
jLio[q . . .]m ^''^ - 
npn[ 

0'Y[|1 

^ ?egoy]n e- 



[ 



margin 
cs.iojk'Xh [ ] 

]^^i p 

. . .]o[. .]*>. 

e[. . njgAAgivX 



iiTl[ltO'Y]T 

oito'Y'3'enH 
^yo) fiTe'yno'Y 
di.'Y'^Jo^o'Y [e]ne- 
CHT gi'sfme'Y- 
f![dw]cic '2eelteg^p^v- 
t^^vH['^. n*.]p^d^i:- 

*" Space for d>.n&. 



JUtAl.[00]'Y [. ] 

Tcy ei 2^p[*^i -] 
^eee^(.Tp[ott] 
rtcejs.gep[^.TO'Y] 
iinejuiTO [efco'X] 

t|^i\o[e]eoc g[MO'y-] 

n'S2v'Y TH[po'Y] 
uee efeo\ [gncy-] 
T*.npo fiLcytOT] 

seeiC gH[HT] 

iwKjuio'YLTe epoii] 



/nTLejpe 



Fol. I. Recto. . . . Raphael the angel {ay.) standing be[side] him ... He 

said unto Diocletian/ * O evil beast {Orjpiov), are then thy (//.) . . . 

like this this mul[titude (?)] 

. . . ' nineteen idols ^ quickly, that the power of my Lord 

1 Here (as in PSBA. xxxii. 246 ff.) always Ashm. in Pair. Or. vi. 126, 127). 

'Diocle'.aformdue presumably to the -^IOkXh/ "^ Diocletian is usually given seventy idols: 

frequently used in Sa'idic dated colophons (Brit, Hyvernat, Ades, 78, 202 ; Winstedt, Theodore, 

Mus. nos. 162, 398, 490; Paris 132', ff. 66, 74 58; CSCO. vol. 44, pp. 78, 123; lb. 38, 

&c.) and represented in Arabic as ^ibj (Sever. PP* '6, 120 &c. 



72 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



may be manifested in the midst of this multitude.' And the idol ran 
quickly in {or into) the temple 

Verso. . . . Diocletian [saying/] ' Lo the ser- 
vant of God Philotheus quickly.' And straightway they leapt down from 
their pedestals (^dais), for the archangel (dp)(dy.) Raphael was 

. . . then come in unto the theatre {diarpov) and stood before Saint 

(ay 10?) Philotheus^ in great fear [and] they all said, as if with a [single] voice, 
' Lo, we are come, servant of God, [for] thou didst call [us.'] When 



Fol. 2. f /^ec^o. 
margin 

s]oic .MIta<'Y 
[]ti^piCTI*.OC 

]ieH uS 
] gnoenjji*>> 
liifm . . c 

]i*. q[o] iiee 

] . Tgri*JIllTH 

[upojujne ne- 

[JuTititlcqitOf?' THpoy 
[xe ] . . ncK- 
[. . . n^i]'X'Ycic 



u[p]oRg^o['Y f-l 
oycisjve. [uj^.itT-] 

[ ]T[.lH[ 
st'r 

ee*i'^.[\]^^.[cc^>>.] 
oojcTe e[fii.]Tp[eY-] 
[^] ri[q]KcaiAi[.] 

epoq noL-YJAiewpTy- 
pioii -secetta.- 
KU)T epocy itcY" 
Ju.es.pT'Ypioit n- 

i\T[ 

[.]oy[ 



^ Verso. 
margin 
[ -Inppo [ 

[ ]pe[ 

[. . .]niui&>'xe[ 

[. . .]tt(3'I iijJl[kTOl] 

[ ]q . xinuj . 

[ ] eTey- 

TK['\]eYCIC jui- 

np[po ^.'Y'ssooc] ** 
na^q \\<S\ ii.^^.[T]oI 

sic 
'2S;Tn[OjYWJ 

C'^co epoH eTJJie- 
neRca. GS t^iXo- 

[e]OC Js.'X^iV Tiip- 
[. . .]tc c UTKe- 
[Ae'ycic juinppjo 

]lt 

j-xejuiuj- 



Xt^lP!'^^ tiT[oo-] 
Til iy.n'xu>[K] 
e6o\ ii.no'Y[eo-] 
ca^gite [iin-] 
pp6 a.qct]^p[i.i?i'^e] 
iijui[o]q gjuLn[p2i.] 
iine^^ n['2SAkq] 
'Snes.'xoe[ic ic] 
ne^^* ewj['se] 
na^i'ne nK[oYa)Uj] 
CTp^.'stoK [e-] 

gHTeiuo\[&.cic] 



' Or [axhik]. 
[gOTC OHJTC. 



My copy does not admit of ncxakf. 
My copy allows Te^ei e[. 

Raphael log. ? Possibly ' the saintly [Apa] Ph.' 



There should be space for 







NUMBER 17 



73 



Fol. 2. Recto. . . . ' lord. We beheld the Christians (xp.) . . . before 

in places , he being like unto a youth ^ ... of about fifteen years.' 

Diocletian said unto Romanus and all his great (men), ' thy (?)... 

[comjmand {} KkX^vcri^ ^) ... to him 

. . . burn them ^ [in] fire, [until they] cease then cast [him 

in]to the sea (^aA.), so that (ooore) they may not even find (?) his body (o-co.) 
at all (oAcoy), to build for it a shrine (fxaprvpiofY ; for a shrine (/i.) shall be 
built for them at the last 

Verso. . . . the king this word . . . the so[Idiers ?] 

their . . . according to {Kara) the command (/ceAefa-i?) of the king. The 
soldiers [said] unto him, ' We would spare thee for thy beauty's sake, 
O Philotheus, but (aAAa) we [fear?] the com[mand (/ceA.) of the kin]g 

. . . but (aAAa)\vhoso is delivered (xapi^eadaL) unto us, we fulfil the king's 
bidding.' He signed (acppayi^eLi^) himself in Christ's [name] and said, ' My 
Lord [Jesus] Christ, if this be Thy [will], that I should finish my [fight 
(aycoj/)] in this torture (/coAao-fy), and that I go (?) * 



No. i8. 

From the Martyrdom of Psate, bishop of Psoi (Ptolemais).' The same 
incident, of the devil, in the guise of a serpent, inspiring the young Diocle- 
tian, then still known as Agripidos,^ is found in the Synaxarium? The 
only new feature is the name of the saint's native village.^ 

* Doubtless ^ysr^ Mangug, opposite Psoi 
(Menshiyah). In our fragment txx.O'^- is 
scarcely possible, though most such names have 
the article (TJUoyiKj'pHcS'e, TAJio*]fni.oi, 
TJU.O']fngdw(3'e), rarely not {MovvaxOrf). The 
full form, though without gen. n-, is in TJUicyi- 
oyftACTi (Brit. Mus. no. 529). Mangflg is 
'in the district of >~^3l' (Am61. G^og. 238), in a 
Cairo Syiiax, (my copy) ijLajl -*oJ, though 
transcribed in another (Forget ii. 270) iicto, i.e. 
ncoi. Note that either nciooy, Zoega 34 
( = C6'(7(9.,vol. 41, II), should be read nccoo'yit, 
to agree with i^yaJsX, Synax. 5 Mechir (Forget 
i. 452), now iJiyA^, S. of Maraghah (probably 
the same too as ncooyn, Miss. iv. 737) ; or that 
Synax. here is mistaken and the Arabic of Zoega 
I.e. is right in reading this as ijLajl. 



1 Or ' this youth '. 

2 Or possibly ' instruction, chastisement ', ira<- 

^ The number of this and several following 
pronouns is quite uncertain. 

* Or possibly ' then ' {apodosis) 

^ Synax., 27 Kihak. The name is as often 
Psote. Fragments of the text : Brit. Mus. no. 
347 ; Winstedt in PSBA. xxxii. 195, 246, 283. 

* Written eoipiitniTa. Zoega 60 = Winstedt, 
Theod. 57, Synax. I. c. Akribida, Ethiop. 
{CSCO., vol. 37, 133) Agripada, e.rpini'^OC 
{CSCO., vol. 42, 36), Balaizah frag. (Petrie, Gizeh 
41) jk.^'pmiToc. 

' Basset p. 456. The Copts had also a 
befitting legend of the persecutor's miserable end : 
Joh. Nikiou 418, CSCO., vol. 38, 80; B. Kopt. 
U. no. 32, 9. 



1143 



74 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Recto. 



[uio'YTJe epoq 



[. . .]u) noyeuj- 

[AJtjneY^ioc. e- 

[ ]T 



[.jjAncYcefiHc 
[ijin]n^.cefiHc 
jo'Ycju.OT n- 

ncYgooy >.- 

6cx)K eneq- 
Hi d.qnKOT[u] 



\ Verso. 
juiitn^p[ujipe] 

ne n2vi e[Te-] 

epoq -xeja^-Kpi-] 

^nwo*YTe (3r[co-] n'sjs.[q ud..q] 
^n efeoX [o'Y-] '2seni.[iaHpe] 
g(U3pto[uiw >Rpi[niT&.] 

e^^.'Y*5.^>ce n[ne-] 2!<o'Yto[ii htck-] 
ToyRevfe ^w^[^.] Td>.np[o 
\^es.Te i.q- 
^toujT is.qujv'Y 
eneivio^ - 

2kpSLKUi u- 

goq nK5LtJi[e] 
eqiiKOTK [g^.-] 
TJvne itevR[pi-] 
ritSL nK[o'Yi 

. youth 



the] same [village], which they call Moungoug 



Recto. . 
(? youths) 

. . . without displaying their life {^(os) the just {8lk.) and the unjust 

(a5i/coy), . . . the godly {ev(T^rJ9) and the ungodly (acre/?.), in a fashion such 
as this. It befell, on a day, that the shepherd left them both with the 
beasts and went to his house and lay down, [that] day 

Verso. . . . and the goat-herd boy, him that was called [Akri]pita. 
God revealed a vision (opafio) . . . wonder (? davfio) ^ . . . the holy Apa 
Psate beheld and saw this (sic) great black dragon {SpaKcov) serpent lying 
beneath the head of the boy (?) Ak[ri]pita 

. . . He said [unto him], ' My [son] Akri[pita], open [thy] mouth' 

^ I cannot offer a satisfactory reading here. 



NUMBER li) 



75 



No. 19. 

The Martyrdom of Apa Moui seems to be otherwise unrecorded, though 
the name, sometimes with ' Apa ' prefixed, is frequent.^ He appears to have 
suffered at Alexandria, presumably just before his companion, Apa Herwoj,^ 
here mentioned. The story is apparently narrated by a certain Pgol,^ in 
presence of other * saints ' ; but this narrative again is embedded in an 
Encomium, pronounced at the martyr's shrine upon his festival day. 



Fol. I. -^ Recto. 

nojHpe ujHut it.t!^e[^.p-] 
ptoAie' l^c^^vp^s.K^.'\I 
cyiyHpe' iition eic HH- 

^o'Yno<3' fie^iopHc- 



I Verso. 

[re cjAcy ejpoc e>>.ca>' 2vC'2tno' 
[uo]'YJHpe [es.jcjuio'YTe' eneq- 
[pi.]it iinp&.n iinuii^pT'Y- 
[po]c eTO'y^s.^-f!' jkh*. jlioY* 
CVcujcone -^e ne-xivq' xxvi- 
uc *.TpengHK7euiu)w 
ujme iictoq K^^T^l^ nop- 
xiHou' ^).quJ^v'xe' juutnjuievp- 
T-Ypoc eTO'YJs.Js.fi' eq-sui' ii- 
juioc 'seo'yne Meigfen'ye' e- 



e^yXjX 



d.KH. 



1 With bMb., Brit. Mus. nos. 1027, 1228; 
Saqqara no. 73; without, Brit. Mus. no. 1102; 
Gayet pi. Iviii ; Hall Copt, and Gr. Texts, 113; 
Rylands no. 122 &c. Krall no. viii cites 
novT} (whence ?), cf. 'Anfiwrjs of the Apophtheg- 
mata. Th^'i^y^oi Synax., 20 Babeh = d^uioi 
{Mus. Ctiim. XXV. 327). MajfifT Fit. Pachoin. 
72 is (j-\ in the Cairo edition 136 {v. Ap- 
pendix below), though in Paris MS, 261, f. 218 

^ Reading uncertain. A martyr thus named, 
-,\tjji, 16 Kihak. His church, at ?Aphrodito, 
I'ap. Gr. Byz, (J. Maspero) no. 67094. Scarcely 
the saint ii>sA Abil Salih, 90b = Makrizi, 



Churches no. 31 Ujj.I-* (? Lb), with church at 
Sumusta. The name 'Cipoviw^^io's, 'Ap- (v. Brit. 
Mus. no. 1028) is particularly frequent in Aphro- 
dito documents (v. Brit. Mus. Gr. Pap. Cat. iv). 
Abu '1-Barakat's Calendar (Paris arabe 203, f. 
258 V.) transcribes this (_^L^1. . 

^ Whether this is Shenoute's predecessor, and 
the latter the same as the n'XoX Jjje^ of cer- 
tain Diptychs (Cairo Theotokia 82, Ley den 
MS. no. 41, named with the martyrs kXcs 
Coluthus and KA.y) we cannot tell ; nor whether 
n(5'coX invoked on stelae (Petrie Memphis i, 
pll. liii, liv ; Ann. du Serv. viii. 83) is distinct 
from these. 



76 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



avqcuicY* epoc esnecy's*.! 
iicfecoK enecHi ec^ eoLO-y] 
SnttcyTe' jL.njLf.*^p- 

margii 



: ^ 



X*WgMRo"\evCTHpiOIl' 

margin 



* Apparently not eA.y- ; therefore a^qgiTe in next line. 

Fol. I. Recto. . . . ' prison {<pv\aKri) of [? Rako]te (Alexandria) and she 
cried out, " Holy {dyLos) saint, un[blemish]ed (? dcpOapro? ^) youth, help 
{^oTjOdv) my forlornness, and entreat (irapaKaXeii') the Christ that He grant 
(xapi^eLi^) me a child. Verily behold, grief is mine (///. is with me) more 
than (were I) one in distant (///. great) exile (e^opiaria)." And (^e) thereupon 
the saintly martyr (/xapTvpo?) had pity upon her and blessed her, and she 
was made whole and went unto her house, giving glory unto God and the 
saintly martyr (fj.ap.).'^ 

(Verso.) [And it] befell that God [blessed] her and she conceived and 
bare a son, and called his name (as) the name of the saintly martyr (ywap.) 
Apa Moui. But (Si) it befell,' said he, ' after that the praeses {-qy^naiv) 
had required him in [Kara) his turn {6p8Lvov),\.h3X he spake with the saintly 
martyr (jiap.), saying, " What be these things which thou doest in the prison 
(0ifX.) ? " And in great wrath (Ovfio?) he bade (/ceA.) them torment (^acravi- 
^eiv) the saint with heavy torments (/Sdcrauo?) and many punishments 
(KoXaaTTJpLOf), and having raised him upon 



Fol. 2. -^ Recto. 
margin 
ngepjjiHTjs.[piou d.qiTe] 
xiiuioq' J^vlt[T^eqcI\oq] 
ujo'Yo e'SiuLnRdig^ *.qK[e-] 



\ Verso. 

margin 
joey giinTpeq- 
]Tge' itgoJutf 
iicecA.Te *>.poq itqxpe'y- 



' Sophocles s. V. gives an instance of such a usage. 
' Presumably no gap between the columns. 



NUMBER 19 



11 



Kco' efeoV juiuilctjoc' jvq- 
Tpe'YO'WTe iineq'^M 

g^nojuiiHe' epocy ns"! niyH- 
pe ujHJu' w'scjaojpe' \oi- 
IIow uTcpeq'xoRiJLijs.'^e 
i5.juo[q g^liig^g* WTiiUco- 
pi*,.' \\<S\ njs.iioAioc iiHCe- 
Aicoii' 2vqeiuie -seitq- 
^l.c(OTi. ilctoq' jvu 
e'yciis.['^] Miiqei'2k.coXo[ii] 
margin 



Y\.(3'\(S\\. uc(oqe' cxtoq ^.-yco 
AiSncdwTpe'yntoTc itge^^^ 
xio-yc' efioV oineqcoi iice- 

(3ii^(S AAAIOCY OUCYKtOgT 

iJRo'YMeg' AATTcppoo-YUj' 

xewepGuii^diHV nd^p;)(^A.i?c- 
"Xoc' CKenev'^e' .tittoq* eq^ 
(joxi' iT*>.q' js.'^*co nepefineT- 
o'Y**.^.^*' .n&. oepo'Y9['2sl -^ tick 

HTepeqiiJs.'Y "^e' y^<5\ noH- 
i7e*jiu>ii' seitqttjs-cuifii 

s'conr' d^q^ [ST]q2vno- 

margin 



(Fol, 2. Recto.) the rack {Ipnt^rdpiov), [he tortured] him, until [his blood] 
flowed upon the ground. And {8e) he bade (kcX.) them moreover set 
glowing helmets [Kaaai^^) upon his head, till the crown of his head was 
loosed. Afterward he caused them to pierce his heels* with a glowing awl,^ 
besides (///. and) all the other torments {^da.) that the brave youth bare 
(vrrofieveii'). Howbeit (Xolttov) after the wicked (duofio?) praeses (fj-/.) had 
proved (SoKifid^eip) him with many punishments (rificopia), when he knew that 
he would not hearken unto him, to sacrifice (dva-id^civ) unto his idols (^iS.) 

( Verso.) as he . . , the cow of bronze and that they should kindle 

fire beneath it * ; and he had them lay his (sc. martyr's) hands in beneath 



1 This torture in Rossi Pap. i. v. 28 ; CSCO., s Hitherto only Cd.oq i^v. my Os/r., no. 468). 
vol. 42, T31 {n(piKpd\aiov) ; Budge ^S"^. George, * j^^^ ^ow {sic fem.) as here CSCO., I.e. 5 ; 
24 (j/Vforfi*.cic), 91. Budge, I.e. 13 (jui*.ci), 121. For cto'i.ioii, 

2 This often,^.^. CSCO., I.e. 79,151 ; Hyvernat Hyvernat Acles, 103 laaiJiov. 
Aetes, 147. For gcoTe I read -xcoTe. 



78 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



the wheel ^ and press thereon. And after that they had cut out ^ strips 
from off his back and had boiled them ^ with fire and oil, it caused him 
not to pay heed^ at all {oXoa^) under these torments (^aa-.), for Michael the 
archangel (dpx-) protected (crKeTrd^eiu) him, strengthening him, and the 
saintly Apa Herwoj (?) did encourage him. But (Si) when the praeses (riy.) 
saw how that he would not hearken unto him to sacrifice (Over.), he was 
wroth and gave his sentence (aTro^acrty). 



Fol. 3. t J^ec^o. 

cic' epoq' d^q[uj^]'2ie \\[(^\ SkJUk] 



> ^ 



<^dK<^ neon isJieyic ajd^-xe 



juiiincenns<ioc jutne;)(^c 
Wb^jLxc' eq-xoi' sUxxoc eitcca- 
tSl 'sejs.TV.Hetoc' njs.cio- 
TJi piOAie' iiiA*.' eqitNOito- 

Mce-sooc -seniiCYTe ii- 

nAJl2>wpT'YpOc' CTO'YivJs.fe 

*.n&. ju.o'y['s e]Rec(x)Tii epo" 
gjuinei[g]u)io ^ i\T'yiio['y] 

margin 



Verso. 

[^wb^cixiTSiX ep]^^ gtio'y<3'e- 
[nH {blank) 

[HncYTe n*.]cis.eoc' neTp- 
[gijui]e juinTHpq uS uevjue- 
[pd.T]e' iiToq' OM Teuo-y ne- 
TpgiuiAie iijLioit' eTpeii- 
fioiu enAAJs.pT'Ypioii' ii- 
[nJAid.pT'Ypoc' eTO'YJvj.fi' ^>.^^w 
Aicyi UTnuiiy' e6oV gi- 
CYcon' seniio'YTe iing*.- 
c*ioc' iftAiJs.pT'Ypoc' JuLne^^ 
eKeccoTii epon' ^ct^s.peg* 
epoit' en(3'op^^c in'^i^feo- 
^oc' ^J^Jl^^.pT['ypoc] iine- 
y^ eKecoo-YTfi wiieiigio- 
o-Y^' tuid^peg' epon' enno- 

TiKiJuieuoc' 
neiJUi.pT'y[poc e]TO'y*.js.fi 



margin 

"^ Or gAJineii[ . 

1 The wheel, CSCO., I.e. 13, 26, 113, 218; CSCO., I.e. 73. 



Budge, I.e. J 1 3, 378 ; Rylands Cat. no. 94. C/i 
the remarks of Peeters, An. Boll, xxviii, 490, and 
the text ib. xxvi. 27, 28. 

^ Lit. 'divide, separate'. Cf. cioXn efioX. 



^ Sc. the places thus bared. 
* The same phrase, Zoega 361. 
Mus. no. 344, ncjueXei \\is.\ ah. 



Cf. Brit. 



NUMBER 19 



79 



(Fol. 3. Recto.) Howbeit {Xolttou), as the praeses (rjy.) [gave senten]ce 
(PttTT.) upon him, [Apa] Pgol [spa]ke^ concerning the mighty (works) of God 
that had come about through the saintly Apa Moui. The saints made answer 
saying, ' Many a time did Christ talk with the truly noble one (yeuyaTo?) 
of Christ, saying, whilst we heard, "Of a truth (dX-qOo)?), my chosen one, 
every man that shall pronounce {ovoiid^eiv) thy saintly name and say, God 
of the saintly martyr (//ap.) Apa Moui, do Thou hear us in this (or our) 
need; straightway 

( Verso.) [I will hear] them quickly." ' 

[The] good (dyaOo?) God, He that guideth all, O my beloved. He it is 
also that now guideth us, that we should go to the shrine {[xaprvpLov) of 
the saintly martyr (//ap.) Apa Moui, and that we should cry out together, 
* God of Christ's holy {aytos!) martyr, do Thou hear us and preserve us 
from the snares of the devil (5ta/3.). Martyr of Christ, do Thou make 
straight our ways and preserve us from the hidden war (TroAe/xo?) of the 
adversary {avTiKei/x^i/o?).' This saintly martyr 



Fol. 4. f Recto. 



margin 



^\HeittOM JS.'Y'SOOC ^ Oil a 

Xegdwg^ ficon' ^>w^eTm3L ii[n'xo-] 
eic Topriq eiteno'ypd.mo[M] 
iino'Yoeitt.' giTiineqTfi- 
fco* A.'Yto i>^'Y'\- tt*wq' inec^[io-] 

TWO^ fl'^'YIld.JLllc' eTJUOO- 



f r.r 



H'^itis.Rev pco'i &.n' enprutie- 



^ Verso. 

[wujiv TT*wei]H'Y M[T]en^- 
[e^HTHc nc<e]iittJs.ioc' nes.p&.- 
[K]*wAei ikniicYTe' n2s.gop^Toc] 

k.nes eneKAid^pT'Ypion' co 
neiiTj^qnis.pd^'^i'xo'Y slx- 
neqctouiA,' eiuucy CT^e- 

pjvKdwXei iine^l^ nppo' n- 
Ki^iioji' iiq^js.pi'^e' Wh^n' 

Tna.pjs.Kd^'Xei -xe iijjitoTit 
CS niJULep2s.Te' lJl^vpiico- 



* on quite uncertain. 
' Tile sense involved by my reading liere is scarcely acceptable. 



8o 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



iinoo'Y Ajii>-puctoo'yg^ 
Uf ne>.ju[epj>w]Te neio<5' 

margin 



pgiijLie iijjioit' glineine- 
\js.<:oc' eTJui[e2^] RttjTopT[p] 
TniKOc[jiocne] .'y[to] 



margin 



(Fol. 4. Recto.) that we celebrate [to-day], little he is in [age {r]\LK(a)\ but 
(aAXa) great in the true wisdom {<To(f)La,d\r)6Lv6i). And (5e) they said ^ also(?), 
' Many a time did the spirit {ttv.) of the Lord catch him up to the celestial 
(places k-rrovpaviov) of light, because of his purity ; and he was given the 
baptism {(pa>Ti<7/j.a) of heaven, because of the great power {Svi/afic^) that went 
with him at all times.' Then (eha) furthermore, I will not keep silence 
regarding the commemoration of the saintly martyr (fj.ap.), him that we 
celebrate to-day. Let us gather, O my beloved, to this great [and 
honou]red 

( Verso.) festival], and may the noble champion {dd\r]Ti]9, yivvaios!) entreat 
(TrapaKuXeTy) the invisible (dopaTos) God that He forgive us our sins. We 
are come unto thy shrine (fj-aprvpiov), O thou that didst give thy body (<Ta>fia) 
over (iTapaStSovai) unto death for the sake of Jesus, the life of every one ; 
entreat thou {napaK.) the Christ, the king of the ages (atcoi^ ^), that He grant 
(xapt^eLp) us the forgiveness of our sins. But (84) I beseech {irapaK.) you, 
O my beloved, let us pray the holy {ay.) martyr {p-ap.) of Christ, Apa Moui, 
that he guide us in this sea (TreAayoy) that is full of trouble, namely the 
world [Koa.) and 



No. 20. 

From an unidentified Martyrdom. Recto shows Christ appearing to 
several martyrs, in prison or under torture together ; verso, a single martyr, 
healed after torture. 



Recto. 

[ IntOK 

[ ]Tit ii 



s 



c 
'So 



f Verso. 






* f.e. the saints, or = ' it was said'. 



Cf. I Tim. i. 17. 





NUMBER 20 




TlO]Tit 'XpO AX- 






pd^i qo['y- 


jui]{x)TM to n- 






cs THpq - 


ujoei'x tt-xui- 






A.lt\i^&.'Y %x- 


lope iiew- 






nuiXg^ 10)- 


[TJ&.'Yg^no* ti- 






loq epeweq- 


ne lUJUUd*.! 






jitepo'Yoo(3'e 


2^ttit*.nipd.c- 


c 


C 


CYC'S juii- 


AtiwicevKe- 




go 


iteqofige *.q- 


KOYi TeTMJV- 






wo'yTe eq- 


cyciiti iiT- 






"sto Aftttoc -se 


TUCtO ItAt- 









xtb.1 gi-xnT- 






fcoTV. e*2]oin it- 


Tp*.ne['5d. n- 






i3\ no]'YOiK 


Ti^jnil[Tepo] 






margin 


iv'ycii n 








margin 









8i 



Redo. ... * you (?). Hail to you, O mighty champions, that have 
endured (vTrofxii^eip) with me in my trials {irdpaa-fios) I For after yet a little 
(while) ye shall eat and drink with me at the table (rpa.) of my kingdom.' ^ 
And 

Verso. . . . Forth[with] he a[rose] all whole, with no wound upon him, 
his cheeks being whole and his teeth.^ And he gave glory to God, saying,^ 
* The light [of Thy countenance] hath been displayed upon us ' 

^ Luke xxii, 30. script here does not appear to be that of Nos. 16 

2 This might recall the martyrdom of Philo- or 1 7. 
theus {v. Wiistenfeld, i)/a;ir. 242, 21 ff.), but the ^ Ps. iv. 6. 



1143 



M 



82 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



No. 21. 

From an unidentified Martyrdom, as it would appear from fol. 2. 
Fol. I. > Recto. 



] AlAAO- 

wje epou 
on eno'Y [ 



ext[ 

no'Y[Te 
(yuiirf [ 

qqoTCY ef![o'\] 

gintteipco- 



margin 



I Verso. 
]ni 

](3'UJUjf 
] gip^.TR 

[Te]MO'Y(3^e eic 
[n]'2oeic K<i\- 
[TJnwoo'YR 

? 



q[ 

TiJin[ 

'seo'Y[oi] nt^K 

nttcyTe 

nud^g^ RU&.- 



margin 



Fol. I. Recto. . . . ' them. They sufficed thee not, but (dWd) thou didst 

go also to ' ^ . . . ' God . . . wrath . . ., blotting ^ them out. Thou didst 

go, then (? ovy), and wast in these men and didst grow strong, until ' 

Verso. . . . ' behold . . . toward thee.^ So now, lo, the Lord hath sent 
thee unto me. See then, now, [I ?] know (? voe7v) your ' 

. . . ' he shall , woe unto thee, enemy of God and heaven and 

earth ! What wilt thou do when ' 



Fol. 2. \ Recto. 
UJ^s.u[T(x>liL. e- 
poo'Y cnjs.Mo- 



Verso. 



l-YT 



HTepo-yei "^e 
eneujTeKo 
js.'yTcogii. - 



1 This may be a place or personal name, begin- pip&.T- is rare. In Josh. ii. 5 = oniaw 

ning with noy-, less probably with plur. art. ('follow after'), similarly in Budge Homilies, 

n- ; or a word such as awrtxvo^. P- 16 (' towards '), and Pap. Bruce 239. 

* Reading eqqOTOy. 



NUMBER 21 



83 



]tt 


itpcojue T- 


? 


poeic i.'Ypee 


]q- 


witeTit.oo'YT 


2tT 




Tpeqi 




'xe e^cyit S-*^ 




margin 



TC iineiyTe- ]h nijt- npo Js-qoyto 

Te juinKd^g^' e- it[ l^iivt" 7njuiHHige "xe 

riT[o'Y] e[i]o\ \\- Tvzs[ 
ceiyLes.es.]TRa. .y ^jli[ 

neTKAiee-ye s[ 

epoq e[ 

7r\.qo'Yc^ijt K^ ? 

margin 

* My copy gives as alternative ajl[ . . ]nK, so ? lyoiiK or ujo-snK (cf. Ps. cxxxviii. 10), or 

lAOOyTK. ^ ntS'l. * IKS'!. 

Fol. 2. Recto. . . . ' if [they ? he ?] shut (the door) upon them, shall the 
foundations of the prison and the foundations of the earth tremble at the 
things they have {or that have been) brought forth, and require (? them) of 
thee ^ ? What thinkest thou ?'..... answered 

Verso. . . . And {Be) when they had come to the prison, they knocked 
at the door and straightway it opened. But {Si) the multitude of men that 
kept watch were as if dead. And {8e) when . . . had come in 



No. 22. 

From the beginning of a Martyrdom. Diocletian's gods are enumerated 
and a part of the edict is to be read, whereby he ordered their worship.^ 
Some 20 goddesses were named in the space of this fragment; may we 
conclude that the complete list gave 35, since in the passages usually 
parallel to this the 70 deities are divided equally into male and female?^ 
I know of no other Coptic martyrdom showing a like list of names. If 
we assume the text to be a translation, there is no need to seek for 
egyptianized forms of the divinities. 

^ This sentence is not necessarily interrogative, not the devil, as fol. i vo. might suggest, 

but the following question makes it likely. An * Similar edicts : CSCO., vol. 42, 89, 157, 

alternative reading allovps 'and they slay thee', 200. 

which would show that the person addressed is ^ Cf. op. cit. 200 ; Hyvernat Actes, 78, 202. 



84 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



p. c. 

margin 
T>.]peeAAic 
T]iepct^to- 
[iiH l^'X"' tc'y'Xh- 

[wH ]kh Te\'^.^vc 

] Tep'yitic 
]*>.TH Tnon- 

[CIC ] 5? TglYpjS. 

]ic* T'X'Ypd^.nocb 
n]d^*m wp^vIt 

[ppo ]n efioX n[ 

* e altered from (or to ?) h. 









t p. -2.. 

margin 
npecf!['YTepoc eiTe "akiN.-] 

KOItOC l[Te d>.U^S,l5KtOC-] 

THc iTe [pjLige eiTe] 
g5Sga>-'\ i[Te 
e'ycii^'^e . [ ncy-] 

'2:ed>.lW0'Y^[pHCTI>.0C] 

eYe'XHAJie'Y[e uineq-] 

jUtO'Y HTC[Hq ItTtOTW] 

TIKOC iAn[ 
cg|\i epHc[ 

THpcy R^.[Tik. XSLb< 

. . .] seK^>[c 
]Md.ig[ 

]'S[ 

" Or -a.c. 



(p. 3.) . . ., Artemis, , Persephone, . . . ache, Selene, . . . ke,^ Thellas,^ 

, Calliope, , Erinys, . . . ate,^, Pon ....... no, Nemesis, . . . . n,* 

Hera, . . .,^ Dyranos,^ These are the names [of . . . godjdesses . . . And 

(5e) [Dioclejtian the [king 

(p. 4.) ' . . . whether] presbyter (Trpeo-.) or (efre) deacon (SiaKovos) or (eiVe) 

reader (dvay.) or (etVe) freeman [or (efre)] slave or (? efre) sacrifice 

(dvcrid^iiu) god(s ?). And whoso [shall say], I am a Ch[ristian (xp-), 



^ k uncertain. Nike, Ananke ? short for space, wliich may have held two 

2 Assuming T the article. But perhaps mis- names. 

spelt (for ee\-), so ' Hellas '. The name may * " uncertain. 

have continued into next line. " Themis ? (or in 1. i, for Artemis). 

3 a uncertain. Hekate (even Aphrodite) too ' ^^ Dyranas. After this probably another 

name. 



NUMBER 22 



85 



his] death shall be adjudged {SrjueveLv ^) with the s[word]. But (5e) do ye 

all, [offici]als (d^KofMarLKo^) of , write ^ to the south, [to] all . . . in 

turn (Kara-) , so that ' 



No. 23. 

Perhaps from a Martyrdom. The sequence of recto and verso are 
doubtful. 



u 
a 

B 



Recto. 

[. .] jv['Y^] na.MO'Y- 
Te eRe-si iuioeiT 

ngHTO-y 'xeM[. .] 

ttjd. jLinoTV.'YAioc 

TgHn gjLin'Si.- 

sic ^ 

[. .]^\...[ 



I Verso. 

]Teq 



ewj2coa)iLi[ 

k[ot]k &>q(o[fi]u| 

eic nigHpe iitjui[iit-] c 

YKXcoXe [ttO'Yo-] 
[eijii Aj.ifAJi[ 



* Perhaps TWJoYn. 



Recto. ... * [and] my God, do Thou guide me upon all the ways wherein 
I shall go ; for (?) hidden war (noXe/jLos) with the enemy within,^ or 

(e"-e) ' 

Verso. . . . bear (?) it (? him), and he lay down and slept. And straightway, 
behold, the Son of Goodness (-aya^oy*) arose and mounted upon a cloud 
[?of ligh]t archangel [s?] 



* Or ? ' be publicly executed ' ; c/. Sri/uos. this. After eire, giAoX seems impossible. 

Or ['this] rescript'. 4 qf. Rossi ii. iv. 65, ' Son of Compassion,' 

^ The text, as I have read it, scarcely allows of ^g epithet of Christ. 



86 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



No. 24. 

Life of (or Encomium on) Pachomius. There is little to guide us as to 
the sequence either of leaves or pages here, if indeed all nine fragments 
belong to one MS. The order I have adopted is merely tentative. 
Pachomius' name occurs only in foil. 7 and 9, but 4, 5, and 6 may, with 
much probability, be claimed for the same subject. As to the remainder 
it is impossible to feel any certainty ; they might be from parenetic intro- 
ductions to or digressions from known incidents of the history. Certain 
incidents (foil. 6 7-0., 9 vo.) are only conceivable as part of this Life if we 
assume a widely different or much amplified recension to be at the base 
of our text.^ It must however be confessed that the reading of scarcely 
a phrase but is open to question. 



Fol. I . I Redo. 

margin 

[T*i]*>.cf^ wbj^ iga.- Tpene iijL.[o-] 



[TJei iittoo'Y 


ex 


gjR'Xd^jv'Y sefi- 


fito 


Henppo (3'ui- 


T' 


ujT epocy "Y" 


"el 


[T]iiiiine ci.p- 


n 


ne nfiioc n- 




MeT0'Y*>'2>^^ [ 




J L 




" Or KewewC. 


Apparent 


pe for po. 


* This cannot 


ccyoDnq e^y-. 





> Verso. 

[neT]coo'yttuqf^ 
[To]pnq ujw- 

[T]A*.e^OAlTe 

[Xijne * d^yeic 
[. .juTe^jvpic 
[AAnucYJTe il- 

]ne 

np]oc ee 



margin 

7 Tqnv[Tpic] 
} -^e ttd.\H[ei-] 
ttH o'yc'y[jiino-] 
^iTHcn[e -] 
iepoco\'YJti.[i-] 
THC FiTe 
TiAe2Ci^uj[qe] 
iine TeK[R\ii-] 
CI&. nd^iULe [tt-] 
ujpTiijuic[] 
[e]Tgiii5.n[H'Ye] 

[>qwj[ 



Apparently not space for [jue]. In 4 perhaps [tI^tco. 

lis cannot be correct : either ncTCOoyn edk-jf- (w. Bible text) 



' Perhaps 
or nCT- 



^ That it is already far removed from the from the mere citation of the Psalms by P., 
primary recensions of the Life may be gathered before his conversion (fol. 8). 



NUMBER 24 



87 



Fol. I. Recto. . . . village (?) the king shall grant (?) them, that he 

would spare their villages and not injure {^XdrrTeLv) them in aught, lest the 
king should behold them. For {yap) such is the life (/Si'oy) of the saints 

[the] king shall (?)... saints (?) exhort {TrpoTp^imv) them to 

. . . oftentimes instruction ... 

Verso. . . . God it is] knoweth. He was caught up to the third heaven.* 

Give . . . the grace (xapis) of God according as {npos) 

nome. But ((5e) his true fatherland (Trarph, dXr^Oivos) (was that) he was 
a fellow citizen (a-v/xTroXLTt]?), one of Jerusalem {Upoa-oXvfiLTrj^) of the seventh 
heaven, the true church (e/c/cA.) of the first-born that are in heaven ^ . . . 



Fol. 2. I Rec/o. 
iinp[ 

7V.0C ll^'2[00C] 

'S.iwo'Y[coo-] 
ite '^A.[^ 
*wW iine[ 
ii^^v2:o[IC 



-^ Verso. 

n 

]jjineq- 

] . . eititev- 

[it]o'Y'xe jutTiAA'y 

[juo] 'xen^v-c 

] . ttg^o epoq 
] ejui&.'Y 



" JU^eine] is tempting, but a verb is equally probable. 
rib.- for nA," 



Perhaps c for o. 



Perhaps 



Fol. 2. Recto:^ Do not , O Devil {8id^. ?) ^ saying, I am not a thief (?) 

of this (sort) my Lord (?)... 

Verso. ... we (?) will cast death forth from us, for ... . 

* 2 Cor. xii. 2. The words do not coincide trial, ^.^. Hyvernat ^<r/^, 197. 
with Ciasca's text. Cf. the similar words used * Scarcely a word can be read here with 

in Am. 543. certainty. 

Cf. Heb. xii. 23. Such phrases, as to * If not StajSoAoj, perhaps (r^/i/3ovAos? ''Ayyt- 

heavenly citizenship, are used by martyrs under Aos seems still less suitable. 



88 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 3. 



" Recto. ^ 


Verso. 


margin 


r 


no]'yTe ^ ito- 


tn-s^-jse 


[aaoc] jjineq-b 





]nT<q- 


neqT 


- 




njitcyfe 


It . [ 


A^jWd^ 


nT[ 




TR 



margin 



I am not sure that this fragment does not rather belong to No. 21. 



Perhaps e^neq-. 



Fol. 3. Recto. . . . God gives laws (uS/xos) to (?) his .... which he had 
golden . . . But {dWdj . . . Lord (?)... 

Verso. . . . the enemy . . . will (fuL) . . . his . . . 



Fol. 4. I Recto. 



]pOK 

[Tii2]?V.nic 
[sinei'si] cRifie 

[jviito'ST] epoK 



poc &\i \[i>^iK'y] 

fbuLd^ 2.P*^'* [^2.**"] 
Tq nin[e-] 

) iteqnpoKO- 

70'Ypi^e "xe ii- 
) np[Hc] Axn^- 

[pe eJTpe-ypgcofi 



* Verso. 
[...]. gjuinjuto- 7C\.'yui[ 

[ujjiK'YJULO'YTe e- no] 

pe g^>>.2T^ii- T^^[ 
noH-a^Hc "^ke it- ^ 

y il'stotoine ii- 
ttgeWHit - 
ajjs.'Yiuto'YTe - 
pocY 'senj[H-] 
pe Ainoci['2.coit] 

7 ^u[negoo['Y 
; o'yHHt[ 



NUMBER M 



89 



Fol. 4. Recto {cf. AS. 3). ... Thou ^ art my hope (iXirii) since I took 
the breast of my mother : I cast myself upon Thee since I was in the womb 

["ot] find any place therein.^ But {84) this saint advanced {irpoKo- 

TTTiiv) in age (-qXiKta). And (Si) there was a temple, a little to the south of 
the village. Now {Ta^a ^) they would send boys to work therein, as (coy) . . . 

Verso. ... in the water, which are called ' sprites ? ' ^ but (Se) by the 
authors (Troirjrijy) that have composed the books of the Greeks {eXXrjj/) they 
are called ' the children of Poseidon '.^ On the day therefore (ovy) when . . . 



Fol. 5. f Rec-^o. 




* Verso.^ 




margin 






^ i 


giTHiteqeiOTe 


T It 


]Tepo'Y- 


imo'YTe OTn 


.Sio\ segen- 


KTe[ 


]ll(3'I 11- 


&.n Axitwe'YWIH- 


cno'Y'J^^^iociie 


np[ne 




[T^\dwi]niopoc 


pe* oY*^T(3'ojui c>.p 


2}\TJULVLT- 




It 


ne eTperi^Hc- 


ge\?VHti i.- 






THC qi KJUHil2v'y 


no-yeitte '^e. e- 


- 




Aingniic eT- 


Tiiepic nid^- 






jutcyg^ enjuid>. e- 


Kiofl '2SnO'Y- 






TOYll^v'XIOYe 


Te'iuiine a.n[n 

L J 




]q 


wgHTq i^Wdw 


-xeneit 






UJ^^-YfetOK gll- 


. . . Tn 






[o'YR]d>^Re xeit- 


[ ]^ ' ^^[ 






ne'YJTa.goo'Y 

]T3'0JL1' 



* The ^ above line i in different ink. Quires thus indicated in Rossi, i. Ii. 10, 36; ii. iv. 96. 
The eL indicates the last leaf of first quire. 



' Ps. xxi. 9, 10, Perhaps n]TOK.[ne, though 
no MS. of the Psalm reads thus. 

2 Or 'in him'. 

^ Tdxa with some such meaning in F. Robin- 
son Ap. Gosp. 182, PSBA. XXV. 273 (= Syr. 
7<ip alone, Nau p. 76); Miss. iv. 671, 678, 
715 ; Crum Copt. Ostr. no. 290. 

U4S N 



* Taking nTdkipe for an incorrect plur. of 
itoyTe iy. Erman AZ. xxxiii. 47, Griffith ib. 
xxxviii. 88). This is supported by the ' name * 
eiiTivip, Pistis 376. But T&,ipe may be a de- 
scriptive name, with n- of plur. 

^ Cf. Am^lineau's note, Am. 340 and his 
reference to Mhn. hist. Eg. ii. 407. 



90 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 5. Redo {cf. AS. 2). by his parents ; for they were zealous 
{(TTrovSoLos) in paganism {-eXXrjv) and (Si) they knew not the portion 

(fxpis) of Jacob, that it is not of this sort.^ For our . . .^ to 

the temple (?) ^ . . . 

Verso, when the wretched (TaXaiwcopos p/.) had . . . 

. . . the gods were * not content with their children. For (yap) it is impos- 
sible that thieves (Xrja-Tijs) should take with them the lamp that lighteth the 
place where they would thieve ; rather (dXXd) they go in darkness, lest they 
be caught authority . . . 



Fol. 6. -^ Recto. ^ 
I 

) gJiuinHi (?! 

u}con itcji nujH- 

\ih^(S%x neq[uji-] 
[Tpe 



nTno[\ic 

?[ 

[ 



f Verso. 
[pq j^ 

19 
]? 
]? 

It 



margin 



\' 



nncyTe eq- 
ujitte iicis.- 
ncysA.! iipio- 
Aie \W3LX' gii- 

iiTjvqpppo**''' 

n<3'i njs.'Y'^^^'Y*^" 
Toc iipeq-xpS 

[R]U>CT^-ltTI- 
[ito]c glTMO'YOI- 
[KOtfOJULId^ WTe] 

[nito'YTe 



" The first of quire 2. 



Fol. 6. Recto. While yet therefore (eri <5e ovj') the saints were in the 
house, their father's sister's son fell sick. And they arose and went in, as 
if ((oy) they would visit him. And as they (?)... 

the city (? iroXii) . . . 

' Jer. X. 16. ' Refers ?to temple whither his parents took 

* 'Our father Pahom' possible but im- the child, 
probable. * Tense uncertain. 



NUMBER 24 



9t 



Verso {cf. AS. 2). dark (?) all (?) the day . . . 

God, seeking the salvation of every man. And so (5e ovv) on the day 
when the victorious^ Augustus {avyovaros), Constantine, became king, by 
[God's] providence {oIkovoiilo) . . .^ 



^' 



Fol. 7. -^ Recto. 








\ Verso. 




margin 








margin {page no. here ?) 


nenpocTA.IT- 


'Y<3'0)UJ[t 


2H-] 


l^e^T^^.c- 


H eio\ "xe- 


ttd>. ^i.e itTepcy- 


Tq 


itnp[^ 


>o*; 


Sic 


cycReoc Wb^i 


Tq epnc (^\- 7 


Gti 


yit 




'^j neqo'Yoi 


nctoTnne 


KHtie iv-Y^ 


) ne 


I- 




JRCYi g^rtn- 1 


^Htok -se n2w- 


ne-Yoi enu.*.- 


&. 






eelfiJvic^ ii- 


) a>t noXe- 


pHC HKHJLie' 


n 






lee 


juei jLiitn- 


CX.'Yw Srepo'YfS'w- 


n 






n]Tepq- 


^i^'se eenn 


) ne \\<^<^ K<Td. 


V 






>. 


eTen[*.pf!Jw- 


tt*.* iv-y^^confe 


H 






]^q 


pOCIte H-X*^!- 


giooiq itn*<- 










ttWWOC KTiiR- 


gcou. ITiin-a 










(?[o]TnO'y IT4Jl 


itO(3' iJLn 










nejc-J^oc ric- 


'.] eTjfe' 












* Perhaps niiO(3'. But n- with JUHHiye ((/. 


Bo.) isnn] 


ikely. *" Perhaps p foi 


t. "^ erased. 



Fol. 7. Recto {cf. AS. 3). And ((5e) when they had brought the order 
{TTpoarayfia) southward in Egypt, they betook them to the southern part of 
Egypt. And after they laid hold on many in various {Kara) places, they 

laid hold also on Pahom, because of the great (//.) number (?) that ^ 

which waited for the king. Thus while (eVi ovv) . . . 

Verso. . . . which had an eagle * . . . went little in the {pi.) 

^ after it (he ?) had . . . 



1 Cf. 6 TO -navTa vikwv (Brit. Mus. Gk. Cat. ii. 
328, iii. 253; P. Amh. no. cxl &c.). VtKT]<p6poi 
= pecj'spo appears to be applied only to 
martyrs {v. Crum-Steindorff, A'o/t. Rechtsurk, i, 
Index\ 



2 Cf. Am. 342. ' Cf. Bo. 5 infra. 

* ' Eagle ' (ahdm) possibly in reference to 
Pahom, whose name is compounded with that 
word . 

' ' Thebais ' just possible. 



92 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



. . . before (him ? it ?) ; for he is unto me a chosen vessel (o-AfeOo?).^ But 
(5e) thou,^ Pahom, fight (TroXefieiu) with the hidden foes, which are the 
barbarous demons (ISdp^apos, Saificop), whom thou hast overcome by the 
cross {(TTavpos) ; and do thou . . . 



Fol. 8. t Recto. 



marofin 






segjLinTpeq- 
Hgeenoc [-] 



\' 



gicitoq [. . S-j 

pioc p[ 

cy nc[ 
we nM[ 

T* [ 

Ti>.p jui[ 
Toq[ 

el 



Verso. 



martrin 



[. . . .]lliwK\H- 

[poit]ojjiei n- 
[TJUJHrepo xk." 
[njnoyTe geti- 
[cNp^] c<j^p IC- 
[iioqwel THpoy 

[septoiuje itiju 



H 



[ 



1 



^ 



* Hence we see that a full column had 14 or 15 {cf. fol. 4) lines, 
capital T. * Perhaps [rekJUio jul]aiou. 



we g^p^-'i S^H- 
fq itee noY- 

UjAoq n^- 
toTe iiTne 
CX^qjue KxiCY Kq 
g^pd^'i ngHTq 
Tie eq- 

T&>y6 flTCCJUH 
JLt.JS.TC&.lOI Td^- 

[p]nRO'Ytouj 

'' Perhaps 



Fol. 8. Recto. . . . according to (?) the teacher, Paul, the tongue of per- 
fume ^ : * When it pleased God, who set me apart since I was in my 
mother's womb, to reveal His Son unto the heathen (edi^os) ; immediately 

I [followed not flesh] and blood,' the blessed one (/xaKapio?) did not 

... to follow after them For (yap) . . . 

Verso. . . . shall inherit (KXrjpovofiui^) the kingdom of God.' * For (yap) 
they are all flesh {a-dp^} and blood ; [For ?] the holy apostle (dn.) [hath] 



' Acts ix. 15. 

2 Perhaps a development of the Spirit's words, 
Bo. 8. 



' Gal. i. 15, 16 {om. 'and called me through 
His grace'). 

* C/. I Cor. XV. 50. 



NUMBER 24 



93 



told us : ' Every man (?)..... discernment ([? ^iajvpicris') increase^ 

(? av^dveiu) in him, even as a tree that is watered with the dew of heaven.' 
Thus did he meditate within himself, pronouncing the holy words (lif. voice) : 
' Teach me and I will do Thy will ^ . . .' 



V 

)l.l 



Fol. 9. f J^ec/o. 

margin 



KJvTevpcei fi- 



^" 



\" 



T^vi giARTpeK- 
Tceviie ripiojLie 
epoc J5.nec- 
IIoT euji^pene- 

TO RTeq(3'oju. 
7XeuJs.c itnenca- 
) CK giL^^llJ[^>.'se] 



^s.^ nppo [gil-] 

snoq o'y[fio'Yp-] 
ne iiTJs.q[^p-] 
ujtopq [ 



\^^ 



[ 



Verso. 



margin 



[nxi.*.]K<pioc &.- 

["YMg^ giioYp- 
[ne] eqTA.ju.0 ii- 
[xiojq "segen- 
[. .]Kd^im ge- 

[OHIKOC] kSLis. 

.i\]o\ gi\- 






HTq ixit- 

^a.pi'^e ijjuo- 
oy efcoA giTOo- 
Tq eTi eqo il- 
geeiiiKOC 



'/[HjTepeqcocK 



o]'Y. 



* tt- corrected from n- 



Fol. 9. Recto {cf. AS. 3). ... May the '' too bring this to nought 

(Karapyuu), whilst thou teachest it unto men, like as the bridle (xaXivos) 
controlleth the horse by its power. That we may not delay in the story 

(//A word), he dwelt in made him (?) king. At the time when 

he was born, there was a temple * that he had destroyed . . . 

Verso. . . . the blessed {{xaK.) Apa Pahom also (?) ^ dwell in a temple,^ 



1 Tense uncertain. 

^ Ps. cxlii. 10. 

' ' the Spirit ' perhaps possible. 

^ All quite uncertain as to number and person 
of pronouns. 

" The form Pahdmo does not occur in this 
text ; otherwise ott ' also ' must be omitted. 



Tense of verb uncertain. 

8 Presumably the ruined Serapis temple. The 
name by which this seems elsewhere to be desig- 
nated, iTAidw JULneCTcpnocein {Miss. 535), is, 
I think, merely a deformed reproduction of 
HAia. ju.Ticepa.neion {cf. Bo. 8). 



94 THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 

telling him that it was heathen {pi. ? kOviKos;) pagans (? 'iOvos) 

Christ left behind them ..... and they dwelt in that place on 

account of him (? it) and of the healings that God granted (xccpi^eiu) by his 
(? its) means,^ while yet (eVi) he was pagan {^Oi'iko?). So (ovi^) when he had 
continued in the village . . . 



No. 25 (called, in Appendix and elsewhere, SaX). 

The history of Pachomius and Theodore. That this MS. did not form 
part of No. 24 is evident from the following considerations : (i) the divergent 
spelling of the name Pachomius, (a) the absence of the paragraph-mark 
such as used by no. 24, (3) the abnormal forms here of certain letters, 
e.g. n,^ (4) the usually greater number of letters in a line in the present MS., 
(5) finally, the entire dissimilarity between the texts of no. 24 and of Am., 
a version based, as will be shown, strictly upon the present text. 

A column of our text is 23 cm. high, and has 26-28 lines. Of the 32 foil, 
here preserved, in greater or less completeness, only three still show pagi- 
nation (foil. 2, 4, 5). Were it not therefore for the uninterrupted text of 
Am., it might have been impossible to assign any plausible sequence to the 
fragments, which I found dispersed throughout the whole collection of 
papyri. As it is, however, a few of them fortunately show the junctures, 
upon one and the same leaf, of two paragraphs of AS. (foil. 9 vo.-io ro., 
II ro., 12 ;-(?., 13 ro., 18 vo., 24 vo., 25 vo., 26 vo.) ; and it is thence evident 
that, not only is the new text verbally identical with Am., but that in 
arrangement of paragraphs they likewise agree. This should suffice to 
justify the assignment of the remaining paragraphs to positions relatively 
such as they hold in Am. The latter offers no parallels to the text of foil, i, 
2, 7, 29, 32. The absence (scarcely fortuitous) of quire-numbers prevents 
us from using the relative sequence of horizontal and vertical fibres as a 
further guide to the sequence of the leaves. Leaves, the continuity of whose 
text allows of no doubt as to their order,^ show the simple sequence hv, vh, 
hv, vh. 

The practical identity of the two texts SaX and Am. can scarcely be 
doubted by any one who will compare the parallel passages (observing at 
the same time the alterations to the French translation which I have given 
in the notes). The text of Am. is, in no instance, materially longer than 
that of the corresponding Sa. passage ; whereas the latter shows, often 
enough, phrases, nay whole paragraphs, lacking from the parallel Arabic. 
These are proof enough that, as would be expected, the younger is abridged 
from the older text. 

' Sc. the temple's ? afford very cogent arguments here {cf. facsimiles). 

2 Palaeographical features do not otherwise ^ E.g. foil. 8-14, 16-52. 



u 



NUMBER 2'j 



95 



The chief interest of this new addition to the Coptic recensions is genea- 
logical : we now see clearly the source whence Am. was derived. It has 
been long recognized that Am. neither translates immediately any of the 
Sa. versions hitherto known ^ nor Bo. which is derived from certain of these. 
Am. neither follows them (except intermittently) in paragraph sequence nor 
in details of phraseology or vocabulary. With our present text, on the 
contrary, it agrees in both these particulars ; as to the last, with often 
surprising closeness. The new text is of course too fragmentary to allow 
of our assuming that it alone was the immediate source translated by Am.^ 
Prof. Ladeuze has called attention to portions of the latter which appear to 
be derived from Bo.,^ i. e. ultimately from one of the other Sa. versions. 



Fol. I. 



Recto?' 



[ ] ^^Y 

[ ]eixii- 

[ ] q^Y 

[en'xojeic GnTH- 

[pq] nujHpe %x } 

[nitjo-yre ed^qpcA.- 



KOyi TJL1HT 

itiieqjutd.eHTHC 
eq-sto i.utoc "xe- 

poq' iicYUjHpe u}hjul 







Teie eg^pds.! ^lisax- 
nd.peis.ii . equjcon' 
Cit-toi epoq CT^e- 



[o]m eitccofli epoq ^pog^.IpecIc ec- 

['S]fcTipKioX'Ye ii- 

margin 



f Verso. 
^-repl ] 

'siiiTeqjuHr- 
KoY* nis.p2Xigiv\ 
Teiio'Y^e iieciiH'Y, 
ujHpe ujhaa' niui 



AJimteitTis.Yp- 
KO(3' epocy HeH- 

tic elite iijuooY 
ego-yw uji^-pott, - 
ne-xno' itRecon . 
jLt&.piTcno'Y'Xi^'^e 



TO[ 

eTe[ 

*^evc [ 

ettujjs.&.[ 

ilgevg^ ilcon [xiw-] 

pKTis.jLioo'Y ["se-] 

nncYTcne en- 

T^s.qT^JUlIOOY 

2>wY^ eTfeeTn[e] 

oil URnKA-g* f*[J^-] 

npH* iJilnoog^ [ 



margin 



* The position of this fol. is hypothetical. It is assumed to precede that placed next (pp. 
63, 64). 

' Nor the lost Sa. represented by Av. V. figure in SaX. But not all MSS. of Am. include 

Appendix. it {v. Appendix). 

2 I assume, from our foil, i, 2, that the Palla- ^ Ladeuze, &tude &^c., 53 ff. 
dian version of the Rule (Am. 366-369) did not 



96 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. I. (The proper positions of this and the next 2 foil, are uncertain.) 

Recto. ... he saw (? seeth) the Lord of all, the Son of God, having become 

flesh (a-dp^) for our salvation. But (Se) above all {fidXiaTa) too we hear 

Him in the Gospel {ev.) saying,^ ' Forbid (KcoXveiv) not 

... He ... a little one in the midst of His disciples (fiad.), saying,*^ 
' Whoso shall receive a young child such as this in my name receiveth me.' 
But (Si) as for the young that have gotten for themselves an evil resolve 
(jrpoaipicns), in their ^ 

Verso. . . . saying,* ' Whoso liveth wantonly {cmaTakdv) from his youth 
shall be a servant.' Now therefore, brethren,^ every young child and such 
as are greater than they in age (rjXLKia), whom the Lord hath brought in 
unto us for the second birth, let us be zealous {(nrovSd^eiy) 

... we many times, let us tell them how that God it was did 

create them. And concerning the heaven also and the earth and the sun 
and the moon . . . . : 



Fol. 2. t 


P-S^ 


->p. ^-X 






margin 


margin 




ec(o 


Tcfiito we>.'Y ttcyLo-] 


juiwneqo'ytoig' e- 


n[ 


ye. n- 


iiy itiA*.' Tpe['Y-] 


fe oX jLi.neqnotioc 


T[ 





cuio-Y enewTiwq- 


AAiitiRtOT' enT*.- 


efeo 


ej-YUj**. 


Tdwjuiie iid^'i THp[o'Y] 


eiTJvjvy HTU e- 


AAT[ 


npoc 


A.'srKO'sn* eiTe 


Sio\' HgHTq 2se- 


eT 


cyojeiuj 


giiTe'YT^.npo 


IT "SIC 

K&>c eitMA-jLiepe 


oo^Y^ 


I JutoTa 

-* 


eiTe gttncYgHT 


n-soeic neitito'y- 


'se 


r^HT* 


.ys.(ji' fifioc "se- 


Te efioX gAJine-ygHT* 


nti 


oj'yq 


ucuiA.iuid.jvT' n-so- 


THpq tiuTe'y- 


Td.q 







eic seRi.c gcooY 


vSr'YX** THpc AXW" 


ton 


. 


e'yewjwne iiuiH- 


we'YAiee'Ye THpcy 


^Y[ 




* Line over xx 


not certain. 





' ? Matt. xix. 14. 
^ Matt, xviii. 5. 
' An abstract, ?' youth '. 
* Prov. xxix. 21. So Ciasca ; LXX Kara- 
airaTaKd. 

5 I assume that this and the next fragment are 



from instructions given by Pachomius, corre- 
sponding perhaps to Am. 372 ff. Evidence for 
the independent existence of the Pachomian Rule 
is given by the book catalogue, J?ec. xi. 133, 
no 31 (the l3ios there figures as no. 34). 



NUMBER 25 



97 



leee 

J 

] 



eT*s(ja iiuioc '2se[^-] 

uoyoeiuj' iiiju.' \\- 
"Yoeiiy' nijn' epe- 
neqcjuo'Y glipcoi* 

ecyc d^-Yco on t- 

[2t(o](oiJi UTeirpjs.- 
[t^H] eToyjs.*.^* 2>.'Yco 
[Unjucojc eTCikfeo 

[MIt]KO'yi [ 



JUtllTe'y(3'0Ul TH- 

pc d.'Yio eTpe-yAAe- 
pe neT^iTcytocY 
UTe-Yge eTpe'Y" 
eijue gRcytjop^ 

eiteiiT&.'Y^^gjvico'Y 



gjuinenni^ CTcy- 

WJ^v^g^vpeg' ene'y- 

sutTe'Y-tJi[tvr-] 
KoY*, ceitd<j[co-] 
ne upne' AAfn-xo-] 
ic 2s.'yco uqo['Yoo^] 

[g^pd.! rig^]HTO['Y 



o'yt[ 
pe[ 

[ 



Fol. 2. p. 63. ... * Teach them at all times that they bless Him that 
created all these things, without ceasing, whether (etre) with their mouths, 
or (efre) with their heart, saying, Blessed art thou. Lord, that they also 
may become children of David, who saith,^ I will bless the Lord at all 
times ; at all times His blessing is in my mouth. And (5e) afterwards too, 
(see) that (thou) give unto them Psalms (to learn) by heart ^ {dno aTr]6ovs) ; 
and moreover, that they get (by heart) from the other books of holy scripture 
{ypa<prj). And afterwards, (see) that (thou) teach the young 

P. 64. ... and His will, from out His law [vonos), and the rules that 
I have given you therefrom, that they ^ shall love the Lord our God with 
all their heart and all their soul (^|'f.) and all their thoughts and all their 
strength ; and that they should love their neighbour as themselves ; that 
they may know of a surety the things that have been written of the Holy 
Spirit {ttv.\ so that, if they keep their body (o-co.) pure from their youth, 
they shall become temples of the Lord and He shall [dwell withjin 
[them 

* Ps. xxxiii. I. ii, note 58 ; Cium, Osir. no. 29, note 5. 

' Cf. Ladeuze, 291 inf.; Butler, Latis. Hist. ^ Corrected from ' that we'. Cf. Luke x. '.'j. 



98 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 3. t Recto (?). 
[oit] ecsiTcy n['s]diq ri>q 

[stoOjq* QteilMO . e*>K'^ 

[ytouj ei,]M e-xiTcy . *.- 

[tcHO'Y UljOIlOM SITO'Y 

[ncKi^2s.Y e2^]p.i xxo~ 

margin 

* Perhaps coiuj (ccoujAi). 



> F'^rjr^ (?). 

SIC 

negocy eTiixi.['Y] 
qwi&.nii*.'Y en- 
t5jjl.js.'Y eq*jt[oo-] 
uje gueeitee[T] 
ujes-qujine [uqn^.] 
-scxiq ene[cHT iie-] 
peiteqid.[V ^ pii^'-] 
IH tt . [ 
e-YAiH . [ 
T.q's;[ 



margin 



Perhaps more in gap ; oil or -xe ? 



Fol. 3. Recto {v. Am. 396). ... I] wish [not.'] But (5e) [after that he 
had] constrained {dvayKci^eLv) him [again] to take of them, he said unto 
him, ' I will not.' And he said unto him,^ ' What is [this] word that thou 
hast [said], I will not, having given [place] in thyself to a demon (Saifiouiov) 
of disobedience^? If so be (kocu) thou [wishest] not to take of them, say, 
[I] wish not [now] ^ ; but (ixovov) take them [and lay ? them] down. But 
{fiovov) . . . 

Verso.'^ . . . and he determined (?) ^ no disobedience thereafter. 

And it befell from that day, if he saw that (brother) walking in the monas- 
tery, he would be ashamed and bend down his head, his eyes shedding 
tears . . . 



1 CPO^n eppaw?|, of earnest or angry talk, e.g. 
Num. ix. 7, Josh. ix. 12, Brit. MuS; no. 342 qe, 
Rossi Nuov. Cod. 89, Budge Homil. 127. 

2 So Am., not 'pecher '. 

3 Am. should be 'And if it be that thou wishest 



not to take (thereof), say, I wish (for it) not now, 
and take and use (? eat) a little ; then lay it 
down '. 

* This is not in Am. 

^ Perhaps 'despised'. 



NUMBER 


25 


4. t P- P*^'' 


margln 




ujet) ^ti gitne'Y- 




tn'2soeic d.'YOi 


npdw^eic jmimRCO- 




eqi^'Y^^*^^ gsine- 


puj WTe-YT^^npo' 




cfiocYe' TqcoiT 


Tiicyoug^ efioV -se- 




epocY giTOOTq 


iuinstJuiepiTO'Y 




iuinGiTeiWT' ni.- 


c_ 






^e[n]TitH['Y J*^p-" 




Tdi neqeiiie j>.'YCO 


01 nq]Aji[o]cT[e e^it 




K^>.T^^ Tqge 




[ttiojCY . . citee 




iiecitH'Y "^e itTe- 


. .]endvp*^n xx- 




pe'Yits.'Y "Sieq^ . . t '^ 



99 



[ajioo*y . .]uepjLi.*>> 



^ Sir H. Thompson has discovered a fragment with part of this text in the binding of Br. Mus. 
Or. 7024 (4), and this allows me to fill some lacunae.. 
'' JULOOJuje. Not o^io. Perhaps eeH. 



p. pifi 

ujTVhV UAAA.&.'Y,ne 
iiTeig^e oiioepjUL- 
eiocye uje^WTq-^ 

n'soeic eioV 01- 
TOOTq di'ya) bx.- 
UJione WTepeq- 

ei' ego^Yit, eiteciut'Y 
nTivp|)(|^H guTeq- 

jutuTKCYi *>-q^ 
neqo*Yoei' enen- 



margin 



ttd.'Y enHTA.qTJs.- 
jtiioi, cyne ngH-y 
'xe^w'Y'snoi eneei- 

KOCJUOC ltll^.- 

MCYc c^dvp wb^i eite- 
ii.no'Y'snoi ne- 
s*>.q it^[q] 'sed.'Xic 
epo'i "xeeRCYewj 
it2v'Y epoq' gpGLnei-] 
x\b. . .]e[ 
. . m[ 



lOO 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 4. P. Ill (z*. Am. 402^). . . . walk not in their deeds {-rrpa^i^) and 
the entreaties of their mouths, we show that we love them not, as {KaTo) it 
is written,^ ' Whoso cometh unto me and hateth them not my name . . . 

. . . the Lord,^ and (he) growing {av^dveiv) in the instructions that he heard 
from our father Pahomius,* walking after (KaTci) his likeness and according 
to {KaTo) his manner. And (5e) the brethren, when they saw that he . . . 

P. 112. ... he would] pray with them thus, with tears, until the Lord 
gave them rest by his means. And '^ it befell that when he came in to the 
brethren, at the beginning {dpxq'^), in his boyhood, he betook him to our 
[father Pahomius . . . 

. . . see Him that created me, what profit is there that I have been 
begotten into this world {Kocrfios) ? For (yap) it would have been good for 
me if I had not been begotten.' He said unto him, ' Tell me, dost thou 
desire to see Him in this world (lit. place) . . . 



Fol. 5. 



p.pii' 



margin 



HHpoM nee eT- 
cHg* giine'YJs.^Ve- 
AioM seitdw'idN.TO'Y 

ne'ygHT* seTiTO- 
cy iteTiiA.wev'Y, - 
nncYTe eujco- 
ne(3' epujdwiio'YA*-^- 

egpi^'i e^HneRgHT* . 

[h "YJUojcTe ego'YM 

[eneKcon] h cy- 
+ 
]n H cyt^'- 

[eoitoc ] . o>pd. 

^ The sequence does not continue as in Am. 
C/". Bo. 49, 50. 2 cy. Lu. xiv. 26. * F.Am. 406. 

* Here and once again written Pahom. Else- 
where in this MS. Pahome, z. e. Pahomius, as 
Makare = Macarius, Ammone = Ammonius &c. 






noc iiiju 



R.p- 

eTCHg^ 

gnnectpdit^H jue- 



ncKgHT ev'situ)- 



su 



eRTUlWj'jUULlK 



JUtULin JUUtlOK JUO- 

ouje itgHTcy w- 

+ 

ee eTCHg^ gnHCd*.- 
I&.C seTeTWvy'Y- 

eoTe iin'soeic 

[itdwjOi'Sit RgHTK 

The form Pahome in Miss. iv. 607 (V), Hall 
Copt, and Gk. Texts p. 143. Cf. n&Oi)JULi, Br. 
Mus. no. 1252. 

V. Am. 407. V. Am. 402. 

^ Cf- cipxv ill Br. Mus. Cat. p. 97 a, p. 168 a. 



NUMBER 25 



lOI 



t P- P**^ 



margin 



ic Kiw&.c giinpcx)- 



Kpicic iXnT^vIc- 



c&.ie ilee cd.p il- 
iiu.e\oc iincio- 

igdLqp(Lol' WH- 

TO'Y M(3'i npoijue 
ncy*. ncY^. K^.T^s. 



iinecpo' exen^HT'- 

ne i^'Y^ ^^^^ o^ **" 
npo' e'YUTq l[o]^ 

Aio^Xoc gienio' i- 

T ee iinA.'YTe^- 

0'YCIO[lt] JUtUTCY" 

wei-ikHcic jmu- 
T^vlceHc[IC iJn-] 
T'xievK[picic jum-] 

T[ 



cynemHCic. 



Fol. 5. P. 113 (^. Am. 402, cf. Bo. 50). . . . wicked (^ irovripov'^), as it is 
written in the Gospel (evayy.),^ ' Blessed are the pure in heart, for they it is 
shall see God.' If then an impure thought rise up in thy heart, [or] hatred 
toward [thy brother], or ^ or (^') envy {4>66vos) . . . 

. . . have power over thee,^ every fruit {Kapiro^) that is written in the 
scriptures (ypacprj), meditate (/zeXeraj/) them in thy heart without ceasing-, 
resolving of thyself to walk therein, as it is written in Esaias,* ' Thine heart 
shall meditate (ficX.) the fear of the Lord ' ; and all these things shall cease 
from thee . . . 



* A slight change would allow of reading 
' all '. 

* Matt. V. 8. 

5 Text hence as Am., not Bo. The former 
should read (402 uU.) 'And if thou wouldest 
that all the thoughts should diminish in thee 
and not have power over thee, so meditate in 
thy heart, without ceasing, always, the good 



fruit written in the scriptures. And do thou be 
of steadfast mind and sure in all steadfastness, 
that thou be careful to walk therein, to the 
extent of thy power ; and thus shall the evil 
thoughts decrease in thee, little by little, and 
shall grow weak, like the spider '. (The last word 
due to confusion in meanings of ge^Woyc.) 
* xxxiii. 18. 



I02 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



P. ir4. ... For^ {y<^p) the Lord hath placed the conscience {dwdS-qa-LS!) 
in man, and free-will (avTe^ovaiov) and judgement {Slolkplo-l^) and under- 
standing (ataB-qcni) and knowledge. For {yap) even as the members (/zeAo?) 
of the body {(xco/xa) that are visible, wherewith man worketh, each according 
to (/cara) his need . . . 

... a] house that hath its door, which is the heart. And further, like as 

the door hath key and bolt and chain (/ioxAoy) and ^ and every surety, 

even thus it is with free-will (avT.) and conscience (crvi^.) and judgement (SiaK.) 
and wisdom . . . 



Fol. 6. t J^eao. 

[e]uj(o[n]e jueit epe- 



-> rv 



npcojLie o ues.T- 
' ' o 

^K goeiiie juieit 



Uj2vCpjUlllTpe Wis.'Y 

u^vT^s. ncocYM 55.- 
ngHT** 'seunevp- 
itofie en'soeic eu- 
ujivneipe iinjs.i 
gertKocYe "xe oit 
ujik-cpiSTlTpe il^vY 

+ _ 

* Perhaps ju.o[o'yTK. 



MMOJUOC] 
TCHO e[ 

jLt.nricevnT[cofec] 



eTCTcaic ijuLi.[oq] 
ugHTq ujd^qTev- 
Ke' TeqcYitei-^H- 
cic isju-iw ii.jui[oq] 
nqpoKgc o<u3[c] 
eTjuiTp ecTO^[cq ] 

Kocye TiJuii[iie] 

's;epeTe'YC'Yn[ei-] 
xHcic poKg^ e[poo'Y] 

^ Perhaps nTeiJULine 11&.1. 



^ Am. should be, ' For the Lord hath set evil &c.' 

conscience in all men, and free-will and judge- 2 enu), v. Aeg. Z. xxxvi. 147. Rylands no. 

ment and perception (jj.,ua.) and knowledge. 252 shows that it is attached to the door; perhaps 

For conscience pricketh a man by reason of evil the lock, 
and saith to him, That which thou hast done is 



NUMBER 25 



103 



Verso. 



[. . .]is^e nev-yAoc 
eTfeeuA.1 UTe'i- 

efioV 2se.no'Yco'Y- 
[Ai]nitojL.oc ujjvq- 

[<5']a)ig eioV gitcy- 
itei-xHcic iiiJi*.' 
[iijnoiiHpon, a.'Yco 
[epe]neiiccojL.js> 



[O'YJHTO'Y HOJUOC [gl-] 

TllT'YC*Yltl['XH-] 

CIC qT<Ulo' JkX- 

SLXOVL ilTeige' fit?! 
nRHp-Y^' Aine-y- 

T^vll cis.p ugeeiioc 
eTcXiim.iiTO'Y- 
KOjLioc r^-Ycei ce- 

_ o 

eipe nnjvniioiULc 



itjs.1 euumiiTcy- 
110JU.OC ceujoon' 

iinnouioc eqcH2_ 
gilue'YgHT', epe- 
T[e'YC'Ynei'2k.Hcic] 



Fol. 6. Redo {v. Am. 403). Now (ii^v) if the man be ignorant of the law 
(i/ofios), it (sc. conscience) prompteth him, (saying), This thing is not good. 
Some indeed (/fj/), it testifieth to them according to {Kard) the knowledge 
of the heart, (saying). Thou wilt sin against the Lord if thou do this ; while 
(Si) others again, to them it testifieth, If thou be discovered, thou shalt be 
in danger (KLuSweveii^), or (rj) indeed, they will [? slay thee 

. . . laws (ro/ioy)] that are written . . . after the prompting (?) of this sort (?) 
wherewith it hath prompted him, he will destroy his own conscience (crvi^.) 
and sear it, so that (cu?) it shall not thenceforth prompt him, as it is written 
concerning others of this sort/ ' Their conscience being seared for [them '] 

Verso (not in Am.). . . . but (Si) the words . . . Paul concerning such as 
these, that they should come in unto repentance {/xcTcij/oia), because they 



^ I Tim. iv. 2. 



I04 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



have not known the law {vofios). It is written thus,^ * Our hearts being 
sprinkled from all evil conscience {a-vv. irov-qpos) and our body {crcofia) washed 

with [pure] water 

. . . they [have] a law (vofios) through their conscience {aw,). Thus doth 
the herald (Krjpv^) of the Gospel {(vay.) tell us,^ ' For when (orav yap) the 
Gentiles (eOvos), that have not law (vofios), by nature {(pvcrei) do the (things) 
of the law, these, having not law, are a law unto themselves. These teach 
thee (sic) the work of the law written in their heart, their [conscience 



Fol. 7. 



Recto. 



iAieit[.] [. .]^vY Jv 
uari'Y . . [iiiijucjs.- 
itd.1 [on] n[Te]peq*ii- 

eTepen-soeic eipe 



juumoo'Y njutuijvq u- 
ee eTepe'i.2s.'Yi'^' 
xto iijuoc see'in^.- 

n-soeic eniAJs. niie^ 

po^Y ^s.'Yto uee 011 



eTq*xi*.Kpine juiu- 

Teqv^'YX.*^ ixo-iit 
ijuuioq ^cY^-iceH- 
cic eq-sco iiuioc oie- 



n-soeic js.'yco tjl.- 

* Heb. X. 22. 



margin 



ne efcoV riito'Yd^[ito-] 
Alia. THpcY . ne[T-] 
Ta.Xs'o' fiiio'YWJ[w-] 
we THpcy . ne[T-] 
co)Te iino'Y[ton^] 
efeoV gJuinTes.K[o] 
ner-^ uoYR'^.[oJU.] 
'Soi ^lI\^v* iju[irf-] 
uj^-iigTHq [nex-] 
Tcio' i.no'YO'Y[oi>wj] 
i\d>'i7d.eo '2se[Kis.c] 
^e etteeiJLie ^[eiui-l 

a ^ ^ 

jueAoc nTe[\^'YX**"] 
we nenTd>.iij[pTT-] 
xocy ui^Ti*. nuj&.'2s:[e] 
ri'^*>'Yi'2k.' giLinTp[eq-] 
npoTpene MTe[q-] 
v^-Y^H ecAicY en'x[o-] 
eic qnpoTpen[e] 
on rinecKeuteXoc 

2 Rom. ii. 14. 



NUMBER 25 



T05 



n^^cd.wgo'YW TH- 
[p]o'Y cjuicy eneq- 

[eic iN.'Yco iijnppnco- 
[fc^ uitqTOi]uiie 



\ Verso. 



T&.iceHcic ujoon 
seepenpwjue iini- 



2H]fc fiTe^jvpic 
ii.]n'soexc *^[*W]&. e- 
Tp]eq^.Ice^vne on 

n]ijinTii&.iio'Yq 

. .a]TO'y[i]pe ,M>tO- 

y] "^^ [g^jiTnn- 

] HnitcyTe 

eq(5'ii]>.piKe c*.p 
ejgoeiite euincY- 
j).ice>.ne nitec- 

JJIOT* THpcy 11- 

Kiji neitT2vqciw- 
wo'YWJO'Y eq-soS Jx- 
jutoc "seiwiiOR ctes.p 



margin 



margin 



TO ScYdN.* ilO'VaiT 

nuuuevc . n . "yn ? 

KU qXtO AJUULOC 

tihto'Y "se'Lite-] 
Tjuind.cA.ttgo'yK 
T[Hpo'Y cjno'Y eneq-] 
pi.u' eTO'Y^vi<^ [o-y] 
*jioitoit<ye 'sep[e-] 



gHT TJU.tlT[c>.-] 

fie :^ K.T*. nKO'YT 
eTp[e]np(jOJU.e ccy- 
il n[eT]pi^itd.q' th- 
pq ii.[n]'2so[eijc ijm- 
neq[o'y]u>uj h n- 
Toq Tiqccyil ne- 
TO'YM*^^o\nq it&.q 
efioV giTOofq li- 
ee CTCHg^ 'seco 
Mijui' eTTiteAie- 
eY epocy fiRcc- 
AioT, n&.i nitcYTe 
iiiwiSoXnq ttHTH 
efioV* R^vI CA.p' *x&.- 
itinX WTcpeq- 
(j'ojTV.n epoq iiTp^.- 



^ ? efioX. 



IU3 



io6 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



gITOTTH'yTH 



jN.'yOi JLt.lt lie &.T*kI- 

ceHcic ujikCCYUi- 
iig^ efeoV v\.(S\ Teq- 
JUll^fc^>w^ JULii- 
[T]eqjJiUT[p5i]n- 



(Ji n-^soeic . *^q- 
cjucY epoq' eq-xio 
iSjLioc seneT'^ 
iiTCOt^iik nn[co-] 
t^oc* d^-Y^a t[jut-] 



margin 



* C/". Woide, Balestri (less correct). 

Fol. 7, (77/^ right position of this fol. is uncertain^ 

Recto. . . . a . . . road not Thereafter [again ?], after he 

hath recognized (aia-6avia-6ai) the mercies that the Lord doeth with him, even 
as David saith,^ ' What shall I give in exchange unto the Lord, in place of 
all the (things) that He hath done unto me ? ' And like too as he doth argue 
{8LaKptv^Lv) with his own soul {-^v), in understanding {alaO-qaLs), saying,^ 
' My soul, bless the Lord, and all (things) that are within me, bless His holy 
name. My soul, bless the Lord, and forget not all His requitals. Who 

forgiveth thee all thy iniquities (duo/ji.), who healeth all thy diseases, who 
redeemeth thy life from destruction, who setteth a crown upon thee of 
mercy and compassion, who satisfieth thy desire with good-things (dyaOos).' 
And (Si) so that^ we may know (?) that it is the members (/xeXoy) of the 
[soul (ylrv.)'] whereof we have already spoken,^ according to {Kara) the words 
of David, when he doth exhort {irpoTpiireLv) his soul {y\rv.) to bless the Lord, 

exhorting {np.) besides its members {(ii\.) also, that are one with it , 

saying of them, 'All (things) that are within me, [bless His] holy name.' 
For not only [ov fiovov) (is it so) that 

Verso, the understanding {ala.) doth exist in order that the believing 
[inaTos) man may recognize {alaOaviaOaC) thereby the grace (x^pt?) of the 
Lord, but (dXXd) that he may also recognize (ala:) the benefits that are 
done him by God's ..... For (ydp) some He blameth, in that they have 
not recognized (ala:) all the graces that He who nourished them hath done 

^ Ps. cxv. 3. * V. Am. 403 t'fifra. If that were the passage 

* Ps. cii. 1-5. here referred to, the position given to this leaf 

^ The uncertainty of the conjunction renders would be justified, 
the logic of the sentence obscure. 



NUMBER 25 



107 



with them saying,^ ' For {yap) I ought to have been commended {(rvviaTa- 
(rdai) of you.' And after the understanding (ala:), his knowledge is dis- 
played and his wisdom. 

But (Si) knowledge according to (KaTa) God (is) that man should know 
all that is pleasing to the Lord and His will, or (rf) else that he know 
that which shall be revealed unto him by Him, as it is written,^ ' Every 
thing whereof ye shall think otherwise, this shall God reveal unto you.' 
For (kul yap) Daniel, after that the Lord had revealed unto him the dream 
and also its interpretation, at night, blessed Him saying,^ ' He that giveth 
wisdom {ao(f)ia) unto the wise {aocpos) and knowledge 



Pol. 8. 



Recto. 



margin 



[x]ecpiJLie bj^i)^ cjLio- 
Kg^ iigHT. uiHno- 



(3'Hn H [n e] RgHT b 
jto[ne] eK[Ti.]'xpH'Y 

[^Tltie]ltT[o'\lH TH- 

[. .c nejnicKonoc 

[ ^ ^Ig.*^* iaivpo[it] 



goo'Y qn&.6toK e['Y-] 
AiS. nfcoV riTcoo*Yg[c] 

e'Y'senenoap ec- 

. e . . ye [ lis."] 

SmiHce 'Y'?[^ A*-] 
uioc WNC 's[eeic gH-] 
HT[e] nTo[q 



* e.n.n]T. 
space for neiXTakCj. 



** Perhaps iS'OTg itneKgHT. 



Apparently not oil. 



* Scarcely 



Adjective or participle referring to jseiienwp. 



\ Verso. 

margin 

sic ^ 

" [nJTd^pe-, which I at first read, is difficult to deal with. 
1 2 Cor. xii. II. ' Phil. iii. 15. ' Dan. ii. 21. 



jutnecYoeiuj'' uee 



?^P' 



io8 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



[o]c ujivnoo'Y . niteit- 
[p]go'yo *>.tt, njxp^. ttcT- 

[....] ncwTHp' e- 

[ JCJLIII 



Red<n&.CTpor^[H] 

Tpen[.]uj[.]i' ito-Y- 
KO'yi jLin[np]{A)jjie 

Tep[en]d.'Y['Xoc sjoi* 

Lui[oc] xe[ 
ujion' Ain[ 
nll^.g^pn[ 



Fol. 8. Recto [v. Am. 405). . . . mee]t {dTravTav) her; for I have been 
told she weepeth and is distressed ; lest (firJTrore) thou shouldest hear and 
be pricked (?) in thy heart. As for (Si) me, my joy it is if so be thou art 
firmly established in all the commandments {hToXrj) of life. And . . . the 
bishop {en.) that (?) did write unto us 

(v. Am. 406) ... on a] day (that) he should go to a place without the 
monastery (/?V. congregation), to work ^ with the brethren. They took her 

up ... to a roof, which Tabennese, saying unto her, ' Lo, he [is 

there 

Verso {v. Am. 406). ... in time past For (yap) like as ^ we walk in 
savagery {-dypLos ^) until to-day, let us not do more than (Trapd) the things 
written for us (?) in the Scriptures. After that they had . . . the Saviour 

{(TOOTrjp) 

... So now I will tell you herein another (manner oQ converse {dva- 
a-Tpo^rj) that we will do, (namely,) ... go (?) a little with * the men that are 
without, as Paul (?) saith, 



' Ac. 33, 12 (= G p\':i. b) reads ' they ar- 
ranged a work outside, with the brethren, that 
they would do ; and they informed her thereof 
at Tabennese and said unto her, ' Lo, he is 
there with the brethren, working &c.' (Unless 



8_JLc Lftj-xiislj refers to bringing her up on to 
the roof.) ^ I.e. ? seeing that. 

' AliiTawfpioc, e.g. Steindorff, Grani.^ 55*, 
CSCO. vol. 42 (Sinuth.), 113. 

* C/. avynaTaPaivfiv. 



Fol. 9. f Recto. 
[jSn eqju JveHJTHc 

[efctOK KqTJtOAAC iui- 

[neqeiooT] Jvq- 

[cytoujfe v^(Ss\ nefii- 

[xid.'Y iq's[co] JuUioc 

['Sii.]nq[K]&.Js.q [*.]ix 

[sejKqfiooK [Iiq-] 

[filRo]Tq iiToq 

[uj&.c]ujuin nre- 
[cydi^] JuLnocY ^ojk' 
[uji.]neqpcj0ju.e K^v- 
[tjv c]evp^ eju[n]qn2v- 
[p&.fi]*< nTe[itT]oXH 

[nej-x^vq itJs.q ['xeejuj- 
['seq]nd.3lSne'Yuj[i-] 

[T&.llTe TniCTIC 

[nitplcouie nTi.feM- 
[uHc] e'Y'2ta> axjuloc 
[2serio]'Yitofee ^.nne 
f Ic^ nneitTO- 



NUMBER 25 
margin 



109 



T2v T*.JtlirfRO'Y[i] 

'xe[n2vin] no-yojuj 
ii.n's[oeic 2.]'Yco it- 
Tepi[c(jOT]AJi "seTe- 
fiiJut[o]oige gKo-Y- 
ju.iiTTe'Xeioc ka>- 
TiK ueiiToXH iine'Y- 
j.i7ce\io <ii' e- 
neijuiv'* TCKO'YfS'e 

Xev ^HiJ^[tOK] oil - 

gHTq* ^qq]i g^pivq^ 
efeoV j)^qpiAi.e equi[o-] 
Kg^ ugHT e-scoq tt- 
[(S\ e]eo'^copoc il- 
T[e'y]no'Y^ neTJuL- 

lJl[*^'Y JK^qjfetOK* . .-d 

ne[]eicoT ne^goi- 
jue' eq-sco' iSxioc [se-] 
euuLO'Y Tuc^cTv. n[i-] 
KO'YI ficott ? 6 

Te MqCK&.ll'2.[is.'\l-] 

[-^e ] 2).q'S(0 epoq [e-] 



margin 

* Probably nft^lloyp^'IA, (AS. -navovpfm). " n^pe^^d^ seems impossible. " Am. 

408, 5 ty-^A Jjl , through confusion of meanings of gpd.q. '' eT*>jue, if there were space 

enough. " Probably JUHnOTe. 



no 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



> Verso. 

iiTe[p]qiJue eT- 
^^.o'Yp[^I]^>>. etiTd^q- 



margin 



gHT [iSnejnttes. 

coo-Yw' *^[ii] 'seo'Y'Tai- 
(Sc iifippene, tteR- 

xe wiiiji2s.q UTei- 
g gojuwc jucYTe 
epoq [nJTjwniee ii- 
juioq [n]TepeqA.OY- 
Te [epo]q' ne-sii.q 
ii.q' [2^]oic eqniee 
iijuioq -sejulfipii.- 



^*^2. wgHT gjLinw- 
TevRCOTXieq' [giTJii-] 
[ncoit] UTi^q[jik]'se 
iiiIjuid.K e[. . .] eei' 

{^e nfeppe enei u- 
TJs>i jvttTe Teqni- 
CTic TiToq i.e ee- 
o-xtopoc ikqo'Ytiiui^ 
ea-sw Ajuuioc 2seri^- 



dill i[ 

[.]A.n[. -seitT*.! js.tt-] 
Te Teq[nxcTic ei-] 
jLiHTi nT[oq eqtt^.-] 
[o]tjio'\o[i?]ei* [FiTeq-] 
[T*.]npo iijui[in Jx-] 
[A.]oq 'sene[Tiiiw6iOK] 
es'AAnujiMe [Rtteq-] 
ptojue o'Yn*.[p*wies.-] 
THcne uiT[nTO-] 

oh[ ejujoine [ei-] 
uj[js.ii]c(jOTjut [cpoq] 
eq[2_loA.o'\oTe[i'] 
n[. .] .^ TOTe ^[n&.ei-] 
[Aji]e 'xeRT^-i *.[iiTe] 
ee eTqnicT[e'ye] 
[iLui]oc UTe[peq-] 

^ ^ 

xtd^'Y [*2s]eitqn[i-] 
ee d.it \\(S\ nj[Hpe] 
ujHJUL ;x;^uipi[c gOJUO-] 
?V.oc*iis. *.qgo[jLio'\o-] 
c*ei 'senp[tojuie ct-] 
tti^eipe G[nevi 
c^o\ wn[eHTo\H] 



" "Jke seems superfluous, 
for iiewiacoX] or eqfcloX]. Am. i^aJLi^ 



margin 

^ Perhaps -rei n]Te[^ig]e. 



Am, 



Uxa. 



Scarcely space 



NUMBER 25 in 

Fol. 9. Recto {v. Am. 407). . . . suffer His] disciple {ixaO.) [to go and] 
bury [his father?'] That (brother) answered, saying, 'He suffered him not, 
[lest] he should go [and not] return.' [But (5e)] he said unto him, [' If it] 
befall that one to-day go [to] his kinsfolk according to the flesh [Kara^ 
a-dp^), he hath not (surely) transgressed {irapa^aiveLv) the command 
{hToXrj) of the Gospel (ei;.) ? ' He said unto him, ' If he shall but visit 
them, it is not a sin.' He said unto him with guile (? navovpyta ^), ' This 
is the faith (nio-Ti?) of the men of Tabennese, that say. It is not a sin to 
transgress (?) the commandments (iuT.) of the Gospel (eu.). For (kuI yap) I, 

ere I came hither, did strive (dycopi^eii'), so far as (Kara) my youth (per- 
mitted), in what was evident unto me that it was the Lords will. And 
when I had heard that ye do walk in perfection (-reXetoy), according to 
the commandments of the Gospel (Kara, kvr. eu.), I came hither. Now 
therefore I will not remain, but [dWd) will go again unto my place whence 
I came.' And Theodore lifted up his voice and wept, being grieved for 
him. Straightway then that (brother) went to [tell ?] our father Pahomius, 
saying, * Come, that we comfort this young brother, lest (? /xrJTroTe) he be 
offended {aKavBaXt^eiv).' He told him the word that he had said 

Verso {v. Am. 408, 409). (saying,) ' I am offended {aKav.) thereat.' And 
when he knew the guile {irav.) that he had wrought, by the wisdom of the 
Spirit {nvivp.a), he said ( + 5e ?) unto him, * Knowest thou not that he is 
a neophyte? It was not meet for thee to speak so to him. Howbeit 
(o/zcoy^) call him and I will persuade {ttuO^lv) him.' When he had called 
him, he said unto him, as if (coy) persuading him, ' Be not grieved at that 

thou hast heard [? from the brother] that spake with thee go with 

thee, as a neophyte. For {kiret) this is not his belief (ttictti^).' But (Si) 
as for Theodore, he answered saying, ' Thou wilt not be able to persuade 
[ndOetv) me, 

2 O, my father with] this word [that thou sayest, that this is not] his 
[belief {irtcr.), ex]cept (eifirJTi) he shall himself declare {ofioXoydv) with his 
own mouth that he that shall go to visit his kinsfolk is a transgressor 
(Trapa^dTrjs) of the commandments of the Gospel {evT. evay.). If [I] hear 
[him] declare (o/i.) thus (?), then (roTe) shall I know that not thus doth he 
believe {nio-T^veii').' And (Se) when that (brother) knew (?) that the youth 
would not be persuaded without a declaration (Treideiu, x^P^^> ofioXoyia), he 
declared (6/x.), saying that the man that shall do [this un]doeth (?) the 
commandments (eur.) ?] of the Lord 

Am. should be ' said to him in deceit '. ^ Gaps filled from Am., although I cannot 

2 Accented iii the text : a rare occurrence. satisfactorily complete the Coptic text. 



112 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. lo. -^ Recto. 

eecxwpoc ep[ene]q- 
Ht' 'X'Ynei e[io]V 
2SGd^q'2tnio[q \\(3^ 

jue gilo'Y2.[^]^ ^" 
ncysi^i r\T[eqv^]'Y- 

^H (LOCT e[Tp-] 

neqgHT* pine eio[\] 
[e]Tpeqncop^ t[koi-] 

[oitTJe ee e^^juiOKg^ 
[iigHT] 'seneiptx)- 
[uie iiiyJAiAJio i 
]on' KToq 
yjuiuj* eTpeq- 



[ose 



]lAOC 



I 



[xe] jui.pLn(3^]oi [cyn iine-] 
Tc7Vc\ iteMp[H'Y] 

Atjtioc e-sLnioti e-] 
ujtone [-xe enuji^n-] 
eijL sen[qtt]^s.'\o 
&.it Tnn&.fitOH 
nfReviidi^aipei' 

[.]-T 

[ ]T . . . e . . . 

T[ ] . liTOq 

gHT[ 

n[ 
noiJi[iiie 

eq[ 



* d>cujOi)ne. '' Or Tcooygc. Size of following gap uncertain, as the two fragments do 

not join. "= Perhaps ejjfie'se. 



I 



NUMBER 26 



113 



\ Verso. 



] eAi[.] 



]^>a i,[tt] ijmneitei- 
[co]t ^^v2a)ule gil- 

[TeYWJH] Mi\g^ il- 

[con M]eiy2s.qfecc)R* 

Sges^g* iicon iiq- 
sto epoq' iin[eJLi-] 
Ki.g' WHT [iincott e-] 

eq*. TL 

it . [ ] eq- 

[sto j5juoc 's]efioH- 
[eei epow w nejitei- 

[tOT ]iS. . It 

eTenjd^coit- 
[n ncitd.2ju.e]tt itTo- 

[eTtopn iinejitv^'Y" 



[o'Y]itJ3'OJUi' juL[juoq] 

[T]0'Y*2SOlt *^*YOii 

(jfoju] itit*.2^p.q 
^^[Yio] ^s.cuJco^e 
ju[itit]ces.neioT' 
[2^]oo*Y ne'2SLJvq 
[it](5'i eeo-ji-topoc e- 
go'yit giincoit e- 



\\fJL[ itT-] 

ujd^itiJ[|[ione . . . TtAA-] 

axb<w eq[ 

TWitaw . [ Ke-] 

ju.' itT[itnop'sn efco\] 

epoq [eujcone *2l] 

q}[^s<It 

grtX[ 



margin 

Should be wn&.nT]ak. 



1H3 



Q 



114 THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 

Fol. lo. Recto {v. Am. 409). . . . And {Be) [it] befell again, when 
Theodore found another brother grieved {Xvirelv) at heart because that our 
father Pahomius had reproved him in a matter for the salvation of his soul 
{y\rv.), so that (cuo-re) his heart was inclined that he should separate from the 

[community ' thought (?), for even so is it also that I am sad at 

heart. For this stranger . . . he . . . wish that he . . . find grace 

... let us two stay therefore {ovv) together and console one another, 
until we see . . . perhaps he will [cease] . . . reproving [us. But (5e)] if we 
shall know that will not cease, we will go and betake us {dvaxcapuv) 
elsewhere 

Verso {v. Am. 410). . . . not with our father Pahomius openly. But (5e) 
in the middle of the night, many a time, he would go and meet {dnavTav) 

him, many a time {sic)^ and tell him of the grief of that [brother] 

[saying,] ' Help (^orjdeiu) [us, O] our father, [who is] my brother,^ 

[and? save] us from the devil (Sid^.), that roareth [to devour?] our souls 
(yjrv.) 

. . . [that] dwelleth in [thee] hath power to save us. And there is no 
impossibility with Him.'^ And it befell, after the month of days, that 

Theodore spake to that brother, saying, ' Let us [and we] speak 

with [him. And] if with us, he , we will [go else]where and 

[separate ourselves from] him. [But {Si) if] he should with 



Fol. II. f Recto, 

AlltTCYItjeTOC 

[iuirio]'Yno(5^ iLuiitjT-] 
[*>.i?A.]eoc . gtocTe 
[T]pene'YHT' ii- 
[TJoit juis.Te june- 

[Te e]e eiiTa.qTO'Y- 



pa.[ K0-] 

Tq ujdwp[oiia 



Cf. Miss. 546, 6. But perhaps here it]T|. In gap eneiAi& (Am. LlaU jJl) or nK6Con 

{y, verso), ^ 

i Am. should be, ' Help us, O our father, me devour our souls. For we are small and feeble 

and this one that is my brother, that thou seize in the faith.' 

us from out the hand of the devil, who would * Am, sic. 



NUMBER 25 



115 



[poc g^]^o'Y^^^.uo'Yp- 
[c*i&. eH]^wIlO'Yc 

[nH]y e-YujHpe ujhjul'- 
[ne e]d>.qnoi^\ei' 
[iineliteiWT' n*.- 

[uneqeijoTe UTe- 
[pqeijut e -a^e seeq- 



Verso. 



] ? 

] ? itToq 
[^.e iiT^epeqctofli. 

[luuee'j'ye itee eii- 



Tepo'Yf!a)[K egcyn] 
eneqHi [d>.'y 
T^i epoq \J\(S\ 
? UTin-] 

COiC 

xe[e'Ylt^K-o'y(OJu. 
di'Y[to 



[Tj^quj^ivxe HAJL- 
[ju..q n(3'i] neitei- 
[coT* njwg(U)]Aie eq- 
[sco jDuuoc -js^ed^pi 

[AjiJwq eTpKeittj %x- 

[jLioq WRejCon 



margin (?) 

ndwgcojtie [d^qpcY-l 
\\ci(S no'^*o[eiuj eq-] 
TOifeg^ i!i.n'2s[oeic] 
eq-sto iiAioc ["se-] 

"^ujofee jwn e'Y[p(o-] 
lAe e*.qnop[tie'y] 
20.nenT[d.ies.d^q ] 
'2Si^inis.p>[i^. it It-] 

j^r^ eToofq \pL-\ 

^vqctoTiS. [<Td>>p e-] 
neiteioiT [nev-] 
gtojuie Mo-Ytgooy] 
eq-xui xiji[oc -se-] 
"siiinefgocY nTJvi-] 
piJioii*.;)(^[oc TigHTq il-] 

Perhaps !IJu]ajl>.i. 



ii6 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 1 1. Redo {v. Am. 410). . . . prudence {-avveros) [and] great goodness 
{-dyaOos;), so that (aJcrre) the heart of both of them was greatly quieted. 
And thus it was that Theodore saved him, by a kindly {lit. good) guile 
{iravovpyLo). One also of the brethren, that was a youth, importuned 
{kvcoxXelv) our father Pahom,^ wishing to go and visit his parents. But (5e) 
when he knew that he 

. . . return him unto [us hither?^]. And it befell, after that they had 

gone [in] unto his house, [his people] . . . him. [And] afterwards in 

a . . ., that [they might eat]. And 

Verso (v. Am. 411). . . . But (Se) he, when he had heard these words, 
remembered the manner in which our father Pahomius had spoken with 
him,^ saying, ' Do thy utmost to bring him (hither) again 

. . . Pahomius, spent a great while beseeching the Lord, saying, ' Forgive 
me ; for I am not different from a man that hath fornicated {iropveveLv), in 
that which I have done. For I have transgressed {Trapa^aiv^Lv) the laws 
{vofi.) which Thou didst commit unto Thy servant.' For {yap) he had heard 
our father Pahomius, on a day, saying, * Since the [day whereon I] became 
a monk {jiov.), 



Fol. 



12. 



Recto. 



HKOCJUiiKoc ^^>>.'y 
epo'i eicY^iJui' h 

epen-xoeic 'xi eocy 



margin 



ei- 



^ 



n-soeic ujoon' 



itepe- 
,9 



1 So ? for usual * Pahome '. There is not space 
for second e in the text. 

2 Am, should be, * until thou bring him (back) 
hither.' 

^ Am. should be, ' Make with him all efforts 
until thou bring him unto me again. And he 



o'Yg\\[o* gHite-] 
ciiH'Y ejjindk[Teeo] 

ne HgHfq ue- 
iin*.Tqco'cKnc 
siitTd^qei' gO'Y[M] 
eiieciiH'Y &.'y[io] 
n*.i iiTepeqca)- 
Tii 'xe&.itecnH[Y] 
^u)k' enecHT 

stretched forth his hand and did eat with him 
a little ; then he withdrew his hand. And 
Theodore, by reason of this thing that he had 
done, in stretching forth his hand to eat, so as to 
bring back the youth unto our father P., spent &c.' 



NUMBER 25 



IL-J 



iiiju. eqeipe aajuo- 
[o]'y eq^^ eocy itevq 

[Ai]jjioq' efioV uite- 
[clnH-Y THpcy -se- 
[o'YJ^.ne glineq- 

[i\K]eve^pi'^[e juL-] 
[nujJHi ne[eM]eeT[] 
[dkqjJLtcYTe eoei- 
[tt KJiteciiH-Y eT- 

[&SUL(S]OX3L* i^qfeoiK 

[enec]HT' epoq 

* Probably more here: soo'yce e-? 



enujHi ^vqKp[iJ-] 
pJOE eq'xoi' Hxxoc 
2senipu)ijie oy- 
ewTwev'ne equto- 
K^ rirtujHp[e M-] 
upcouie U)LCTe] 
Tpeq'2soo'Y e-a- 
necHT* e[njHi] 
julnem[d.'Y ] 

JH eT[AijuiJs-'Y i^q-] 
Kdk'Y e['Ygopesjuid. ii-] 
&i n[2X\o' eTxLuid.'y] 
ejvq[ 

^ Or ekCUjcone -^e. 



f Verso. 



[tc] notoeic Sxe'y- 

o 

[ejgcYn eg^pd.'y, eq- 
soi iSjuioc se'si 
im5^ eqo'yd.iifi [**"! 
tK* ititeTnp- 



margin 



seepenotoeic q[i] 
efioX iiuioi iine- 



\^'\ei' iinpcjajuie 

ilininicTe'ye 's[e-] 
g(ofe' iiixi eqeipe [ii-] 
Ajiocy . eqeipe iijLi[o-] 
o-y giio'Ycoo'YTu [] 



ii8 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



ojq' eq(3roi^ e- 
g^pjs.1 epoq' eq-sw 
[ii]jjioc "senpeq- 

[]i>.nicToc . -SI 



[nujopn] epeiiec- 

[ITH-Y tt0'Y]tt HTcy- 
[i\.^ic e'YJ^]HX*a js.q- 
[ei T'YAiH]Te d^q- 

Perhaps eiy\H\, 



76peueciiH'y -^e n[^-] 

jv'yto epeneeno[T] 
nd.toAjie UJL.ju[^^.'Y] 
iieevqTtxiUj' 'x[e fi-] 
eeo-^oopoc T[fce-] 

nqfUfcoiK [iJHitec-] 
[iiJH'Y riTep[eYi] 
xe idioK i\juuui[^q fi-] 
(3" I iieciiH'Y [e'Y-] 
no AAJU-oq' ep[-] 
eecxwpoc [iL.-] 
jui*.'Y 2<LOto[q . .] 

as space is short. 



Fol. 12. Redo (^'. Am. 411). no worldling (-/foo-/it/c6y) hath beheld me 
eating or [i]) drinking water,^ that herein also the Lord might be glorified.' 
But (5e) as for our father Pahomius, the Lord was with him in everything 
he did, glorifying him (Pahomius) and displaying him unto all the brethren 
for one of His servants. 

It befell now {8i) on a day that they had need (xpe^'a) to cleanse {Ka$a- 
piC^i-^) the well of the monastery, and he called certain of the brethren that 
were strong and went down to it 

... an old man among the brethren, in whom the fear of the Lord was 
not yet ; it was not yet long since he had come in among the brethren. 
And he, when he heard that the brethren had gone down to the well, 
murmured saying, ' This man is pitiless, distressing the sons of men,^ in that 
((wore) he sendeth them down unto the well at this time.' It befell, on that 
night, that that old man beheld a dream {opafia) 

1 Am. differs slightly. into their faces {v. note on fol. 3), ' Receive ye &c.' 

2 Am. should be ' . . . sons of men '. And as Then he beheld him looking up to him, saying to 
he beheld the brethren working, he beheld an him &c. 

angel of the Lord in their midst, and he crying 



NUMBER 



25 



119 



1 



Verso {v. Am. 412). an] angel {ayy.) of the Lord in their midst, crying out 
at them, saying, ' Receive unto yourselves a holy spirit {ttv.) ; for {yoip) ye 
labour not for man, but {dWd) ye labour for the servant of God.' And (5e) 
he beheld him (the angel) likewise, looking up at him, saying, ' Murmuring 
and faithless {dinaTos) old man, receive for thyself a spirit {ttv.) of unbelief.' 
And it befell at morning, the brethren being within the meeting-place 
{avva^L^"^), praying, he [came into their] midst and [cried out 

. . . that the Lord take from me the spirit {irv.) of faithlessness, for I did 
slander {KaraKaXdv) the man of God and believed {niaTweLv) not that 
everything he doeth, he doth it in uprightness.' 

And (5e) the brethren being about to go to a place, to reap a few reeds, 
and our father Pahomius being with them, but {Si) having appointed 
Theodore concerning a (certain) matter in . . ., and he (Th.) went not [with 
the] brethren; but (5e) when the brethren had [gone] forth with [him], 
speeding him, Theodore being with them also, 



Fol. 13. \ Recto. 

[i^-'YCii] iiToq* fiTe'Y- 



margin 



[n'soTi iinqqi neq- 
[nplHUj' TuijLidwq' 
["yItc neq':ia)tojuie 
[Cjfq'si &.nocTH- 
[eoj'YC iigHfq ^.'Y" 
[co] wTe'Yito'Y ^.<q- 
[cjuijcy gjmneqgHT* 
[eq-xjoi iijuoq -seK- 

^ "Zxiva^is as the place of service in AS. 56 
{= Miss. 653, Mus. Guim. 105), 88, 92 ; Miss. 
559 (= Mus. Guim. 283 iKKXrjaia), 823 ; Mus. 



6qna)Hx "^e \\(S\ n[it-] 
eicoT* ^^vlOAt' ev-Y- 
u)' itecitH'Y iiiuuuii^q 
jvq^u)^ gltiteq- 

efeoV eqo figOTe Js.q- 

itd^.'Y i:evp' is-Y^ ^^^ 2.**" 
HT ooeiiie jueii 
gKiiecuH'Y gnp[u)-] 
Y KgeiieHpion 
gewKOCYe '^e. gtip[u)-] 

e^Y^ goeme eYfi^- 

TXlHTe HO'YKCO[gT] 

Guim. 92 (= ib. 318 and onr present text), 132, 
171. So far as I can ascertain, not thus used 
outside the Pachomian texts. 



I20 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



epo'i Tewo-y iiee en- 
Tjs.qei* efcoV gjuineq- 






[ch]t iio'YWj[^Aie] 
[e'YoJ'ywig ee[i eg^pd^i] 

ZsS^iii UTOO-Y TH[po'Y] 

sic e feo\ 

Ke'y^.JK^s.K e-yajL-] 
on' gueie\iv^[ic] 
e-ysco iluioc 'se[fio-] 
Heei epon n[Te-] 
peqttjs.'Y "^e e^pocy] 



Apparently not \]o nor o-^jw ; kJ&ju grammatically difficult. 



'' Perhaps xoV. 



Verso. 



K^vJUl' eT^icstoq' ii- 



margin 



itO'Y ivqnpuj neq- 
(3'i's;' efeoV &.q^uj >r 

UCJUH jvqujXHV 
eqe^IR^s.\eI* xk- 
nncYTe eTfjHH- 
TO'Y erpecyfiOH- 

eio\ iTOofq 



Tjs^qitjw'Y [poq ose-] 
qn&.ujio[n fi-] 
iteciiH'Y jLi.[rin-] 
c*.TpeqiiK[oTK ] 
iiTepo'Yco[fiTe "xe] 
nnecrtH'Y, [eTpe'y-] 
o'YtJ^J'A' epo'Y2^[ ] 
es.'yoi FiToq ii[nq-] 
o'ytoju eecx^poc] 
"xe iteli.nqei[jue-] 
ne ennTdkq[ujto-] 
ne* it^wq'xo[o'Yq] 

V. below. 



I 



NUMBER 2t 



121 



[jiec]itH'Y ei' [e-suiq]* 
[eqoT]n weiyjv'Y- 

[iiiTJe'YeTnui' fi- 

[(5'](aJ eqiiHti eio\' 
[ftJTe'ige eqwjXHV 

[}^s.M]Tepo'Yi ujco- 

[ne lq^> 



a The last of these letters was tailed, 
"= Am. Ac. J^.;L. 






epoq wee THpc 



'xeAAnqo'YcaJLi e- 
feoV seqAiOKg^ Fi- 

efeoTV' ItT[^>qn^.'Y] 
epoq rt[Toq a.e] 

[ire- gAxnTpejq or [ne a.'yto cti e]q. 



Fol. 13. Recto {v. Am. 412, 413). . . . unto] Theodore, 'Go aboard the 
boat quickly {rayy).' And as for him, he doubted {SLaKpLv^iv) not at alP 
and went aboard the boat and took not his coverlet with him, neither 
{ov8^) ^ his book wherein he learnt by heart {diro aT-qBov^). And forthwith 
he blessed in his heart, saying, ' Blessed art Thou, Lord, for that Thou hast 
made me also worthy to be a child of Abraham, in the matter that hath 
happened {d-rravTav) unto me now, even as he came forth from his country, 
knowing not whither he went.'^ [And] it befell, after that [they had 
ceased ?] to load the] boat (?) 

Now ((5e) as our father Pahomius was loading (the boat) and the brethren 
with him, he looked with his eyes and beheld a terrible revelation. For 
{yoip) he beheld and lo, certain of the brethren were in the jaws of wild 
beasts {O-qp.) ; others again (<5e) in the jaws of crocodiles ; and some were 
in the midst of a fire, others at the bottom of a cliff, desiring to come up, 
(yet) not being able. And they all were crying out, being in thesq tribu- 
lations (BXTyjrLs), and saying, ' Help {^o-qO^lv) us.' And {8i) when he had 
seen them (?) 



^ Am., asked concerning naught, neither 
refused, but &c. 



^ his neither om. Am. 

3 Am. add. ' even so Thy servant ' (^sic, 413, i). 



11<3 



R 



122 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Verso {v. Am. 413, 414). ... he cast] down the load of reeds that was 
upon him, midway in the road,^ and stood still forthwith^ and spread forth 
his hands and cried out with a loud voice and prayed, beseeching (cTrt/ca- 
XeTv) God^ concerning them, that help {^orjOeia) might be unto them from 
Him. And ^ it befell, as each one [of the] brethren came up [to him ?] 
laden (?), they also cast down their loads and prayed. And he stayed, 
continuing thus to pray, until evening fell. [And while yet (?)] he 
[prayed 

. . . the revelation that] he had seen, that it should befall the brethren 
after he had fallen asleep. But (5e) after they had made ready for the 
brethren that they should eat, at even, and as for him {sc. Pahomius) he 
ate not. But (5e) Theodore had not known of what had befallen, for (yap) 
he had sent [him] with one [from among the] brethren for (?) an [affair ?]. 
And when he afterwards came (back), they told him all the fashion of its 
happening ; and furthermore they informed him that he {sc. P.) had not 
eaten because he was sad at heart concerning the revelation that [he had 
beheld.5 But {8i)\ he (?) 



Fol. 14. * Recto. 

\^ it[ 

[0]"^ uje.poq ncy- 
_ o 

con eq-xto juumc 
'seeeo'^iopoc Aicy- 

T epOK* isT^ixi u- 

Toq fiTC'Yiio'Y i\- 
TepeqcoiTjui Jvq- 

^ Am. sic. 

2 Am. sic. 

^ Am. sic. 

* Am. should be, ' And each one of the 
brethren was bearing his load. And when they 
saw him cast down his load, each one of them 



[ 

neeecxtopLOc cy-] 
(ojut* (UOU)q i[in[oo'Y *] 
ne'sjs.q n^^q s[e&.-] 
XooTW ga^poq [ii-] 
npTpeqcY^xiAi 
d.Wjw KJv2>^q' Aid^pLq-] 
pijLie 2>.'yto riT[oq] 
UTC'YttO'Y *'q^[Aio-] 

cast down his load also, and stood and prayed. 
And he stayed continuing thus until the time of 
evening. And as he prayed, he was informed as 
to the vision, that it should befall the brethren 
after his death.' 

' Am. sic, in all this sentence. 



NUMBER 25 



123 



poq ^vq^s-p^eI, n- 



q(5'jut*.[piR]e' epoq 
d.'yco d>.[neq2^]HT' 

[(^i] eeo-xoopoc [^s.]q- 
[ei e^fioV giTOO^T^q' 
[nCj-xivq it&.q se[*jijO- 
[ouj e gcooitv' n^pi- 
[uie e][o'Yit] en-xoeic 
[See] ewT^apiute 
[gco o]n evqcyto- 
[uj6 "xle U(3'i CY**- il- 
[iieT cwtIa epoq 



oc i^qcYcojui' gTT[o'Y-] 

^.'yco 2K.ciycone e[q-] 
gjuooc fic^-CYcev [ii-] 
^i eecxtopoc juii<y- 
iwjs.q' equioKg^ "^^[t] 
*.Yeiijie S(3'[i c]oii 
cit&.'Y 'xeqX'Yne^i'] 
2v'Y'^ ne'yo'i epo[q] 
ne-sdw'Y "*-^J -xejv- 
si o'YJ*>>'2s:e epoii 
MToq *i.e ^'2^s.q 
M^.'Y 'steTeiio'Y P4>' 
^vttOK' eTp^pI^!w w- 

cyiv ne'Xiv'Y "[^-q] 
seujiswcujwne 



margin 



I Verso. 






[ivjltOIl Tun2>,c\c(jo- 
[\]k* WToq "xe ne- 
[x]^s.q iia.'Y Jse fiTca- 

tK UTT^vttJ- 
JUtHTI fiTecY*^' 



[nle Figi'^iL^THc] 

KTei, ne-xd^q 'Sn[eii-] 
eicoT* na^gcoAie iiiq-] 

pH*Y 0, RU^^.'SOOC [e-] 

Tfceit&.nocTo'\o[c] 
xeiicecocYit ^vtt [11-] 



124 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 









[o]c e2^p^^.I e^nweq- 



ujjs.ose iiJL.jm)<q eq- 



o nee niteTCoajq " 
iinetteiioT' ^^s^- 

gcoAte eqneip&.'^e 

_ , o 

AAJUtoq eq'2tto juiuic 

["sejmut'ne nis.g(LOJLie 

[jtiH] ncYpcouie *.vi- 



eTfiHHTO'Y ':e2ett- 
gi'^itOTHciie nce- 
cocYii *>^ Hcgevi 
WToq C'd.p qia)V 

epOll RJULAl'YCTH- 

pi[oit rmej^p^.r:^H 
A.'Yi*> [qTis.A.oc a.-] 
jLi[o]n e2^encj^[i e-y-] 
o[y^v^s>]fe' fiee eTc[H2^] 

[. .jqcocyit ^[o'Y-] 
poK a^'Yco iJtt[riCi>.-] 
Tpeq-ssco n[itdwi *^-] 
neTUji^.'se [n3Iju.&.q] 
'^ ee itd^q eTtpeqccy-] 
couq '2seo'Yd.i7[cte\oc-] 
ne iiTe n's[oesc 



So my copy"; should be iiiiey- 



margin 

'' So copy ; read cwiyq. 



Following Am., Li^JljO . 



Fol. 14. Recto {v. Am. 414). . . . which] the brethren [use?] to eat ; and 
he sent to him a brother, saying, ' Theodore doth call thee.' And as for 
him, forthwith^ when he heard, he arose and came unto him, and began 
{ap)(iy) to speak with him in words of sadness, as if (coy) ^ finding fault with 
him. And Theodore's heart was grieved and he wept and went forth from 
him. He (sc. P.) said unto him,^ ' Do thou too go and weep unto the 
Lord, [even as] I [myself] also have wept.' But (Si) one of [them that] 
heard him answered * 

. . . neither hath ^ Theodore eaten to-day.' He said unto him, ' Leave ye 
him ; let him not eat, but (rather) (aXAct) let him weep.' And he {sc. P.) 



^ Am. sic. ^ Am. sk. 

^ Am., ' because he had said unto him.' 
* Am., ' And one of the brethren heard him 
while he spake unto him, and he said &c.' 



^ Am., ' Theodore also hath eaten naught 
to-day.' And he said, ' And what have ye (to 
do) with him (misunderstood for &gptOTit iixi- 
ju.e.q) ? Let him &c.' 



NUMBER 25 125 

forthwith sat down and did eat with his mind at rest.^ And it befell, as 
Theodore ^ sat apart alone, sad at heart, two brethren knew that he was 
grieved {XvueTv) and they betook themselves unto him and said unto him, 
' Speak a word unto us.' But (5e) he said unto them, ' Now ^ indeed I it 
is have need {\peia) to get comfort from one.' They said unto him, ' It 
may happen 

Verso {v. Am. 414, 415). . . . thy [sadness] of heart and we will comfort 
thee.' But (<5e) he said unto them, 'Not ye it is will together be able to 
console me, except (e/ firjTL) one alone console me.' But (5e) the word that 
he spake, they knew not what (it meant). And (5e) whilst yet (eVi) he spake 
with them, he looked and lo, the semblance of a man did sit at his feet* 
and began to speak with him, being like to them that revile our father 
Pahomius, tempting {ireipd^eLv) him and saying, ' Who is Pahomius ? [Is 
he iiJLrj)] not 

an ignorant {ISLcorrjs) man, knowing nothing? ' But (Se) he (sc. Theodore) 
was indignant {dyavaKnlv) (and) said, ' Our father Pahomius knoweth (then) 
nothing ? Perchance too thou wilt say concerning the apostles {an.) that 
they know nothing, for that it is written ^ concerning them that they were 
ignorant men {18.), knowing not how to write.*' For {yap) he solveth for us 
the mysteries {/j.vaTrjpLoi') of the Scriptures {yp.) and [teacheth] us holy 
writings, as it is written."^ But not only {ov ^lovov Se) . . .,^ he knoweth 
more than thee.' And after that he had said this, he that spake with him 
gave him means that he should know him for an angel {ay.) of the Lord. 

Fol. 15. f Recfo. 

[ ]?WJ5 

[. . . . g^jwfi niiut' u- M&.[ tt-] 

[. . . .]i.[.]eq ^v'Y- T2.q[ 

[pcojLi]e "xe o ei' uj^^- qcoY[TOiii 

[po]q ncyoYoeiiy' d^yui [ 

eqc-yoiiy' epjuoiid.- o'Yko[ 



m 



1 Am., 'in great grief of heart.' But read pj_j * Am. (Ac. 51, G pXn b) 'before hi 

for ftj.j. 2 Am, sic. ^ ^ Acts iv. 13. 

^ 6 A XY\ f 7/" 

' Am. should be, 'I have need that -ye two ^ / V 1 ' 

comfort me.' And they said unto him, * It is '' ' ^ ' 

indeed possible that the fathers be comforted ^/^Am. should be, 'and not this only, but he 

even by their children &c.' 



is &c.' 



126 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 






epoq [e]qco'YT(J3~ 
ilnA.2^p[A.]q enguife 
[. . .Y ^y^ ^.qU)M 

[e]TOOTq iincott 



eTges.TiXn[p]o fiee- 
.tteeTH eTpeqei- 
iie iSjLioq ego'^n 

[pq]jAOoje -xe eeH 
[iioyk]o'y[i] toc eq- 



o!H'Y[e jue-] 

ei ejfeoX f 

[ 

Sincoii eri[Ti^q-] 
sooc tt*.q ['si-] 
Tq eeiiie [JuLxioq] 
egcYH eT[ 

ptojui[e 



* I do not think there is a line missing between this and last ; cf. verso. 
or TJUHTC. So too in col. 2. 



Tcooygc 



Verso. 

e6]o'\ fi- 
[TeYito'V] ne'^si^.q 
[itd^q 'sefeuiK] IT^- 
[juto'YTe iti]Ai.' n- 
[cort giHijiLi* d.'YOi 
[fiTepo-Yei] ne- 
[sft^q w^.'y] gwo'Y '2^^" 

* Scarcely space for 



\e[ ne-] 

^i>.q n&.[q -seeTfee-] 
Tjs.t^opx*H [ilniio-] 
fee enTd^W[ei>.q g-] 

eeo-xtope. cnoyxa^- 
^^e eTpeRUjtone 
ut[o]k gnoyAiuT- 
^.TMofee ucyoeiiij 
iiijiji'* flee eitTivi- 
eniTiuiis. iiis.R' - 



to, thouj^h it seems needed. 



NUMBER 25 



127 



['seMJTA.K'sooc ate 
[inxni] UTeTilis.- 

[HT]oq "xe fiTe- 
[peqcu>]f5i d<qi)w[j] 

. . .JCT*^ eneei- 

[^wItt^>^'Y eYn]u3^ n- 
]q- 



" Am. ^XJ^I C^iT^-^, Ac. 53 ^MS" ^^ . 
Or r^jjuee-ye '2s[e. But this hardly fills the space. 



[ 

ne "xe fio'yc[on cr-] 
AACYTe e'Ypco^AAe] 
iw-YW fiToq nq- 
noiT its^q UTe'Y" 
Hcy AAnpitoY^^ 
epoq e.*\7V.&. ^-'2[ic] 

MTOq [g^]AAr[[eK2HT] 

senA.w[Tcac juinqei-] 

JLA .y[^ 

Whether two or three lines lost is uncertain. 



Fol. 15. Recto {cf. Am. 416). . . . everything that "^ But (5e) 

a man also came unto him, once on a time, desiring to become a monk 
(/xou.). And after that he had met {dnavToiv) him, he talked with him and 
found him fitted {lit. upright) before him {i.e. in his opinion) for the matter 

And he bade the brother that was at the gate of the monastery, 

that he should bring him in unto the brethren. But (5e) when he had 
gone forward a little, as if (co?) he [would go in] unto the [congregation ^ 

... in that hour the brother to whom [he] had said to [take] him 

and bring [him] in unto the . . ., saying,^ man (?) 

Verso {v. Am. 418). . . . went] forth at [once?]. He said [unto him, 
' Go (?)] and [call] such a [brother and] such an one.' And [when they 
were come,] he [said unto them] likewise, [' What] said [I] unto you ? ' 
They said unto him, ' Thou didst say, [' Go] and depart {dva\cdp^1v).'^ But 
(5e) he, when he heard, sighed. He said, ' . . . I [spake with] you, [I beheld 
a] spirit {irv.) of 

. . . and said unto him, ' Because of the occasion (dcpopfxrj) of sin that 
I (sic) ^ have given (/zV. done), in ignorance, [O ?] Theodore, strive (a-irovSa- 



^ Apparently not as in Am.'s context. What 
follows ( 46) differs also considerably from Am. 
2 Or ' midst '. 



^ An imperative followed here. * Am. sic. 

^ Am., ' By reason of this sin which I have 
done.' 



1 



128 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



^Lv) for thy part to be alway without sin, as I admonished {kniTLixdv) thee 

freely, with ^ But (<5e) if perchance on a time thou call a man and 

he forthwith hasten away, be not wroth with him, but (dWd) rather say in 
thy heart, ' Surely (TraVrco?) he hath not understood 



Fol. 1 6. 



Recto. 



] itTepeq- 
[ttN-y] \\(S\ neiiei- 



] ? 
[. .] AAJuioo'Y rigHTCY 



ev'Yw ncuicoq' eq- 
njwp.^?e giiueciiH'Y, 

Js.qcCOO'Yg' AAUtOCY 

eHe'Y^pH'Y epo'Yge 

se^-pi njuee-Ye ix- 
TnicTic cYtfeoX 



[ ]AAn[ 

* Perhaps here t'Ap, oyii or some such word, 

\ Verso. 

gHTcy ceiy[uine] 
oit Teitcy i>s\iSi ce- 
jutoowje gZinKOc- 
Aioc ^coo-Yii' jjie" 
xeitq ? 

* Or uj[liTe], and in next line. 

1 Am. should be, ' As I reprimanded thee freely, with reproof, do thou also, if thou call a 
man &c.' 



NUMBER 25 129 

gllT ? 

? ? 

Alton riTeixiiiie gniy2i^'2e ei ttT]&.q- f^ 

" Or \i. 

Fol. 16. Recto {v. Am. 424). . . . the end (a-vyreXeia) [. . . of the] age 
(? aicoi'), they not . . . ^ them from out their pollutions wherein they . . . 
themselves 

. . . When our father Pahomius saw a spirit (tti^.) of fornication {nopveta) 
and pollution passing (Trapdyeiv) among the brethren, while they worked 
in a (certain) place, he gathered them together at evening, according to 
{Kara) their custom {avvrjOeia). He said unto them, ' Remember the word 
that is written,^ that Belief {ttlct.) is of [hearing 

Verso {v. Am. 424). . . . wherein they have been, they are therein ^ now 

also and do walk in the world (/cocr.). Now (iiev) I know that will 

not give place in themselves unto a demon (Sai/xcoi^) such as this, in any- 
thing. But (ciXXd) it (were) good (dyaOS^) for them that they bear 

... by the words that he (?) * spake unto you. But (aAAa) fulfil 

Fol. 17. f Recto. 

n-soeic . [eio\] 
ne'YgHT [juLjuLin ii-] 

* Perhaps ujco]ne. '' Apparently not eyx[ooc or '2t[co JUJUOC. 

^ Fut. indie, or part. pres. ^ Or ' hiave been ashamed, they are ashamed 

^ Rom. X. 17 (probably; ed. Wessely, Stud. xii. now also '. 

157). * Or 'that I'. 
11" S 



I30 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



sene-Yo^eiig THpq] 



TJUl . . [ 

^ 



it-] 



nTMIt*wp&.RTR 

2vii efeoA. iineRO'Y- 
touj' K*^[n] eK[iy]A.it- 

Xeia^ Ai.njs.iu)it 
wevi Ok.e [n]TiAi.i- 
we R.[it oj'Ypouine 
ncytoT [TJeTO'Y" 
ttd.2vd.c eY[2;Y]noijii- 
we. en-xoeLsc] h juh- 
Te npojuine h goYO 
eH&.i e'yno'XiTe'Ye 
K^vT^v nTtouj ngHT* 



np[ 

- 



Kd,. toot[o'Y 
gA.nT[pe 

nojuiitt[e] THpo['y -] 



margin 



/ JU.llu[ 

* Paragraph-mark very doubtful. Can the similar mark and words in smaller script, below 
the text, have reference to this? ^ One is tempted to read gxinoye ll[d.l n\ei- 

AJim[e] THpc (or -o[y) [eitJTA'Y'd.i.c [eJYP*^"^'^]- 



Verso. 



n]2vujoine 
[Tcpo ejWTeK.'Ycfc- 

[nRoduioc efeoX 



^ 


UMBER 25 


- 





e]T!e- 


KJwT*>. T-XId^eHRH 


jnnpto- 


eilTA^'YCAJLtlTC 


[jite jnokiivfco- 


HltHAq T*>.i OIl- 


Xoc ] ? ujo 


Te ee ttHpeqpito- 


ecyo . 


fie eitTi^'YToujo'Y 





pttO[&l *lWliT- 


eitjT*wqp^it*.q 


AtHM efeo V gJUl- 





ncco[(o]q eitT^.'y- 





P'xo[eic] epocy "^^[h- 


n eqtjiTO e6o'\ tii- 


TCy gl Ttn'2.I2s.- 


gH-Y eiepix^o 


fioXoc *t.itiieq'a.rd,i- 


A5lCO['^ OAlAw' juin- 


juicow 114.1 eiiT*.['Y- 





igoine iti<q it- 


[jLi]ttce^[oi]ut' ed.-y- 


ujHpe nee t- 


yKco 


cHg^ ottne-YiviT- 



131 



margin 

* One is tempted to read e\.JU or ^-^.d^AAdw; preceded by ce\\&,Cdip or uojuoppdw. Jericho 
elsewhere always oiepi^^J^lo. 

Fol. 17. Recto [v. Am. 425). . . . unto everlasting . . . the Lord/ because 
they have decided in their own heart, being . . ., that [' All] the time 
[wherejin we . . . upon the earth, we will not decline from Thy will, even 
(/fdV) shouldest Thou suffer us until the end (avuTeXeta) of the age (a/coj/).' 
Those of this sort, whether (Kccf) it be a single year that they shall pass, 
waiting for {vTrofiet/eiu) the Lord, or (rj) ten years, or (q) more than these, 
living {TToXiTiveii') according to (KaTci) the decision of heart ^ [which 

. . . ^ afterwards (?)... desist . . . while * all their perseverance 

(? vTrofieveiv) that they have done,^ pleasing the Lord and resisting the 
devil (Si.), so that (coo-re) 



1 Am. should be, ' And those shall be like unto 
the Lord ; they have decided in themselves saying, 
in presence of the Lord, with a good conscience 
and sure. If Thou leave ns on the earth unto the 
end, we will not decline from Thy will ; but all 
our time for which Thou shall leave us on ihe 



earth, we will continue in Thy will, even shouldest 
Thou leave us unto the end of the age.' 

2 Am. sic. ^ This passage not in Am. 

* Slight alterations would give, ' afar off, all 
such-like things that they have done ' ; but 
grammatically the changes are hardly admissible. 



132 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Verso (v. Am. 425, 426). . . . ^ the devil (Sid^.) that pleased 

him ... he was (?) sinless before Him Jericho and Sodom and . . . 

and (?) Elam (?) and Seboim,^ that did 

. . . shall be for ever in the kingdom that hath been prepared for them 
since the foundation (>far.) of the world (koo:) ; because that they have been 
faithful unto the. Lord, according unto the covenant {Kara, Siad.) which 
they did establish with Him. And ^ this likewise is the fashion of the 
sinners that have decided to sin* and those that remain in pollution, 
whereby the devil {Std^.) and his demons (Sai/x.) have lordship over them ; 
unto whom they are become children ; as it is written in the Gospel (eu.) 



Fol. 18. t J^ec/o. 



ncysooyq -seKd^c 

sic 

nTHpq KJwTA. ee 
[ejTCHg** FiTcpo'Y- 

egii>-njs.D(^topiTHc- 
ne ilujopn ejjtn^.- 



* Verso. 



O'^w iinito'YTe, n- 
Mccujoine CTpen- 
1* eg^pdwi eueioiio- 
gjm WTeijuiiite 

THpc eTjuiui^.'Y [t'Y-] 

e'YKpSipSi eT^ieit- 

jucy riTepcyTOJ- 



Or TJU'^tno-y. 



^ This passage not in Am. 

2 Cf. Gen. xiv. 1,2. It is difficult to complete 
the names satisfactorily. 

3 Am., ' Even thus also the sinners that have 
decided to sin and that remain in pollutions 
which do rule over them bv means of the devil 



and his demons; these (it is) that are become 
children unto him, and they shall be children 
also unto him in punishment for ever.' 

* ' Those (for whom) it hath been decided 
that they should sin ' is grammatically possible. 



NUMBER 25 



133 



jmoc xegewo'Y'ne nei- 

]n nenujoon' h.w*, RiwTJs. 

margin 



peiiecuH'Y itevfiiuiK 




epgcofi' fttno'YfiojH 




lutttA-Y* e2s.'YiviTd<- 




Hd^KTfine' G-sn- 




iteitTi^'YcoTiuio'Y 


K 


juinitJs.Y n^e. n-xn- 


n 


qTo' ic gemtoii^.- 


wj[ 


^oc js.'yei' Jsnes.ttTd>. 


JU. 


eneiieitOT* n*.- 


I 




en 



margin 



* Perhaps c]epHC, 



Fol. 18. Recto {v. Am. 427). . . . while they?] are awake ^ not (?) 

to ask that which it is meet to ask and he hath not been sent,^ lest the 
enemy have profit of you at all, as it is written.^ But (^e) when certain of 
them heard these (words), that were aforetime anchorites {avax-) ere they 
had come to the community (Koiptouia), they were much grieved (XvTreTi^) in 
their heart, saying,* ' What are words such as these ? He would make us 
ill-disposed (dypios) one to another. Is there (fiirj) any woman among us ? 

Are (firj) not we all according to {KaTo) 

Verso {v. Am. 427). . . . the wor]Id (? /cocr.). But (dXXd), after the 
knowledge of God, let it not be that we descend to pollutions such as these.' 
And they passed all that night sad at heart and murmuring because of the 
words that they had heard. But (Se) when they arose in the morning, 
when the brethren were about to go forth to work, they went not with them, 
being indignant {dyavaKTdv) at that which they had heard. And ((5e) at 
the fourth hour,^ lo, there came monks {iiov) to meet with {dnavTciv) our 
father Pahomius 



' Difficult to accommodate this to Am. Relates 
perhaps to the precepts as to sleeping. 

2 I.e. unless he hath been sent = Am. 'without 
a mission.' 

' Ps. Ixxxviii. 22. 



^ Am. should be, saying one to another, ' What 
is this word? He hath made us odious and 
estranged one from another.' 

" Am. om. 



134 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 19. 



Redo. 



T]iJlltTJUJs>I- 

[ncco]feuj iTn- 

L -"J <_ 

epoo'Y encecocytt 
jvii ncipcouie 
iT*.p e'\-[K]d.'Y poq 
o'ycjuo[T] w&.ciTe- 

eec^topoc neos^-q 



margin 

* 'ik.e inserted in order adequately to fill the gap. 
be read, but what remains guarantees the citation, 
('epistle'). 

* Verso. 

jgHTq . 

] ne, 

JOITJUI- 

[nncYTc]* eujto- 
[ne juieu eR]uj&.u^ 
[xleT*.^OI]^s. n2s.q 

] MO'Y'xe 

margin 



C^[&.I . . . .c fiTei-] 
[eq-xto iiiAOc] 

Tiiit[oo'Yq 

exenr 

ne i\[ 

rKsrocYfiie neiioT-] 

ne e'Yco[o'ygc *^g-] 

THH i>.'Y[o> cynpe-] 

[c]fi'YTep[oc 

? [ 



^ Here (and in line 6) scarce a letter can 
" C2[*.icoY ('letters') or cg[eki juuuoc 



TeqiJin[fnpec&'y-] 
Tcpoc nc[eno^q] 
.iiQ>\ guT[coo'Ygc] 

eTqrigH[TC J112S,-] 

peqi^tou' eRCAi^. 
uq*witi>.;)(^(x>pei' nq- 
eipe rio'Yp[oj*jine 
gi3[nji[2v ejfSuuii.'Y 
MTeTjm'A.i^js-'Y 
uj^hV iniuiJs.q. 
cyxe CYWA*. 2s.'Yco 



NUMBER 25 



135 



Fol. 19. Recto {v. Am. 428). . . . But (?5e) love unto strangers neglect 
not ; for {ydp) thereby have some received unto themselves angels {ciy.) 
and knew it not.^ For {yap) this man that I see, an angel's form is his.' ^ 
But (5e) Theodore answered and said, 

. . . had] written [it ?] thus, [saying,] [that I] send [thee] 

of sackcloth is [the father] of a con[gregation under] us and (?) [a pres]- 
byter {irpea-^.) 

Verso {v. Am. 429). . . . the judgement that thou] shalt (?) give 

from [God ^]. Now (ii^v) if thou wilt grant repentance {iktuv.) unto him, 

[we] also will [grant (it)] ; but (5e) if thou cast him forth, cast [him 

forth 

... his presbytership (-irpecr^.) and (let them) cast him forth from the 
[congregation] where[in] he is. [Let] him go unto another place and live 
apart {dpax<t>peTy) and pass a year there, and let none pray with him, 
neither (ovSi) eat. And 



Fol. 20. I Recto, 



[. . .j-y* it[TeuiTHii il-] 

[T]lJl[tt]TJlAO[HJs.^OC] 

evq-*^ icjoco[q no'Y-] 

lyTHIt nKOC[AJlI-] 

ROM Js.qRd.d.q efc[o\] 
Tpeqfeu)u' *.q- 



]T 




cyegcA^^iie -ike o 


1 ? 






CK ge<yepoo6' .q- 


] . itj^q *vH[e- 




gicY^ enRoY* T[i- 


[cnJH'Y ^^iUl^v2Te %X' 


margin 


f^k'Y jutitncwc 


* Perhaps 


K^gHJlf or AX)Ul&.]y. 


1 Heb. xiii. 2. * Stern, 


Gr. % 298 ^4) 


Am., ' from Him. 



136 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



\ Verso. 

[. . . .]':^e Ai[o.oq 
[eTjLi.]TpeqA.oouj[e] 
[iJRp]u)juie enq- 

[Ai]d.q eujtone -^e 
[ejqujjs^iiTAAcu)- 

iiqujcone gucy- 




[to] nnei[wT ktor] 
TUjiMe n[ceveit-] 



margin 

e[io'\. 



Fol. 20. Recto {v. Am. 429, 430). . . . him. The brethren laid hold ^ on 
him 

. . . [the robe of] monkhood {-^lov.) that was upon him [and] he put upon 
him [a] worldling's (Koa-fiiKos) garment and let him go that he should depart.'^ 
And (Si) he bade moreover bring staves and he beat that young(er) one. 
Thereafter 

Verso (v. Am. 430). . . . but (Si) [counsel] him that he walk not [with 
a] man of whom he getteth not profit. But (Si) if he shall not hearken 
unto you, but (dXXd) remain unteachable, cast him [forth 

. . . [O] our fath[er,^ thou it is] dost seek after [our] souls, to save 
[them.] 

Here an ornainenty indicatifig the end of a section. 



' Am., ' hindered.' 



* Am., add. to the world {sic). 



' Am, om. 



NUMBER 25 



137 



Fol. 21. 



Redo. 



ewjjvpe ne]n- 
[js.gep]d.Tq ugHTq 

[g(Lo]jt gcocoq' iteq- 



[tt]o'Yoei[j uiJLi *.q-] 

cMH'Y * n^-'ine [nujo-] 
pTi Rg^pHTOM e[K-] 
TA.q'sooq* e^ioV gR- 
ii?pjs.t^H "xejutcY" 
Te euegiojuie fipeq- 
ToeiT* jutd^pcYei' 

ui^po'YO'Ytow, rip(oo['Y] 



margin 



Perhaps n[TeYitO'y]. 



I Verso. 

]ttT[ 

[TlTjujwne gitcy- 

[J5.]nT'2S;*iCIgHT . 

e^.TeTiiReT'TH'Y- 



TU end^go'Y eTjui- 



nitcyTe h Aie- 
jj^r' iineTKctoT. 



MM PC iiht[m '2Se-] 
neittofee eMT[js.Te-] 
TnA.&.q' rlceK[iw^.q] 



margin 



1143 



138 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 31. Recto {v. Am. 431). . . . wherein our father Pahomius was [wont 
to] stand, while our father Pahomius stood as if (coy) (he were) one 

... [at all] times, [he] began {dpx^iv) [? forthwith] to instruct (KaTrjxeTu ^) 
the brethren. This is the first word {prjTov) that he spake from the scrip- 
tures (yp.),^ ' Call the mourning women ; let them come. Send for the 
wise women ; let them open [their] mouths 

Verso {v. Am. 431, 432). ... And [how] is it ye have been in pride of 
heart, having turned you back, not to hear the word of God ? Or (^) per- 
chance ye have not heard concerning the Lord, how 

. . . Now [I say] unto you, this sin that ye [have] done, [it] shall not be 
forgiven. 



Fol. 22. f Redo. 

[MA.'Y] ?P^' iUl[AAIIt aJL-] 

juLoq eqfiHK go[Yii] 
[]neqctoui2v gi\g^ 
[^] on gnnitocy ex- 
noAiTe'ye gnne- 
CHH'y. eio\' JuinTfi- 
fio [iijne'ygHT* xiti- 
[ne'Ylctoju*. ne'y- 
[It^vy] ega^g^ n(3'aiXn 
[efioXj 2i2opj>AJijv 
margin 

Fol. 22. Recto {v. Am. 432). , 






d 



Verso. 

[ ]<$_ wce[. . .] 

[. . . .jeneigoife 
uewnicTOit iiLii&.- 
g^pjvq' eTpeqig[io-] 
ne iieqnTOo[Tq[] 
imen, gcoc piojue n- 
Te no'YT. A.'W[&.] 
gjSne'igwfc' [.].[ 

TC [ 

epoq ^cujui[ne] 
xe fiTpo'Y[ 
margin 

[saw?] it^ [him]self, entering into his 
body {(Todjxa). And (5e) many also of the elders {lit. great-ones) that lived 
religiously {iroXLTiveLv) among the brethren, by reason of the purity [of] 
their heart and [their] body (o-cS.), beheld many revelations and visions 
(opafia) 



^ That this is the true equivalent of the per- 
sistent Coptic form K&-&HU6I is clear from e.g. 
Luke i. 4, Acts xviii. 25, i Cor. xiv. 19. 



* Jer. ix. 17. 

^ The pronoun being masculine, must refer to 
vytv/xa, not to ^vxv* 



i 



NUMBER 25 139 

Verso [v. Am. 433 ?). ... this faithless {dina-Tos) act {lit. thing) before 
him, that it should befall. He was indeed {jxiv) with him [or me or them) 

as a man of God ; yet (dXXd) in this matter him. And (Si) it befell, 

after they had .... 

t Verso (?). 



] eqeipe 

[^?^iott] -xeuiepeite- eio\ [ 

margin 

Fol. 23. Redo (?) (v. Am. 433 ?). . . . ' If so be [he should] say unto me, 
Live, ^ that I shall [live. But (^e)] if he should say 

Verso (?). . . . remem[bering] the word [that is written in] the Gos[pel],^ 
' Love 

Fol. 24. f Reclo. 



Fol. 23. 


-> Recfo (?). 




e- 




U}ton[e eqj*.ti- 








WMg^. [ 


](on 


'se^ii&.[tong^ q- 


]TR2^ 


uj*.M'soo[c -xe 




margin 



gS5nop[2ouiii. -xe-] 
]i '^ gTHR* n[eiui&>-] 

]a) efcoV e-scoR' iuin- 

ix'^iXi iiToq 5JR- 
n[c]toc js.'YTA.juioq 
[efioX iTin]Tm5^ 

1 Perhaps ' I know ', ' I believe ', though Am. Gospels beginning with juiepe ne-, vtz. Matt. v. 
has nothing. 44 = Luke vi. 27 (' Love thine enemies '). 

2 There is, I think, only one phrase in the 



140 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 






ngOpdJUtJv glTAA- 

n-xoeic xi.negoo'Y 
eue'YR^'OHKei jui- 
juoq itgHTq ep- 
^^(^picTeiJwnoc fl- 
ee eitTA.qn^.'Y 
[2^]iin(3ru)\n efioV 
[e]T5ijui&,'y e-<^to- 
[t] iiTne' nTd.c- 
ei' eg^pi^i eostoq* 
[jjLJRiicwc d>ccto- 

[o'YJg^ ^.cpo'YTev<5' il- 

margin 

^ dwfj- must refer to 7*^(3', wC- in line I 



['sen]iT[<(5' Sefeiio] 

[e]MTA.[qcaiO'Y2^] e- 
go'yn 2w[TeK<3'i'2i] 

ite Me^i<p[iciut2>>] 
THpo-Y eTii[b 
ujione K^.R [gifii-] 
n-xoeic isT^iSi [ow] 
cd^ujcone gco- 
y MiieKCiiH'Y 
Teni<ine nK[&>2^] 
'YI^<ttWJtAine 

con' eqTMH'Y 



Verso. 



to eiioTe. 

eiiT[dwY] is inevitable here. Am. (G pjuin) elJ Iji^ (guJI. 

^ 



[tMo S.jne'ygHT' 
[AiJv]Tet efioV gSJuuie- 
[e'ye] mx.' iinonH- 
pow e'Y'xid.Kpine 
liTAiHTe JSfTne- 



TMd.MO'Yq AAlin- 

neeoo-y [^.'yoi Js.]c- 
UJton[e MepecY"] 
jH[pe jh]aa uj[w-] 

Or neTrtdwT&feo or neTTfifiH-y gAi-. 



Doubtful ; equivalent to s^^b I'sJt, ^^. 



NUMBER 25 



141 



[20.neqe]iiie FiToq 
] fiTcpo'Yri- 

[(5'l] necMH-Y T- 



ujtoiie eTJLijuioq 



Ai<Tne itpeq- 
pgOT eneqpjvM- 
ne ^Tcye' c'ypeq- 



riTjLiHT[e juinne-] 
Tins-Mo-Yq [iutu-] 
nneeooY [ne-] 
TsJsxiss^ '^c nT[e-] 

peqM^v'Y ^TTcy- 
poT* ii.neqHT 

sic 

Tpeq'Xii>.Rpue 
iinujHpe ujhju.' 
Rd^\toc &.YCO eq- 
co^TC ni.q Meq[js.-] 
ajA.goju.'ne g^p^^'i [-] 
gHfq ft.'yui eq['xi&.-] 
Rpme eq-sco 15.- 
JU.OC -senosoeic 
oy'ne neicYpoM 



margin 



Fol. 24. Redo {v. Am. 434, 435)- vision ^ (opafia), and he remem- 
bered that which he had beheld in the vision (op.) from the Lord, on the 
day whereon he was being instructed {Karrj^e'iv) towards becoming a Christian 
(X/).); how he had beheld in that revelation the dew of heaven descending 
upon him, (how) afterwards it had collected and had become a cake of 
[honey 

. . . and it fell [upon the ground] and it had been [said to him] in the 
vision (op.), ' Give heed unto this word, for it shall be fulfilled upon thee 
after a time.' And as for him, he was informed [by the] Spirit {nv.) that 
* this [cake of honey] that did [collect] in [thy hand] and fall upon the 
[ground, these {sic)] are all the gifts (xapLo-fxa) that came to thee [from] the 
Lord. And they shall come also unto thy brethren, that is, the earth.^ 
When they shall have become born again, being cleansed from [all] pride 
[of heart] 



^ Am. should be ' visions from the Lord, he 
remembered the revelation of the vision that he 
(? they) had seen at first, on the day whereon he 
had been instructed (syli^.) that he should 
become a Christian (^.<;-*~-*) ; how he had be- 



held that the dew of heaven descended upon him 
and thereafter became in his hand a cake of 
honey and fell upon the ground ; and (how) it 
was said unto him in the vision &c.' 

2 So G pJULH, omitting Am.'s ^Jlc (435, i). 



142 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Verso {v. Am. 435). ... of ^ a truth that [purify] their hearts 
gre[atly (?)] from every evil {ttov.) thought, discerning (SiaKpiuciu) between 

good and evil. And it befell [that a] youth [was] sick comely [in his] 

appearance (?). [And] he, when they had brought [him] to the place 
wherein the sick brethren used to eat, to feed him, that brother ^ that 
served (SLaKouelv) the brethren and was very ascetic {d(TKT)Trj?) and (God-) 
fearing, whose name was Titoue, being a 

. . . discerned] between good [and] evil. But (Si) that one, when he saw 
the gladness of his heart that he should serve (SiaKoveiu) the youth well 
{KaXw?) and prepare (food) for him, would sigh ^ within himself and doubt 
[SiaKpiviiv), saying, ' Lord, what is this gladness 



Fol. 25. -* Recto. 

[2>.q]'XOO'yq nSumvq 
[.c]ujtone iiTepcY" 

juuuooujc ^q[(3r]to- 
^ jvY[to] ei[c cylgp- 
ujipc &.qei' e[6oV] gn- 
gejiajottTC R^.T^)>. 
ee nTi^qigj^'2te nSi- 
juL2s.q iis'i neneicoT 
njvgwAie* Te- 
peqiieK.'Y i.e epoq' is,q- 
T*iJAe* Ticon tjuio- 



ouje ttJUUA&.q eee 
eMT^.qostoR efioV 

* Am. should be, * And thus they of a truth 
shall become pure in their hearts from all this 
and from every evil thought.' 

"^ Am. should be, 'And the brother that served 
the sick brethren, his name was Didflye, and he 



Sm-] 
ticoic ^.qK[Toq' Jvq-] 
fetOK* 2^cuj[tone] 
^e iiTiHCJs,MJs.i [eq-] 
uj'XhV \\<S\ neitei- 
u)T n*.gu>juie eic 
O'yjs.ii'c^eXoc ut 
n'xo[ic] e.qoYUin[^] 
n2wq [e]feo\ ne-xd^q 
it&.q 'x[eoY* neTU-] 
Mi.epH[T lijuLoq e-] 
T^w.q' Aiji[nTMi^*] 
epjJvti;n['2Kocic] 
ROiTV.'Ye' fi[Topi'H] 
gJu[nTpeq[ujio^] 
Rilfcd.pfci.p[oc il-] 

was pious and discerned (the nature of) his 
thoughts aright. And when he saw &c.' 

3 Am. should be, ' He sighed to himself alone 
and set about doubting within himself, saying, 
' O Lord, what is this gladness &c.' 



I 



NUMBER 25 



143 



W(3'i nojd^.'xe en >r 



juuuLOc -xejumppgcj- 



[T]e* qn^uj^5S(3'OJUi 
[njeeoo'Y hhtK* 



\ Verso. 



[no'YJw' enecuH'Y 
[ii.]neT^.q^.'Y 
[ep]oq eqttd.uiaine 
2i\eH uine>.Tq- 
ujwne* isT^iyi il- 

K5'i ufi[wp6]*.poc 
Xi.neqp&.CT evyto 
[A.]'YK[Ttoo]'y en^.go'Y 
[Ra.Tw e]e ewTA.'y- 
[JKOOC*] njuxftd^q: 
[gocon] "xe Y'2^P*^" 
[eiT vC0\ n6&.pfeiw- 
[poc] Ai'Yge' e'YAioiiev- 

y^OQ. qA.ll&>^(OpI* 



margin 



Toq "xe ne-sd^q ote- 

^*ip6dkpoc Royevnc 
iiuje' ilco'yo' UK- 

getiReei-xoc cypx 



tyopn . [. . . Tco] 
Ma.tf nc[b JuL-] 

nqo'ytouj ii[Te-] 
pcyitd.-'Y "a^e 2te[jS-] 
nqccoTAA ilc[co-] 

cy [j^'Y]'^*'' wo'Yiuid..- 
ro[t e]'Y^w Ajuuoc 
M.[q ^jeo-YtOTR 
efeo[\] eujtone JuL- 

JJlOn TllII^.ROM- 

CR* es.'yto ilTepeq- 
pgOTe 'seiiiie'y- 
RwKc juuuioq. evq- 



Tcocy ujdiRTO'y- 



* Or [uje.'xe], cf. recto, 1. 10. *> These lines may be itjujopn ju[nncu)c TCo] riakit ' 

nT[oq :^e ju], or n]u}opn Ju[ndkmTCo]. 



144 THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



, rVr^^^^-^.> 



con UTepcYei "sse- it2s.*)^oc isr^^xi juin- 



.> r. 



ne'Xd^.'Y ego'YM eg^pA^q o-Yca^q a)CT[e e-] 



sejutopR ni^o'Yw- TiATpeqewja^jui- 

Tg^ epoit d.'Yco KT- <3'ojui' enwpwj fi[o'\] 

margin 

* So my copy ; but 4wIte?J- is required. 

Fol. 35. Recto {v. Am. 438). . . . [And ? he] called another of the 
brethren and sent him with him. It befell, when they had done half of 
the journey {lit. road of walking), he looked and lo,^ a youth came forth 
from some thorn-bushes, even as our father Pahomius had said unto him. 
But (5e) when he beheld him, he told the brother that walked with him 
how the word that he {sc. P.) had spoken was fulfilled. And moreover 
he told him that he had bidden him, saying, Be not afraid, for {yap) he 
shall not be able to do you ^ any ill 

. . . After] wards he turned about and departed. And (5e) it befell there- 
after, as our father Pahomius prayed, lo, an angel {ay.) of the Lord 
appeared unto him and said unto him, ' [What "] wilt [thou] vow [to] give 
in [charity], if so be the [Lord] hinder {k(\v:Lv) [the wrath {opy-q)'], in that 
He [impede] the barbarians {^dp^.) ? ' And {8i) he said, ' I will send unto 
the church (e/c/c.) of the city {ttoXls) which the barbarians {^dp^.) have laid 
waste many {lit. an amount of) hundred (weight) * of corn, with books and 
other things (el^oy) [whereof] they have ne[ed {\peLa) 

Verso {v. Am. 439). . . . related to the brethren what he had seen that 
should befall ere it had befallen.^ And thus were the barbarians {^dpl3.) 
conquered on the morrow and were driven back, even {Kard) as it had been 
said unto him.^ And while yet {ocrov Si) the barbarians {^dpfi.) were 

1 Am. should be, 'they looked and lo (lil), ( lAJLj) to give as charity, if the Lord should 
a youth came forth from the bushes.' (The word, ^^^^ ^\^^ ^^^ ^^-^^ ^,^^5, ^^, 

two lines above, translated cilice, is not ^^ 4 Am., ' an hundred artabae.' 

but i\jr^ 'spade'.) 5 Am. sic. 

2 Am. om. you. 6 Am., ' as the angel had said unto him.' 
' Am. (Ac. 73 infra), 'What wilt thou vow 



i 



NUMBER 21 



145 



victorious, they found a monk living apart {iiov.^ ava\(xip^Xv) in a (certain) 
place and they took him captive {al\ixa\(DTi^Lv)} And it befell on a 
time, when they came and would drink wine, they said unto him, ' Gird 

thyself^ and pour (wine) for us.' And when 

. . . ere [thou give] us [to drink.' ^ But (5e)] he (?) would not.* And 
{8e) when they saw that he hearkened not unto them, they took a spear,^ 
saying unto him, * Pour forth ^; if not, we will slay thee.' And when he 
was afraid lest they should slay him, he poured forth. And afterwards 
he gave them to drink until they were drunken and slept ; and the monk 
ilJLOv.) fled.'^ And thereafter his heart was broken, so that (coore) he was not 
able to stretch forth 



Fol. 26. \ Recto. 

AJioq q[c]Hg^ 7dwp isJL- 
[n]eTn2K.*.pitJv' Zi.- 

[jUl]OI ^Hivd^pttd^' %x- 

uioq 2vqAieiiM.o'y- 
Kq i.e OH 2.?^* H- 
Tq eq-so) iijLioc -se- 
i^ictOTjA -secy II ["Y-] 
pcojue UTe n[no'Y-l 

Te o' WeiOiT' [TKOI-] 

tiHce se^^s.[^^coJUl 

'^ItdwTOJO'YM fiTev- 



njiiii[Ti. epoR nujo-] 



1 Am.439, 2 (Gpn), read sj.*..^ 'captured him'. ^ Lemm, KKS. xlv, p. 403, accepts Peyron's 

' Am., ' thy middle.' Ald^KCOT = rcKppos (Mic. v. 6) ; but that the usual 

' Or ' and afterwards give us to drink '. Am. meaning is there the correct one is shown by 

should be, 'Sacrifice unto our gods ere thou give Aquila's >^6yxV- 

us to drink.' ^ Am., ' Raise an offering unto our gods.' 

* Am., ' and he did not.' ' Am., ' arose and fled.' 



1143 



U 



146 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



TJdioq' eee' THpc 
ne "xe on equj^^M- 



Verso. 



[gion^ TOo]fq eT- 
[peqtiHCTeJ'ye J5;- 
[jjiHite ev-yjco eTjm- 
[cYCAji Ajv2>w]'y iinKi.' 
[eqnoce ;)(^(jo]pic ev- 



pn m[c^tc^.!Oi e-] 
ncop^ [iingcofi ] 
ne'Siv[q n2vq 'seio'] 
nT2s.'\[jvin(opoc] 
jm.nit[c*.Tpen^.rt-] 
c^eXoc ii.n'2[oeic] 
A.g'e pjs.Tq I's[ijok] 
epeneu'Xoju.' [git-] 



margin 



[. . . . i^.'Yto] ^.[or] 

[g^lui HAAlAi^'Y [gii-] 

nitdN.'Y e[T]pen['s^.-] 

pei iijLiOK 

Td>.p;>^H WTepeq- 

poc Tpeqjtone 
[iteijcoT* eTcocy- 
[^ n]Td>.[fc]nttHce 
[i.'Y(jc>] itToq eeo- 
xtopoc eqcocyn 
'seuji.quj&.'se 
n(5i neneicoT 



ne enecnH'Y, gjui- 



" Completion of first three lines uncertain, as Am. differs somewhat. 



NUMBER 25 147 

[. . .] . pjwcic'^ n&.q , x^.'^e -^ene *.- 

[se]RUjjs.tteipe u*.-- ric&.Tpeqo'Yto' eq- 

[t&. T]ige iieTcy- eipe lineqgcofi' 

margin 

* Probably [&.yco] A,qiiooc (Am.Jli.). '' Perhaps followed by ^'aipne (Am. ^jS j^). 

Fol. 26. Recto {v. Am. 439, 440). How [shall I entreat] Him that I 
have denied {dpvdaBaL) ? For {yap) it is written/ Whosoever shall deny 
{dp.) me, him will I deny {dp.)J And (5e) then he thought within himself, 
saying, ' I have heard that there is a man of God (that) is father of the 
community {kolvcovlo) of Tabennese, namely Pahomius. I will arise and ^ 
go to him and will tell him of all that I have done. If so be { + /xiu) 
that he give me repentance {fir.), I believe {7rL(rrVip) that the Lord shall 
give (it) me. But {Se) if so be that he say, There is not for thee repentance 
{f^^T.) 

. . . there [is not repentance for me until I] meet with {diraurdv) [thee 2] 
first and thou [show me] the certainty [of the matter.'] He said [unto 
him, 'O] wretch[ed one {raXaiTrcopo?)], after [that the an]gel {ay.)* of the Lord 
had stood by [thee], the crown being [in 

Verso {v. Am. 440). . . . [bade] him to [fast (? vrjareveLu) daily ^] and not 
to [eat aught] of things [cooked], save by {xcopis) necessity {dvdyK-q) of 
sickness. And he said unto him,^ ' If thou act in this wise, the saints 
shall be 

. . . And] I likewise with them, [in] the hour when the enemy shall 
accuse"^ {Karrjyopilv) thee.' 

And it befell, at the beginning {dp^-q), when he had set Theodore to be 
father for the congregation of Tabennese, and Theodore for his part, 
knowing how our father Pahomius was wont to speak daily unto the 
brethren the word of God, would be diligent {aiTov8d(eiv + ^e), after that 
he had ceased to do his work, [for] he wove ^ mats, 

1 Matt. X. 33. ^ Uncertain according to my copy, 

2 Am. sic. ' So Am., not 'rejoice'. 

3 Am, , ' until I meet with thy paternity.' For this use of Te.\o, v. Mus. Guim. 327. 14, 
Am. SIC. with Am^lineau's note. Other instances : Lev. 

s Am., ' to fast until evening daily,' for which ^ix. 19, Isa. iii. 23,' Zoega 375. 
there seems not space in the Coptic. 



148 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Fol. 27. - Recto. 



[Tepqe]\i6e e- 
[6o\ gnJTii^neiXH 
[iinjLi*L e]Tjjuji<'Y. 
[^vqel e]g^pj>.i ^vq- 
[ntoT d.q ]ioVb 
[gn ? 



HTe T-xo* eTC*.ei- 
ficYncy^i' THpc 
Tis.n'soeic oYtong^ 



crvsLXkXisr^ n^vine 



f r. 



ic necjuoT ucy- 
Mo^ ' fiee uoY" 
Tp^-ne"^*.' eqc-yo- 

MCY^' iSv'YtO qI- 

^UTq^s.^e \\(S\ 
ujoon' Aineqeocy 



kAoa*.' eqRcoTe*' \\- 
(S\ genemefl JuL-iie 



* Does oyTtoq allow of the construction thus given it by the following words ? For the recon- 
struction here, cf. Bo. 105. ^ Or Cd>]io\ [n. " q has been altered, probably to y. 
^ I erased, leaving eite. 

\ Verso. 



WH* neeMio' n- 



gHT TAJinT2v- 



T'aKl[K*.IOCY]H = Am.^!l. 



NUMBER 25 



149 



PJHT TiUinT- 



TJUinT- 



pA.paN.iy TeiTKpis.- 



we'yujoon i^.e jutnq- 
jGLto* e^ioV fi(3'i no<5 
cMJv'Y rii>.p;)Q^&.rfi7e- 

jujs.T eiiceuo) -xe 

Me Hn'soeic ew- 
Ti^qcYcong^ efio'X' 
neneitoT* n*.g(x>- 
jue -xe itequ}*\HVne 

eq-sto iLuoc 'sejuid*.- 

[pjeTCKgoTe THpc 



q2^[ 



jUd.pe[TeHgoTe *^ 
xtta>.[ pgoTe] 

ht[k eq-] 

ujAhX [ft^yio eqToj-] 
feg^ T[fiend<i ic] 

gHHT[ 



margin 

* Perhaps ei e]'X<ji)n[. 

Fol. 37. Recto [v. Am. 443). . . . even as (?) ^ [a man] that is straitened 
between [two walls], and [since (///. when) he] was oppressed (OXi/Seiu) by 
reason of the danger (? d7ri\rj) of that place, he [went ?] down and [fled ?] 
forth [from . . . 

. . . whilst he] prayed. He looked and beheld and lo, the wall upon the 
eastern side became all as it were of gold. And the form wherein the 
Lord did then reveal Himself^ was this: lo, the form ^ of a great face in 
the likeness of a table (rpaTr.), appearing upon the golden wall, and upon 
its head a crown of immeasurable glory. And there were * upon the crown 
precious stones round about, of great price 



^ This whole sentence is uncertain. I have failed 
to reconstruct a text corresponding with Am. 
^ Am. sic. 



3 So G pne^b JLi-* for Jju. 
* Am., 'around the crown divers colours, like 
to jewels of great price.' 



I50 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Verso {v. Am. 443, 444)- righteousjness [SiKaioavi/r]), peace {eiprivrf), 
humbleness of heart, longsuffering, kindness {-xpr](rT6^), meekness, temper- 
ance (eyKpccTeia), joy in (sic) hope (eXiri?), love.^ And (Se) there were in his 
presence two great archangels (dpxdy.), honourable exceedingly, and (5e) 
they ceased not to look upon the likeness of the Lord that had been 
revealed. But (Se) our father Pahomius prayed, beseeching the Lord and 
saying, ' Let all Thy fear . , , . , 

... let [Thy fear (?) fear] Thee (?).., while he] prayed [and] 

beseeched concerning [this,] lo,^ ..... 



Fol. 28. I /^ec/o. 

[pH e]qig[jv eSIInKjs.g^] 
[neq]ein "^e e[q-] 
[o'YeJTO'ytoT' eJu[^v-] 
[tc e]AievTe evcwuo" 
[ne] ttTepecTikgoq' 
[n&i] eoT i^qge' e- 
[nejcHT* i>.y(ji js.q(5'to 
[eq]qiO(3'e gi^UnKd^g^ 
[ne] wcyTfiT eq- 
[ong] eqqios^e gi- 

[Te* n]iteqAie*\oc 
[iSKl weq gi\p jLioc' 
[iutii]ueqi,?VTKd.c 
[^vy(JO njeqccouies. th- 
[pq d^YJco Teqvlr'Y^H 
[riTep]eq5jiK*.2^ *^^ 



qi ii[it i^eoTe th-] 
pc ju.n's[oic WTe-] 
peqeXifsfe . . . .]b 
^>iq^vJR[^^.K (io\ ft-] 
giig^ tt[c]on ['sen'so-] 
ic. M&> n^i' [c 
WTe'Yno'Y a.[cjjioo-] 
lye Koyi kcy's [ft<5^i] 
TJs.KTin' ne[oT] 
*.ciiOTc enec[A.^.'*] 
SJftftccoc "xe o[it ^.q-] 
jLioouje u<5'i n[in] 
iiniti*.' i\oy'i w[oy\] 



Bo. p. 107 has (3'(jo[. 



^ TOTe seems unlikely. 



Probably nothing here. 



1 C/. Gal. V. 22 (also Budge, i%w. 67, Leyden 12. Lemm A'J^S. 432 ff. has discussed similar 

il/i'.S'. 335). The enumeration corresponds exactly lists. 

to Am., ^-Jl to aLj-sr* , and differs from Bo. 106 ^ Am. should be, 'And while he prayed and 

( = Av. 46 b). For ' joy in hope ', c/. ? Rom. xii. beseeched on accoimt of this, lo &c.' 



NUMBER 25 



151 



[peq]K&. TOOTq e- 

[ig]T ilccoq gTicY- 
[juejpoc iine'Ygo vi^i 



a ? 



margin 



I Verso. 



] riTeY- 

ge . . . . To]ofq 
, . . njeicjuiOT' 

epoq] n^i nosoeic 
'xeR]&>pn[oc iijiAi' ii- 
neJTuTil eTgvipco- 

elO]\ ITOOTq - 

T]n&.iio'Yq' bs^(Si 
gwTne'ne eqnH-y 



enecHT itajl- 
[ejin* is.qijui on 



wj^.iiTqnto^g' tyevpoq] 
^Yco neqeiiie [iieq-] 
o' uee iinMeg' eq[Ri-] 
too'Y eAi^-Te itT[e-] 
peqei' -xe e-sstoq' it- a 



[. 



.]nT[ 



[. . .] gd^TeT[HY-] 

Til giSnennA. [gSX-] 
nTYnoc iin[pH] 
TUjd.' e'SJuin[R*.g'] 
THpq ^.'YOi p[en-] 
piOJL&e eTn^[copiv] 
nijui' juLOOuje <$\_*i.-] 
neqc-yoeiw [Td<i-] 
Te ee ncyon [itijui'] 
ertTd^yton' [ene-] 
sno' Reco[n gSi-] 
ncYJvi?^e?V.[iott] 
KJS.lt itcc[oo'yit] 
isw., ntteY[pH'Y ii-] 
ngo dy.'Wev M[eT-] 

gJUULiew' ItlUl [CCO-] 

oyit, itne'yep[H'Y] 
gicycon ^.y[co ce-] 
ujoon' 2io'y[ 



margin 



152 THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 

Fol. 28. Redo {v. Am. 444). . . . the] sun, rising upon the earth.^ And 
(5e) [its] appearance {lit. hkeness) was bright^ exceedingly. It befell that 
when the fear had reached him, he fell down and continued twitching {lit. 
leaping) upon the ground, [even] as a live fish twitcheth upon the ground,^ 
after it {sc. the fear) had entered into^ his limbs (fMeXo^) and his joints 
(dpfios) and his marrow'' [and] all his body {cra>fx.a) and his soul (^v.). But 
(Si) when he had been very sorrowful, even unto {coare) giving himself over 
unto death, [the angels] looked toward him with a part (f^ipos) of their 
face(s) 

. . . not bear all [the fear] of the Lord ? ' '^ After he had been troubled 
{OXi^eLv) ' . . ., he cried [out] many times, ' Lord, have mercy upon me,' 
Forthwith the ray ^ {aKTLv) of fear went, little by little, and returned to its 
[place]. And {8e) thereafter too the [image] of mercy moved, little by little, 
untiP it reached [him]. And its appearance [was] like unto oil exceeding 
thick.^" And (5e) when it had come to him, forth[with? 

Verso {v. Am. 444). . . . thus this figure that the Lord had shown 

[him ^^], how that every fruit (/cap.) of the Spirit {ttv.) that is in any (///. 
every) man doth come forth upon them ^^ from Him, according to [Kara) 
the word that James spake,^^ saying, ' Every good gift [Smpoy) and every 
perfect gift (8.) is from heaven, coming down from the father of lights.' 
And he knew also 

. . . with you. But (dXXd) I am with you in the Spirit (ttu.), in the type 
(tvtto?) of the [sun], which riseth upon all the [earth], and men that are 
in all countries (^copa) do walk in his light. This is the manner of all such 
as are reckoned [of the] second birth [in ?] the Gospel (ei).), albeit (/cdV) 
they know not one another by sight (///. face), yet (aXXd) do they that (?) 
are in every place know one another at once, and are in (?) 

^ Am. should be, ' like the sun, when he riseth '' Am. should be, ' And when the anxiety had 

upon the earth. And their appearance was green reached him.' 

exceedingly.' * Am. sic, sing. ' G sic. Am. ' and'. 

2 Cf. Br. Mus. Or. 7029 ?, noYOTCyer '" Am. should be, ' a very heavy perfume.' 
JiinnOYii. Am., misunderstanding,^J>l. " Am. should be, 'And thus passed this_simili- 

3 ^jjj_ ^/^ tude that the Lord showed him ; ' G prti b 
* Am., ' were broken, injured,' sc. his limbs. reading ' And thus it passed. And this similitude 
6 Am., 'the place without bones,' translating the Lord showed him, so that '. 

Bo dwT-KA.C. '^ ^^- should be, 'upon men.' 

Am. om. ' of the Lord'. ^* J^^' ' '7- 



NUMBER 25 



153 



Fol. 29. 



Recto (?). 



[ eujj'se 

gnjuLnicToc' cbj^- 
poc nRJs.pnoc jS.- 



WRejuiepoc "^e iiToq 

[cTJ^enes,! qnpo- 
[Tpe]ne' \\\\i>li UTei- 

AinncYTe i*>.k(o- 
feoc eq-xoi juumoc 
2ineTUjjs.wT' \\- 

O'^C.Qr^Ms. KgHT- 
TH'YTIl TgOei- 



I Verso (?). 

[ ]^^^ 

[eTepenpui]juie ujw- 

[ne itjgHfq efeo'X 

[i]TjuinttO'YTe 

1143 



margin 



g.n\[toc uqno(5'-] 

-^ Ki*.q niig[d^'2s:] 
xe QsegA.nTV.uiLC Kq-] 

qiti^.-^ ii*.q . eTe- 
nevine eq^ fioy- 
oit niju' 2_[]oYiui[UT-] 

eic, enqitO(3'ne(3' [il-] 

juuuioq "se^-Kpiio- 
fee epoi H d^Kpujd^q- 

iineKeviTHjui[2>. ] 
WToq* gtocoq' n[eT-] 
dkiTei' q-sco' iijuio[c] 
eT^Hfq -sejuuv- 
pqjs.iTei guoyni- 
cTic, euq'2.id.Kpi- 
ite w'Xjva.'y ^n eT[e-] 



eie gH[T ? n-] 
Toq iJnRc[^Tpec-] 
juice KTenK[o'Yi] 



X 



^54 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 









ttCA5l[l]c* iiTe- 

nRcyi *2SjvTe ujfuji' 
pT\ioc gneH- 
nwKJvpnoc jDtne- 



nwis. euj*>.penpco- 



juie juinucjs.Tpeq- 

Smnwo'YTe ep- 
neqcywig' js.'Ytx) 
egeKpeg* eneqen- 
toXh ^s.'yoi qnpo- 



Tq KO-yi Kcyi giui- 
RTtouj* iineq- 
gHT* uji^Mfqp- 
TeTVeioc FigHToy 
See eTCHg** -se- 



ticojc nqKev to- 
OTq eioV gHit -< 



KeK.pnoc jutnensid*. 
i\Td.qd>.p|)(^ei' n- 
72.MT0'Y KToq 



margin 



Fol. 39. (The right position of this fol. is uncertain.) 
Recto. . . . ' If I am not among you in the flesh (a-dp^), yet (dXXd) am 
I with you in the spirit (ttu.).'^ And since then (^neiSr) Se) there are 
some of the faithful (Trioroy) have brought forth for themselves a portion 
{fi^pos) of the fruits (/cap.) of the Spirit {ttv.) of the Lord, while {8e) as for 
the other portion (//e.), they have not been able to bring them forth ; for 
this cause doth the servant of God, James, exhort (TrpoTpeTreii^) such as these, 

saying,^ ' He that lacketh wisdom {aocpCa) among you that is,^ some 

. . . liberally {dirXm)^ upbraiding not, and he shall give unto him.' And 
(5e) this saying : ' liberally (a7r.), upbraiding not, and he shall give unto him,' 
it(s meaning) is this : the Lord giveth unto every one with liberality 
{-airXovs), upbraiding not any one of them that ask {alrelv) Him, (saying,) 
' Thou hast sinned against Me, or (^') Thou hast done iniquity ; I will not 



1 Col. ii. 5. 

2 Jas. i. 5. 



^ An explanatory insertion ; so too at end of 
this page. 



NUMBER 25 



155 



grant thee thy request (ahrjiia),' Rather, of him that asketh (ai) he saith,^ 
* Let him ask (al.) in faith (Tr/b-rty), nothing doubting (SiaKpiveiy) that 
[is 

Verso. . . . the place [wherejin a man is, through God['s will]. Even as 
a woman conceiving, little by little, and afterwards bringing forth, and the 
little (one) growing by small degrees, until he reach completion (-rlXeioy) in 
age (rjXtKia) ; such is the fashion of the fruits (/fa.) of the Spirit (tt^ .), a 
man bringing them forth within himself, little by little, in the measure of 
his heart, until he be complete (reXeios) therein, as it is written, 

. . . cause abortion ^ ; [but] then, after that she hath brought forth, 
straightway the little (one) dieth. This is the fashion of a man who, after 
that he hath established a covenant (SiaOrjKrj) with God, to do His will and 
to keep His commandments {euToXij), and hath progressed {irpoKOTrreLv) 
according to the covenant {Kara, 8ia6.) that he hath established, doth 
afterward renounce the fruits {Ka.) of the Spirit {ttv.), wherein he had made 
beginning (apx^tu). He 



Fol. 30. f I^ech. 



[fn . . . ] . q' niKi 
[cTpjs.'^ nq]gwn' 
[oYnef^] neTii- 

[fu juLnqjo-Ywig "^e 
[e'sooc] 2s:nToq 

* This does not sufficiently fill the space. 



gocY WTeqiAirf- 
KO'Y'i cqcofiiT il- 
itecnH'Y i^q^^- 
gTHq' eoybJ i\it[e-] 
TOYCou.' eqo'Y[jJt*] 
gj^g* nH(3'e giTe- 
Tp&.ne'^i< nerii- 
suLi^y "xe HJ5.n*iT[q-] 
COCK ^iitTd^qei' [-] 
necMHY i>^qAt.K- 

'' Reading surely mistaken. The Greek word 



perhaps xiCTa.'ze ; noAi.i're is too rare to be probable. 



1 Jas. i. 6. 

2 Cf. Lagarde, Ae: 240 niieKeie gHTC 
iioycgiAie enecHT ; Curzon MS. io8, nEi, 



oe oit nT&,Ko^ie gHxq {st'c) niiegtojue 
cxeeT itikK. 



156 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



[dklX ]l*AHTl' - 



Verso. 

uje jvK epoq e.o'^eAX 
H&e. uji^itTqcei . 
e^oV 'xeoyo'yooTe- 
ne eqTpenpw- 



cd.Tpeq'xw 'i.e li- 

nei' ejuiwTe giineq- 

poc eq'xto AAJuioc -aie- 
Axeuji^K* juino'yioig 



oq "ssejuinipg^wp^ 

gHT* Wgd.UTqT(0- 

ic UTeqnpoi^i- 
pecic iul^wy^.^,q uq- 



margin 



poc eq-xto Jubutoc 

seenoynoqpe [.-] 
Te JSneicoM, t- 
peqcyeju' ^^ T\n- 
&. :o[Y]2^u}ipne 





eo['xwpoc 'i.e Ft-] 

Tpe[qeiAt -se-] 

nic[oM cy-] 

cog* eT[ooTq eoy-] 

jui' H[are 

H^ye ii[jUi^Te it-] 

T^iq'2s[ooc d^qgi^-] 

peg* P9[q eTjSo'y-] 

lojji' en[THpq jJv-] 

ne2oo['y epenoso-] 

eic (^AJL [nequjme] 

MgH[Tq 



margin 



NUMBER 25 157 

Fol. 30. Recto {v. Am. 458). . . . Have ye [(/^t?) brought] him unto me 
[that I should give] judgement [upon him ? What then (?) is] your [affair ? ^ 
De]part (ai'axcoperr).' And (51) he wished [not to say,] It [was not] he, 
lest they should (?) ^ suspect (?) another ; [but ^ (dXXd) he] kept silence, 
[saying] naught unto them, except {elfirjri) [this a]lone : ' I have [ordered 
the] matter that 

... in the] days of his youth, while making ready for the brethren, he 
observed one of them that did eat, eating many leeks at table (Tpdrr.). But 
(Si) it was not long since he had come to the brethren. And (Si) Theodore 
thought within himself, saying, ' It is not a good (thing) for this brother that 
he eat many leeks, for he is a youth 

Verso (v. Am. 458, 459). . . . monk^ (l^ou.) it befitteth him not to eat 
leeks until he be sated ; for it is a herb that causeth a man to be 
strong.' But (Si) when Theodore had said this word, he was much grieved 
(XvTTUv) at heart, saying, ' If so be it is not the Lord's will, the word that I 
have spoken, seeing I had not patience until he should be stirred up by his 
own purpose (Trpoaipecris) and he 

. . . [But (Si) Theo]dore when [he] had [known that this] [brother . . . not] 

contin[ued to] eat leeks ^ that he had spo[ken, he ke]pt himself [from 

ea]ting (them) at all, [until] the day where[on] the Lord visited him 

Fol. 31. -^^eao. j^^j.gjj^ 

"Y Twq' ^'Y(o iLi[oitoit xejuneRoy-] 

AiuucJs.Tpeq2ofc- loiy 2[o6cu iinei-] 

cq KTeTJUH il- npHuj [ncopr wWjv] 

(S\ eeo-xoipoc ^^.q- tk(3'i['2s* nfiitne on] 

He's' TOOTq c^^.Y'^'i iuo'yw[aj dwii c-ssitc] 

[eJ-YKKes. eqAieg^ il- ttTOOT[* ^vqcYto-] 

[fijSiie dwqjuieg^ Teq- iij6 "xe ne[ses.q it2vq] 

<3'i'2t' a^qcoo'YTR 's.ee.HAxele.yc. 'seil-] 

[iijjuioo'Y epoq' -see- ^o'y*.j[o]'y jv[m t*.-] 

[qje-siTCY uqo'YO- oyojuLoy !s[Wb^ ^P"] 

1 Am. ' Have ye brought him &c. ? What is it * Preceded by an adjective, or by pioAie 
to you ? ' Cf. AS. 58 end, Bo. 112. or the like. 

2 Copy inadequate. Am. has ' think ' . 5 The 2nd HS'e ' leeks ' must be wrongly read. 
^ Am. SIC, 



158 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



iu.jo'Y . iiToq ':i.e eju- 



Ai]nq'2sooc oit ws^q 
x]eceK' TooTK epoK 

cto]q epeiieqpXieio- 

n]T[p]eqJs.'Y '2we e- 
poq* \\](S\ eecib-copoc 
ptt]eq6j)^'\ ^ pn- 
eiH] js.qpiJLie gcotoq 
ne'2s]&.q M&.q '2se^s.- 
gpoK eKJpiuie fiToq 
^e ne'SNjq it&.q ose- 

poR Kj]coit y' 



Or neq-. 



margin 



\ Verso. 



margin 



[ujuiite eg^lcyepoi jul- 
[niop niiecjujwne 
[uTeige ]p[e]KCKeY- 

[H KIlGCJttH'Y WTOO- 

[fn ]na epnenli- 
[toh g]HToy ego'ye- 



Rpine jutJUo[i ne-] 
'atjs.q Mj^q '2S[eT6-] 

iULOK AlH iteT- 



igoijne THpoy g[u-] 

ita.'Y H 'Yig^w[p-] 
;X;^piis. HoynpHuj [ii-] 

COpr H oil KT 

jjieT*.&.q nd.[y] 
MToq -xe ne'2s;[js.q] 

MJwq X&.RJU[^rT] 
WRi^TV'YflH H[I1C-] 

A.Riuie 's:ii[ijm-] 

'' ik is faint ; read Axettndk. 



OOJU* WT&.inwCTC 



wqitd^ptoige d^it 
epocY 2vq(3'to^T 
^e ftctoq' \\(S\ neii- 

*.qeix.e enuioK- 

JUr' ltTNq2s.^[] 



Perhaps a^jn. 



NUMBER 25 



159 



itepejgeiicitHY ei' 

iin]^.'Y iipo'yge 

. . ]jLi''^ iiKiJui poq 
n]Toq 'i.e eeo'xcopoc 

^.yjoi HTpeq(3'w- 

uj]t &.qild.'Y - 

newjfqjuoone e>>.q- 
uiejKjjio'yKq g^p^-'i 



g^pa^q' seo'Y'ne n[ei-] 

sic J . 

AioKjuieR epoq e[eo-] 
owtope 'C o'YneTiij[oY-] 
eiT* c*.pne' en[i] 
itToq ngo-yo' [Td>.R-] 
itJc'Y etiecuH'Y [^Y-] 
ei* uji^poR e . R . p 
giSnKgH[T gn-] 
o'Y^ngJLi[oT Qseco] 
n-isoeic ne[e Rta.r-] 
ie M[cnH'Y] 
uj*.poit T[peu-] 
Wbs^ OM [ttenepH'Y] 
gi^eIjUl[^s.* 2kjs.ii] 
oil uiin[uj2v] 
TpeM[tti^'y enen-] 
epH'Y gJui[nKJui^.] 



Or uje^pjooy. ** ? eTnoi. 



margin 

^ Note the vocative form. 



e . may be uj (? ujjv'se). 



Fol. 31. Recto {v. Am. 552). . . . his {sc. mat).'^ And after that 
Theodore had covered him with the mat, he put forth his hand to a vessel 
full of dates and filled his hand and reached them forth unto him {sc. 
Pachomius), that he might take and eat them. But (5e) as for him, he took 
them not, neither {ovSe) said, Draw back thy hand. But (dWd) he looked 
at him, while his tears flowed down. And (5e) when Theodore beheld him, 
his eyes shedding tears, he also wept. He (Pach.) said unto him, ' What 
(lackest) thou, (that) thou weepest ? ' But (Si) he said unto him, ' Because 
that I see thee sick. Not [only (ov 



^ c^fTiocj as prep. + suff. seems improbable. 



i6o 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



fiovov) that thou] wouldest not [cover thee with this woollen] coverlet, 
but (aAAa)] even the hand[ful of dates also], thou wouldest [not receive it] 
at my hand.' ^ But {8e) [he answer]ed and [said unto him,] ' Thinkest thou 
I desired them not, to eat them ? Ra[ther (dWd) do I] fear because of the 
judgement of Christ (Xp.), lest I be condemned ^ (Kpiveiv).' He said unto 
him, ' Where[fore] shouldest thou be condemned (Kp.)? All they that are 
sick among the brethren, do we not (firj) charity unto them ? Or (^') if they 
have need (xp^ ^'a) of ^ woollen coverlet or (rj) aught besides, do we not give 
it unto them? But (<5e) he said unto him, 'Hast thou vis[ited] the cells 
{Kokv^rf) of [the] brethren at this [time] and hast found {lit. known) that 
that there is [not 

Verso {v. Am. S^'^). any among them] that is more sick than I ? Nay, 
[let it not] be [thus, while] the things {crKvr)) [of the] brethren are in our 
hands ^ (?), . . . have our com[fort there]from more than [they.'] It befell 
on that day that brethren came [to] Pbow(?)* in a boat, at eventime, that 
they might load a ... of reeds thereon.^ But (Si) as for Theodore, he had 
cooked food for the brethren that day. And when he had looked, he 
beheld the brethren in the boat,^ ere it had come to land ; and he thought 
within himself forthwith, being sad at heart, (saying,) ' Perchance the 

food that I have cooked shall not suffice for them.' But (Si) our father 
Pachomius looked toward him and knew the thought that had risen into 
his heart ; and he said unto him, ' What is this thought that thou hast 
thought, Theodore ? Vanity is it indeed (yap). For (iTrei) rather the more 
when thou sawest the brethren coming unto thee, [thou shouldest have said ?'] 
in thy heart, in thankfulness, [' O] Lord, even as [Thou hast] brought the 
[brethren] unto us, that we may see [one another] in this world (///. place ^), 
[make us] also wor[thy] that we may [see one] another in [the other world 
(Hi. place)].' 



^ Am. om. 'at my hand'. 
^ Or ' He condemns me '. 
3 I.e. ' in our keeping '. But if UTOOTit ei^n, 

* . . . are not in our hands, that we should have 
. . .' Am. differs somewhat. For couverture, 
read nourriture et vetement. * Or ' unto them', 
s ? ' a load '. Am. should be ' that they might 
load it with halfd\ 



^ Am. should be, 'And when he looked, he be- 
held the brethren that had come, and he thought 
within himself, Perchance the cooked food that 
he had cooked should not suffice for all.' 

"^ Or imperat., ' say', if tense of preceding 
clause would permit. 

^ Am. ' here '. 



B 



NUMB 


/? ^5 


I. 32. -* J^ecfo (?). 


f F(?r^^ (?). 


margin 


margin 


ose iin[ien Xs^j^y] 


cyoleiia* iin- 


p(OT[n MiieTp-] 


Te ilpeq- 


iioqpe [eiptiUT-] 


c itTepcq- 


pe wttioyx*.! Atii- 


'2S]T*wlTe T(^T 


neeito[c STite-] 


long^ iijweTOYJwJwfe 


Ti^iioii^ [egoYtt -] 


-ye ^.n-soeic 


ntio-YTLe d^.'yto] 


o]'Yoeiii ii- 


TnicT[ic ego'Yn] 


]*..q'2ti 


neu's;[oeic ic ne-] 


cyjoeioj n- 


X*^ * ^[ 




\\re[ 


]mxv 


iue [ 


[itTJs^q'sooc] eTfcn- 




[hto'Y (5'i '^jvj'yc*'^' 


K 





161 



s 



Fol. 32. (The position of this fol. is quite uncertain.) 

Recfo (?). . . . ' I ^ have not [hidden aught] from you [of the things that 
are] profitable, [testify] ing to the Jews and Gentiles (e^.) repentance (/teraf.) 
[toward] God [and] faith (ttict.) toward our Lord [Jesus the] Christ 
(Xp.) 

Verso (?). . . . time of the When he had [seen? how] this was 

the manner-of[-life of] the saints the Lord had light he 

took (?).... time of [where]of David [spake] 

^ Acts XX. 20, 21, but differing considerably from Budge and ^Yoide. 



1143 



1 62 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



No. 26. 

This story of Apollo, ri^iXoc [n]ev'i?t'e\oc,^ and Ammonius of Thone 
figures in the account of the latter in the Synaxarmm.^ A woman had 
attempted to beguile Ammonius, but had been converted by him. The 
devil, jealous at this triumph, spreads scandalous reports of the saint among 
the monasteries, and induces Apollo to visit him and be convinced. Apollo 
finds there the penitent woman, who, after eighteen years passed in Ammo- 
nius' cell, expires in their presence. 



Recto. 

[ -l^g.' 

^ His Life by Ay Hd^noge in Paris arabe, 
4888, f. 139 b, whence in Synax. 25 Babeh. That 
this is the Apollo of Bawit has already been 
pointed out {PSBA. xxix. 291. The Antiphona- 
rimn, at the latter date, calls him nigycoc 
[n]nek.vce\oc). He appears in the Diptychs, 
usually confounded with the martyr, son of 
Justus {e.g. Renaudot, Lit., ed. 1847, i. 18), rarely 
distinct {e.g. Cairo Eucholog. 358). Cledat's 
Baouit ii. 91 gives Hamoi as his father's name; 
cf, Synax. JL*1, Life *:*! . To what has been 
elsewhere collected regarding Apollo and his 
namesakes (Br. Mus. no. 322 n., Aeg. Z. xl. 60), 
I may add : Miss. iv. 818 (= Paris 129", f. 63) 
relates probably to this saint. A Life of A. was 
in the White Monastery Library (_/. Th. St. v. 
566). He is repeatedly invoked at the Jeremias 
Monastery, alone or with Phib and (or) Anoup ; 
indeed, two Apollos are there commemorated 
(Quibell-Thompson, Saqqdra nos. 27, 76, 226). 
The calendaric mention of him with lUk iiegieifi 
(= &iid. tbii), Leyd. MSS. p. 216, remains ob- 
scure. The pilgrimage of Herminos and Hor, 
related in the Life of the former (Paris arabe 148), 
took them to the church of Apa Apollo. There they 
beheld the saint's corpse ' adorned and mitred ' 
La^^i^ ^j- (f- 322 b). Their preceding visits had 
been on the W. bank to Apa Jeremias L^.l 



npiAJie \\(5\ 

nsic 

(? of Saqqara), then alive ; thence to the church 
of Elias the Syrian ; while from Apollo's relics 
they proceeded to those of Apa Mina in Gebel 
al-Khattaf (? Lybian Desert) (f. 323 a). This 
itinerary is too erratic to make it more than 
probable that its Apollo is he of Bawit. From 
the Arabic Life (f. 159 b &c.) it seems that the site 
of 'The Monastery' (ne^O'^HT Bawit) was J,.*-^ 

^Jif\\ i' e. ? (J^jSj^ = [nJujiS'enoge, where a 
legend placed the cell of Phib (Zoega 367). 
(Paris 4787, another copy, reads. ^S^\.) A 
further corruption of this may be t>^^}, Synax., 
I.e. Several other names in this text await 
elucidation from its Coptic original, announce 1 
as in the P. Morgan collection {yourn. d. Sav. 
1912, 181). J. Maspero points out that the monas- 
tery of A. at (?) Aphrodito is named after its his- 
torical founder, otherwise identifiable (Pap. Cairo 
no. 67096). Can this be the same with that near 
Kom Esfaht (Petrie, Gizeh and Rifeh 39), where 
the patron A. is often called 07(05 ? 

8 20 Bashans (Forget ii. 130). Tunah el- 
Gebel, W. of Ashmunain, is some 25 miles 
N. of Bawit. But Apollo was perhaps not, at 
this time, resident at Bawit ; v. Aeg. Z.,, I. c. 
Thone often occurs in Ashmunain MSS., e.g. Br. 
Mus. 1042, Rylands 119, Krall Rechtsiirk.cx\:dw. 
This Ammonius is invoked, Deir el-Gebrawi ii, 
pi. xxix, Cledat Baouit ii. 91. 



NUMBER 26 



163 



stc 

nene aahto- 
cy itecoite 

TRJAIITI- 

ncyco -^e 



seneuj^Hp 
js.2poK Kpi- 

ne AicY * 

7 



Reading ? en*wMtdk- 



f Verso. 

feioq d^qe efcoX 
js.'YOi KTepeqge 



puj epoq seno- 

'SX. efsoX AAJUlOli 

'\oei<3'e uineq- 
"Xo giinequo- 



[ 

ii&.q ['seitite-] 

^eitKo[oYe tjs.-] 

KO KTq[jv?]^op-] 

AlH H JJUJl[OItl 

Timoo'Y Jtijiii[HT] 

iiTM(5'onq fi- 
Twn^.pjs.'i.i- 
XOY AULioq it- 



poycwTiA n- 



i64 THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 

fie iwWjs. 2vq- iteuijjioiti*.- 

[. . .] J5.AlJwTe X.^ THpO'Y Ti^- 

[. . . .]oc iiui- KO riTeqi<t^o[p-] 

JUIH* CiHOTIl [^*>.p] 

efeoX noc[ott] 

Recto. ... He said unto the door-keeper {-nvXri), ' Go, tell our father Apa 
Apollo that, lo, (here is) a monk (fJ.op.), namely one from Apa Ammone, of 
the hill of Thone, who desireth to meet with (dnavTau) thy paternity.' 
But (^e) when they had brought the news to Apa Apollo 

. . . come] in unto him, the devil began {dp)(^eii/) to weep. Apa Apollo 
said unto him, 'Friend, what (aileth) thee, that thou dost weep? Is then 
{apa) my brother Ammone dead ? ' That one, who was the devil, said, 

Verso, . . .' The devil (SidlS.) humbled him and he fell with a woman. 
And after that he had fallen with her, we were at pains, beseeching him, 
(saying,) ' Cast her forth from thee, lest others perish by thine example.* 
He ceased not from his iniquity, rather (dXXd) he . . . much ' 

*. . . lest] others perish on his account {d<popfiTi]). Or (^) if not, send ten 
brethren with [us] and we will take him and give him over (TrapaSiSoj/aL) 
unto the authority (e^ovaia), that they may hear and be afraid ; lest all the 
monks (/xoi^.) perish on his account (a0.). [For ? (yap)] it is easi(er ?) that 
we should cast forth one whilst yet (? -oaov) ' 



No. 27. 

This narrative relates (here at least) to a saint named Hor. Seven of 
this name can, I believe, be distinguished,^ and it is impossible so far to 
decide which of them is here in question. He appears to have visited 
Alexandria and presumably in peaceful times ; he should therefore not be 
sought among the martyrs. 

J A, Anchorites (i) Jli'si. Latis. ix (in Nitria) 290, Quibell-Thompson, Saqqdra nos, 26, 295 ; 

= Sozomen vi.- 28 (in Thebaid) ; (2) companion (4) hermit of 2 Kihak, in Ludolfs Calendar 'the 

of Hatre, Vitae Pair, v, lib. xv, 43 = Zoega 299 ; younger', and identical with biographer of Hermi- 

(3) companion of Ambrosius {cf. ? the name 'Apa nos, for in that story his and that saint's deaths 

Rasios', Crum, (9^/r. no. 116, and ?j_^.^;^1jo = are foretold for same date (Paris arabe 148, 

,^^^^^\y\ Synax. 23 Tubah) PSBA. xxix. f- 328b). Cf. too his epithets 'Dyer '^1.^1 



I 

I 



NUMBER 27 



165 



t Recto (?). 

margin 

]e IXncwTHp '^ ^[q] 

eg^pxi e[jji]nH'Y[ ] 



n':^[iK&.ioc 



> Verso (?). 
margin 
egoyit enTO- 
noc JUUL*^s.pKoc 

THC *<qpci>^- 
ujq ngoo'Y eq- 
MHCTe'ye git- 
[. . . .jncKO. 



H[ 



Recto (?). . . . Apa] H6r,i giving glory unto God and His angels {ayy). 
The Saviour (o-cor.) gave (?) him peace {ilpr\v7]) and went up to heaven. The 
ri[ghteous ? 

Verso (?). ... in unto the church {jo-noi) of Mark the evangelist ^ and 
passed seven days fasting (vrjo-Teveiv) in 



No. 28. 

From the history of Apa Cyrus, the hermit, narrated by Pambo.^ 
Cyrus, reputed a brother of Theodosius I, dwelt in a Kardyaiov,^ ' at the 
edge of the world, nigh unto hell.' On Pambo's arrival he falls ill, and, 
before his death, is aware of that of Shenoute, which, in the Calendar, occurs 
on the day preceding his own. 



{Synax. ad he.) and ^s.j^^\ (Paris 148, ff. 294 a, 
321 b, 330b), for which I propose :ii>pl, i.e. 
npd^gT, so explaining the obscure name of his 
home e*.syjl {alias ^^ j1). Yet Am^l. Geogr. 
12 suggests that the latter is a real place-name : 
B, Martyrs (5) Zoega p. 23 = CSCO. vol. 43, 
127; (6) Synax. 12 Abib = Amelineau, Actes 
104: C, Bishop (7)^jl (but Abfl Salih 7ibUl) 
Amelineau, Conies i. 109. Of these, no. 4 visited 
Alexandria, as did the subject of our text. 
^ May be subject of a foregoing verb. 



^ V. Amelineau, G^ogr. 37, A. J. Butler, A>ab 
Conq. 372. 

' Br. Mus. Or. 6783 has a complete Life, 
differing slightly from the other versions {v, 
Rustafjael, Light of Egypt 137). Fragments 
in Sa'idic : Paris 129^^, f. 26, 131^, f. 37. V. 
Synax. 8 Tubeh (Hamle). The Ethiopia text, 
ed. Turaieff, Zapiski, Orient. Sect. Imp. Russ. 
Archaeol. Soc, xv. (1903), is but a slightly longer 
form of the Synax. ; but Br. Mus. Or. 701 (Eth. 
Cat., p. 184) appears to be Llifferent. 

* Paris, /.f. So used J/m.iv. 763,RoSbi I. ii.ii. 



i66 


THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 




-* Recto. 




1 Verso. 




Tivo<ya uj[u)ne u) 






]*> 


^^>.eIOiT [ne- 






. . . noy 2CI t- 


'xa.q sek'Yw[o(? 






neiKOY[i] enoi- 


hct'y'\'\o[c 









ge 2^it.n[To-] 






Td^d^ne ttftton 


oy HwTpin[e 








^TiAo eiUj(3'jjt- 


Ainocy jvnAAes.- 


UJI[ 


n]R[o]ctoc 


(5Q)K\ egjuiooc e- 


R*.pioc J>^n[i. 


TOO[ 


]n.q- 


g^p]i<i se^s.^^.cal- 


[wjenoj'YTe ii- 




iTeVioc 


[xijAw pjK[T<50]jUl *.- 


Ton iijLi]oq xi- 





? 


uo[k "ii-e ^]iqi^ nw- 


^ - J 




]iiq 


tte [*.iT*.i<q 2.]**'" 


. . .]oc , . WJ^ 




]^9^- 


^toq [. . . .jy 


. .]it . . [Mp]q^ 




ne'x[d.i iiixq 


]g.^ 


. . Hpo[. . .]ne 


c[i]u) iwyo) ttpq- 
CAAM no HOC nn- 


sno'Y[t ^^>w-] 

eicoT [ 





', .]t[. . . e^jT- 
pequjon[q] - 


[i]tmc*wn*.i "^.e 


uioHo;X;^oc flit- 

sic 


Td.'yt eT-] 


nje-si^q Wh^i 


poq noyeipH- 


HKA.CA.llKOit[.] 


feHH[Tq 


_'xe]AA[. .]Tn 


HH* ^.^10 oil ite- 


margi 


n 




penqcTOJLid.- 
;)^oc ujoyco 2^^ 
. qniio . 


* n]T&-. 


^ I have noted that -xi canno 


t be read. = Or gju.n]i 


peq- ^ Or 



^OY(x)g[ or as = ujoyo. 

Recto. . . . What hath happened, O] my father?' He said, 'A great 
pillar ((TTvXos) hath fallen in the mount of Atripe this day ; the blessed 

(naK.) Apa [Sheno]ute is gone to rest this day. Verily (dXrjBco^) 

teacher and law-maker (-j/6//oy) for monks (/lov.) and worldlings (KocrfjiiKos) 

[I ?] said [unto him ?,] ' In [truth (?), my] father concerning 

[him 

Verso. . . . the] world {koo-^) . ^ ..... . perfect (reXeioy) 

{dividing line). And (5e) thereafter he said unto me, ' 



NUMBER 28 167 

. . . take this small stone and place it beneath my head ; verily I am 
no longer able to sit down, for my body {era).) is become powerless.' [But 

(5e)] I took (?) the stone [and I placed ? it] beneath him , that 

He would ^ receive him unto Him in peace (e/p.). And also his stomach 
(arTOfj..) was 2 

No. 29. 

This should be part of one of those tales of wandering visits through 
the desert, paid by a devout inquirer to the cells of various ascetic cele- 
brities, and met with in the collections of Apopluhegmata, in the Life of 
Onnophrius,^ that of Cyrus/ of Paul of Tammah, and the like,*' Here the 
scene is presumably in the far south, as certain of the characters are 
connected with Nubia. 

Of fol. 3 no translation can be attempted. 



Fol. I. t 



margin p. cc 






peneit'soeic -xto juutioc 'seuiii- 
ujHit eniLiicyq njvT6.Y Ri^p- 
noc efeoX eqgooy j^q-si j\g^ ii- 
jLiepoc n&.nocTHeo*yc g6o\ git- 
itecp[d>.t:^H] eTO-yev^-fe isr^is^ iie- 
[uji^q . . . .]nq[ efcoX eqiJieXeTA. 

] . -xe itTe-yajH th- 

[pc ]TCa '2eK&. K2S.I 

] . . TtpiiiJ epooy 

] . , . 0>T 
Not ju.jul]oc. " ? THTWn. 

^ Or ' when He should '. 8 Hamle, differs much). 

2 This might be read variously: * was not ^ Miss.'w. 759. The true title of this narrative 

able to ...',' was pouring forth ..." is not known. 

^ ^c/a^'i'., June 12, Amelineau in ^^^. vi. 166. * E.g. the Life of Herminos, alluded to in 

* Synax., 8 Abib (Forget ii. 215. The Ethiop., No. 26. 



i68 THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 

> p. c*^ margin 

fli* nctofie no-Yoeiuj ihai ne- 

eujd.'se juineKA.TO e6o\ -^"y- 
touj eTpenosui epo\' iinfeioc \\- 
itecnH-Y THpoy eTiineKKto- 
Te 'seneo'yitHeo'yos^ iinci^pHc 
AJLJULon neos^-q ites.i se^.iTd.gG 

coil cii^-Y iinijid>n[ ]it 

vtns.no'Yi*' [penpi>.nc UncyN] 
jLixiooYne .p^[ nps^it jl-] 

nneo'Yd'.ne iivK[co6 niioy-] 

T TunooyccY AALnenicKonoc] 
i>>.nd.> epjuii&.c eT[peqTCj>.5too'Y] 

* cu>TJLi seems the only possibility. ^ For nTe^iei. *^ Instead of stop, possibly 
a letter, nepenp&ii. ^ ? iiTep[e. 

Fol. I. P. 203, . . . maladies and the devils {SainouLov) that he cast out ; 
according (KaTci) as our Lord saith, ' A good tree doth not bring forth 
evil fruit (/cap,).'^ He got many portions (/iepoy) by heart (ctTro arrjdovs) 

from the holy scriptures (yp.)- And [he used to ], repeating {/leXe- 

TOLv) , day and night all the night Have mercy upon 

me resemble (?) them 

P. 204. . . . laughter 2 at all times.' I said unto him, 'Seeing, then 
(e7ret5^ ovv), that I have come to speak before thee, I desire that thou 
wouldest tell me of the life {^ios) of all the brethren that are in thy 
neighbourhood, as to whether there be any other to the south of us.' ^ 
He said unto me, ' I came upon two brethren among the Nubians,^ 

1 Luke vi. 43. Or. 7029, where the barbarians about Philae are so 

* Or as an adjective. called ; also in Afiss. iv. 642. (Wessely's 'kvvov- 
^ Cf.z. phrase in Br. Mus. no. 336. ^adwv, Ein biliiig. Majestdtsgesuch 44, is con- 

* This form, nd^iiOYfidw (sing. O'jfd.noyfiaw, firmed by Wilcken, Chrest. i. 11, p. 13.) In 
pi. gene^no-yfei.) is used throughout Br. Mus. I'a"^ 131I, f. 62 (homily of Philip, bishop of 



NUMBER 29 



169 



[the name of the one] of them being Thara . . .\ [the name of] the other 

Jacob (?) God sent them to [the bishop {kir.) ?] Apa Hermias,^ that 

[he should teach them] to write. After that (?) 



Fol. 2. Recto. 

margin {page no. here) 

Te ctOTJuL encYcoric jUlU^tc^.^[en-] 
goo'Y "^G i.ue'YeioTe fiwK enn[o-] 
^euioc i.'Y-M.ooYTO'y i\Tepqc[ca-] 
fH 'xe <3'i nenxcKonoc eno'Y^ 

es.q^ iii^'Y j5.^!^v^TICJu^. JtT[e-] 

[nec;)(^HJuak] riTA.HTJU.OH*.^oc ev'y- 

[peq joy uncocyii THpq 

[evq^^ Md^'Y ttTej^eipo-xonejiv* ne 

* eT[oyono e6o\] or eT[oYHg opA.i]. 



f F^r^^. 



margin 



[ii^u.oq jjinq'X'ynei aaaaocy * e- 
[x^coR efioX iine'Yvi'THJUiiv K^vT^s. 
[ee] fiTd^'Y'sooc a^'yco js^'^j'^uiu epH[c] 
[]ne'YA.*^ eqc-YH-Y iijuoit Fidv^ooY 

MO'YAj.d^ riujwne &.'Y<Ji> o'YKO'Y'i 

[^]'Yt*i Ke*Y^ FigTH'Y epoo-y gngcafe 
[ujiiA a.'yto jvYUJcone Ti^H-y ii- 
[oj'YOtt iti-ii CTiies.'Y epo[o'Y *w'Y]w ^^- 

[c]aifX* [^2*^2^ n*.peTH [eTecYn-] 
Tbj^ ri[e]e uitiMieH^eiOTe Il^.p^^vI-] 
[o] ^kOK Owe n[Tepeico)Tiui] 
[e]K.i ^vl^^>.p^wH^.'\[I 

[ IV* -se . . . [ 



Fol. 2. Redo. . . .' their request [aLT-qiia). Afterwards God heard their 
prayer and (5e) after some days their parents went to the war (ttoX.) and 
were slain. But (5e) when the bishop (evr.) heard the news, he fulfilled 
their request {atr.) and gave them baptism ((3a7r.). But (Si) when he heard 
of the fear of God [that dwelt ^?] within them, he put upon them [the 
habit (o-^jy/^a)] of monkhood {-fiovayo^) and [taught] them to write. And 
when them all knowledge, [he gave them] ordination (xeLporoyia) ' . 



TknA.To\H, cf. Zoega pp. 266, 267) it is 

no"yfe&.. C/. Arab. NMa,Ethiop,J\/oi>a{Lxido\{, 
Co>7tnicnt. p. 68). 



1 My copy would not justify Serapion. 
^2 I find no such bishop or saint elsewhere. 
* Or ' that was manifested '. 



1143 



170 



THEOLOGICAL TEXTS 



Verso. ' . . . him and he grieved {Xvndv) them not as to fulfilling their 
request {ah.), according (Kard) as they had said. And they departed 
southward to their place, distant from us about two days' walk, when they 
had made for themselves a dwelling place and a little church (e/f.), and 
therein they dwelt. And they gave heed unto themselves in everything 
and became profitable unto every one that beheld them ; and we heard 
of many "virtues" (dpeTTJ) [which were] theirs, like those of our [ancient 
(? dpxaTos) fathers ']. But (Si) I [, when I had heard ?] these things, 
I besought {irapaKaXilv) (saying), * 



Fol. 3. \ Recto {>), 
margin 

j-SSOi ftJULOC 



l-S . . . T e 

jjui . . . . cytt 
Ih . . . nee 

J 

1 Tnit . . . Toii 
T]d.ujeoeiiij 
]n iiee 



> Verso (?). 

margin 

XO^IOtt^ Ok.[ 

K^HCIdk t[ 

THpH ne[ 
npwjui[e 

ifii[n 

Tq eTeKR'\[Hcii. 

gio'y[co]n b{ 

nojLioc jui[ 

peqei -xe e[ 
nqioi[T 
jtaett &.[ 



eK-] 



-SI-] 



itTe-] 



APPENDIX 



ABBREVIATIONS EMPLOYED. 



Greek texts 
AS. . 



Par. . 
Nau A 
NauD 

Sur. . 

Coptic texts 

Sa (i to 6) 

SaX . 

Bo. . 
Arabic texts 

Ap. . 

Ac. . 

Am. . 

Av. . 



Vita in Acta Sanctorum, Maii iii. 
refers to paragraphs of the above. 
Paralipomena^ ibid. 
Patrol. Or. iv. 425-503. 
ibid., 504-511. 

Surius, De Frob. SS. Fit., iii and Nan's 
copy of the Greek original. 

Sa'idic recensions, v. below, pp. 183!?. 
The new text, No. 25 above. 
Bohairic recension, ed. Am^lineau. 

Paris, MS. arabe 261. 
Cairo, printed edition. 
Am^lineau's printed text. 
Vatican, Cod. Arab. 172. 



The main object of this Appendix is to draw attention to two hitherto unnoticed 
Arabic versions of the Life of Pachomius. Three texts are indeed here described, 
but two of them (Ap. and Ac.) are, in great part, so closely related that they may be 
regarded as representing a single version. 

M. Amdlineau, in publishing his Arabic text, was aware of the existence of the 
MSS. in Rome and Paris, besides those which he employed^; but one must suppose 
that he did not examine either, since he says nothing of their wide divergence from 
his own text ; and it has thence been hitherto assumed ^ that but one form of the 
Arabic Life exists. 

To the descriptions of these I have added what can provisionally be said as to the 
six Sa'idic recensions,' awaiting for their final valuation the investigations which, 
it is to be hoped, Professor Lefort will before long publish. 

I have no pretext for attempting here a rediscussion of the question of origins ; 
neither our new Sa'idic text nor the new Arabic versions contribute anything 



^ Aftis. Guim. liv. 

^ Laden ze 52. 

' Each of the extant MSS. represents a some- 
what different recension. When it is remembered 
that the White Monastery alone (whence all these 



six came) once possessed twenty {sic ?) copies of 
the Life of P., besides that of P., Horsiese and 
Theodore together, such an amount of variation 
is not surprising {J. Th. Stud. v. 566). 



172 APPENDIX 

available as arguments against Ladeuze's contention in favour of a Greek text as 
the original basis whence the other versions sprang.^ Yet a reader of AS. and Par., 
having the requisite familiarity with the popular literary idiom of Egypt in the earlier 
Byzantine period, and if conversant too with Coptic, would probably be struck by 
the uncouthness of much of their phraseology, and would incline to admit at least 
the possibility of certain parts of these texts having been directly translated from 
Coptic whether written or oral and so incorporated in the Greek biography.^ 
Not a few examples occur of those ambiguous locutions which, being of identical 
usage in both languages, it is difficult to assign as original property to either. Such 
are xCipa. SoOmt help (Nau D. 511, 15), tottoj/ evpetv (AS. 76 sup.^ but cf. N. Test. 
TOTTov Sowat), oj/o/xara XajSetv (AS, 80 sup.). Are these to be reckoned evidence 
for a translation from the Coptic or merely for a Greek composition, written in 
a Coptic ' atmosphere ' ; or are they in fact passable Greek and their identical Coptic 
counterparts simple translations, naturalized and current, like many another Greek 
phrase and idiom, in the native language ? ^ 

Paris, MS. arabe No. 261 (= Ap.). 

De Slane's catalogue assigns this MS. to the end of the 14th century, 
A reader's note on the last fol. is dated a.m. 1066 = a.d. 1350. The title runs: 
' In the Name of the Father .... the History of our father, the great Pachomius, the 
saintly, and his favourite disciple, Theodore, the beloved.' C/l the title of Am., where 
the latter is not mentioned. The limits of this recension are practically conterminous 
with those of AS. + Par. {s. the Table, p. 189). It is indeed a direct translation from 
the Greek, as we learn from the subscriptions to the MSS. in Cairo*; and confirmation 
of their statements may be had from many of the personal and place-names, where 
the transcription often reproduces even the Greek case-endings {e.g. in 3 L*^. voc, 

^ Themain argument against this now generally but Am. 531, 9, in paraphrasing that (and trans- 
. accepted view {e.g. Butler, Lazis. Hist. ii. 206) lating probably the missing parallel from SaX), 
is of course its inherent improbability. Despite has enemy. As to arpovBlov, cf. Jerome's com- 
Prof. Ladeuze's ingenious marshalling of reasons ment on Eccles. xii. 4, mmqiiam passei-em in 
why the Life should have been first composed in malam partem legisse 7ne novi, PL. 23, 1 109. But 
Greek, one cannot but feel that such a literary v. Par. 26, where the word is scarcely open to 
product, in such a time and place, is scarcely the explanation here offered, 
credible. (C/. C. H. Turner, iny; 7"/^. .S"/. vi. 324.) ^ Ladeuze 43, 44, quotes Tillemont to like 
^ Hence there might be instances of mistrans- effect, but criticizes his remarks. The late 
lations which have resulted in obscure or im- E. A. Sophocles {Lexicon, List of Authors) ap- 
probate readings in the Greek. One case of pears to have taken the Greek for a ' barbarous 
probable misunderstanding of the Coptic appears translation '. If the much needed revision of the 
to me to be the simile of the devil, bound and edition of AS. be ever undertaken, we shall learn 
placed under foot ws arpovOiov (Par. 4 = Nau A how far the BoUandists adhered to one MS., how 
15). I suggest that the Coptic here read sev.'xe far they compiled their text {v. Nau, 409 n.). 
enemy, which the translator mistook for xdk'S * V. description of Ac. 
sparrow. The corresponding AS. 67 has ^T^/Jior, 



APPENDIX 173 

7 ^-iUs ace, 20 ^yj^:^ gen. pi., ib. ^i^w-- gen., 38 ^_^x^. gen., 68 ^j^^^ ace., 
72 ^jLs gen., ib. ^yoM gen.), while discarding those forms usual in the parallel 
texts of Coptic origin (tiyU^i for -ryj^.i u^^- f^'" (^^ L^jy:*.! for ^^^UUl^, 
i^jLiSj ZaK;)(aros sometimes for oj , JiJ). Of features positively significant of a non- 
Coptic origin, the most noteworthy is the transmutation of the date of Pachomius' 
death, 14th Pachons, into its Syrian (or .? Melkite) equivalent, 15th lyar, and similarly 
that of Theodore from 2nd Pachons to i6th lyar; further, the fantastical 'Coptic' 
etymology of the name Panopolis,' and perhaps such omissions as that of the local 
names in 52 (fol. 188 b). 

The precise relationship between this and the various Greek recensions could only 
be ascertained by a series of comparisons far more systematic than I have undertaken. 
This much however may be said: that Ap. is a patchwork of (i) a version following 
closely AS. + Par.,'^ (2) another, once substantially identical with Am., but since 
provided with stylistic embellishments here a further epithet or synonym, there 
a longer phrase ^ and (3) independent alterations or additions, sometimes of con- 
siderable length. Of these elements (i) is represented, for example, in 1-19, with 
the exception of 7, 15 (partly), again in 22-25 ; (2) in 35, 71-96 and in the 
sections taken from Par. As examples of (3) we may cite {a) many additional 
biblical quotations, throughout the whole text ; {h) several homiletic developments, 
e.g. in II, 12, 24, 31, 46, 49, Par. 6, 22, this last of over 7 pages; (c) addidons 
or changes in detail, presumably due to the translator, e.g. 2 Abyssinia the scene 
of P.'s military service; 4, 25 P. and Theodore both tonsured; 22 P.'s sister 
writes to him, asking to see him (the whole section is peculiar); 36 after YioC rov 
oi}, reference to the Ode of Habakkuk, which, if the wise man meditate, he may 
dispense with the rest of the Prophets; 39^ P. asks water to wash his hands, lest 
he defile the book he reads ; Par. 5 ' Permit us to bury him, lest the jackals devour 
him ' ; Par. 6 begins with P.'s question, ' Have ye yet more words and blame ? They 
answered, No'^ ; Par. 26 P. exorcises the phantom with a charm ^; Par. 12 P. in his 
reply quotes 'a sage'^; 62 (?) referring to P.'s innumerable virtues, 'Who may 
number the flowers of the desert or the waves of the sea ? ' ; 65 subsequently P. gave 
to some the interpretation of his vision, ' and what I long after heard from them I tell 
to you'; 72 P. says his monasteries have 7,000 monks.'' Further, certain additions 

iJaJLll iiUU. ' ^ iv. 443)- 

2 An instructive specimen of their combination ^ Fol. 167, 7. Begins ^.. y {JS>\ ^j^ U 

is 66,67 (ff. 121-129 b). Practically all of \, ^f, U t^JJ^ jCfUij 

AS. and of Par. 2,3, 4 is included, but the narra- * " " ^ 

tive is made up of regularly alternating sections ^ Fol. 179, 11 ^I^aJJ \,je\i ' Whoso setteth 

from these two sources. fire and water in a vessel without understanding 

* Often with the object of effecting a rhyme hath done so in madness,' 

(c/. description of Ac). ' Cf. Am. 380, Ladeuze 204. 



174 APPENDIX 

would seem to aim at exalting the monastic dignity : 25 Pekusius first asks 
P.'s leave to introduce Theodore ; 49 Theodore, before preaching, begs P.'s 
blessing ; Par. 5 the funeral procession reverently salutes P, and takes his blessing ; 
50^ Petronius, on arrival, performs the humblest menial service during three years 
{quot. Mat. vii. 14) ; 5iMhe bishop's deference to P., as if he had been his disciple. 
Of sheer misunderstandings we may note the name ' Archelaus', given to the anony- 
mous brother in 42^^ and originating presumably in the words 6.p^aLia dScA^o). 

As is natural in a recension of non-Coptic origin, Ap. shows none of those 
additional passages which make up so much of Am. {i. e. those in Butler's table with- 
out Greek, though often with Coptic, equivalents), excepting where taken from the 
Laus. Hist. {viz. Am. 366-9, 377, 382-4) and the two anecdotes on Am. 641,^ 
which figure in Nau D (v. Pair. Or. iv. 509, 43) and are, here as there, followed by 
the passage I.e. 510, 6, ending with Gal. ii. 2} Indeed a number of the minor 
peculiarities which differentiate the texts printed or analysed by Nau from those of AS. 
and Par. reappear in A p., which likewise has not a few features in common with the 
pseudo-metaphrastic text of Surius. The following references will suffice to confirm 
the former statement: Par. 6 ends in Ap. as in Nau D {J.c. 440); 50^^ Ap. more 
like NauD than AS., but much longer; 52 Ap. = Nau D in certain details, but 
is longer; 53 Ap. = Nau D in ref. to Tropvtia {I.e. 507, 27); 55^ Ap. has 
o-vyxwpoOvTtti kt\., as in Nau D; 57 Ap. has to. tov TiTcv/xaros; 58 Ap. = Nau D 
in omitting 2nd section (AS. kox TroXXaKLs;), reading vTraKouere ov and in 3rd section 
ov ixovov afxafyria; 71 last two lines om. Ap. and Nau D. Thenceforth Nau D as 
well as Ap. generally = Am. 

As regards sequence of the paragraphs in Ap., it will be seen from the table, p. 191, 
that there is an undeniable similarity between their grouping here and in Ac, while 
in several of the other texts groups appear, identically composed with those in Ap., 
though at relatively different intervals. 

The Cairo Edition (= Ac). 

This print, edited in 1891 by the hegumenus of the monastery of El-Baram<is 
for the Coptic Orthodox Educational Society in Cairo,^ professes {s. Preface) to be 
reproduced unaltered [from the MS.], so far as the sense remained intelligible. 
Nothing is said as to sources; but from the colophon in a modern copy in the 

1 A Boh. version of the 2nd in Br. Mus. 3 Title . . . ^j^y>.h lol j_j,u.3jLiL)l l-jLij 
no. 915. 

2 Instead of being direct translations from AS., ^ (J.>j xi ^Xl S^ ,jfl^l s^*" 

the additions in Am. ' from another copy' (Am. _ << mi \ ; . , . . 

599) must now appear more likely to have come '-t-^'-^yy^ {jg^^^'"'^ (^^' *i!*^ *^^ ij^ 
from Ap. (fol. 76 a), which text contains more- Iz^ijl jyiljjJU 

over the other passages regarded as directly 

from AS. (r. Ladeuze p. 60). 



APPENDIX 



175 



Patriarchal Library, very kindly communicated by Marcus Bey Simaika, we learn 
that the print was made from it. My informant tells me that the original of this 
copy (as well as of another in the same library, which expressly states as much) was 
a MS. in Deir Abu Makar, dated a.m. 975 = a.d.i25i {sic). A third copy of this is, 
I am further informed, at Deir el-Moharrak and was made in a.d. 1842. Now this 
last copy bears the important statement (copied for me by Simaika Bey) that the 
old MS. at Abil Makar was ' translated from the Greek into the Arabic in the hand- 
writing of one of the Greek Melkites, named John, son of Metri, son of Hamzah, 
in Cairo.^ Apparently therefore the date of the'MS. is that of the translation itself, 
which was made only in the i>3th century ; and if so, we further obtain a terminus ante 
quern for the writing of Ap. The scribe of the Patriarch's copy whence the print was 
made further observes that from the latter many clauses in rhymed prose (^ss-J.1 J^l) 
have been omitted, while, at the same time, such of the more important dates have 
been inserted as the editor was able to ascertain.^ 

The text as printed is, like Ap., a mixture of the two recensions : the majority 
of its sections show the same version of AS. + Par. as Ap., and in all but identical 
wording, while a lesser number agree with Am., though often with modifications 
in phraseology. But, beyond this, the compiler of Ac. has made a large selection 
from those independent additions of Am. which Ap. discards {e.gg. Ac. p. 8 has 
Am. 348 inf., p. 29 Am. 390, p. 33 Am. 406, p. 37 Am. do., p. 61 inf. Am. 432, 
p. 65 Am. 562, p. 80 Am. 502, pp. 89-91 Am. 509-18, p. 112 Am. 435, p. 126 
Am. 448, p. 136 Am. 591), while in a few cases omitting passages to be found in 
Ap. (conspicuously that ixom Lmis. Hut. = Am. 366 flf., 27' and Par. 32 + 40^). 
There remain, as elements peculiar to Ac, besides a homiletic development of 71 
(p. 131) and a short apophthegm (p. 163),* a long section consisting of excerpts 
from P.'s sermons (pp. 115, 2-121, 7). Their Sa. original is to be found in 
Br. Mus. Or. 7024, if. 18-49 b, while short extracts, partly identical with these, are in 
Arabic in Or. 4523 {v. below), f. 182b ff.* For the sequence of paragraphs, v. the 
table, p. 191. How far this is the arrangement of the modern editor it is impossible 
at present to ascertain. 



j^J -J_J-- 5--'l A.^-'OJ.I j,l. 



ijClil ^l,,^ll x^\ ]aj^. * Sa. is about to be published by Dr. Budge. 



It is entitled : 'An Exhortation {KaTqxqcji.'i) 



jAA i.M^jS^. ij^^ (^ L^/^ pronounced by . . . Apa PahomS, concerning a 

^ These occur on pp. 4, 8, 12, 141, 168 of the brother that had been wroth, being one of the time 

edition. The Coptic month-names are of course of Apa Ebonh, who had brought him to Taben- 

here employed ; cf Ap. nese.' Ebonh is presumably the abbot of Sheneset 

^ ' By what road can a man expel Satan from (35). (y perhaps Br. Mus. no. 268. It may be 

within him ?' Theodore replies that, as a guest noted here that, among these extracts added after 

cannot be expelled except his belongings be first the text in Or. 4523, there is one (f. 185) from the 

put without, so only by first casting forth the Life of Herminus (= Paris 148 f. 320 inf, Cf 

vices, can Satan be himself expelled. No. 27 above). 



176 APPENDIX 

Amelineau's Text, Muse'e Guimet xvii. 337 (= Am.). 

It is not necessary to describe afresh this recension. Of the four MSS. available 
to me only that at Gottingen (Universitatsbibliothek, Nr. 116, here G) is of any 
antiquity; it is assigned to the i6th century.^ The others are all modern copies, 
the age of whose originals I do not know. M. Am^lineau says {Introd. Hv, Ivi) that 
he had at his disposal copies of three practically identical MSS., in Luxor, El-Moharrak, 
and the Patriarchate, but that his text and translation were made from the last of these. 
Confronting this statement with Simaika Bey's information {v. above), it would appear 
that the Patriarchate (if not El-Moharrak also) possesses copies both of the Ap. and 
Am. recensions. The MS. which M. Amdlineau printed is now Or. 4523 of the 
British Museum (a.d. 1816), his other two being Nos. 4783 and 4784 (a.d. 1886 and 
1839 respectively) of the Bibliotheque Nationale. And yet it is difficult to believe 
that the translation was indeed made, as one would gather from the author's words 
ijntrod. liv), strictly upon his printed text.'^ Wide divergence in detail between 
them is incessant, and often enough it is possible, by reference to the Am. sections 
in Ap. and Ac, to account for the discrepancy (e.gg. Am. 595 '. . . dont Dieu I'avait 
sauv^,' ^ Ac. 137, 20; Am. 699 'Une certaine nuit . . . ', ^. Ac. 166, 18 ; Am. 413 
'Quand on cut pr^pard . . .' , cf. Ac. 51, 8 ; Am. 418 ' . . . pres de moi ', cf. Ac. 53, 
20; Am. ib. '. . . Satan qui se montre ', cf. Ac. ib., 23). The translation in such 
cases clearly follows the readings of a second MS., more closely related to that 
whence Ac. (and doubtless Ap.) derived its Am. sections. 

As regards the older MS. G, its text is not seldom preferable to that of the printed 
Am. and agrees occasionally with Ac. Its chief interest however lies in its length 
as compared with that of Am. For, while containing nothing not found in Am., it omits 
the incident of Hieracapollo (Am. 365),' the passage from the Laus. Hist. (Am. 366-9), 
two other passages (Am. 373, //.-38o, 6 and 382, 6-384, 6) and, finally, the long 
section consisting mainly of Par. (Am. 599, 7-644, 5)." The text ends with the 
death of P., thus, so far as I know, alone of the MSS. of this recension, justifying 
its title, which in all copies is practically the same as that printed Am. 337 (cf. above, 
title of Ap.). 

It may be doubted whether comparative study of the Coptic materials can ever 
attain to distinguishing among the sources whence Am. was compiled. Help towards 
such an object might at any rate be had from a tabulation of the Arabic forms under 
which the commoner personal and place-names appear. It would, I think, then be 

1 Flemming in Vers. d. Hss. im Preuss. ^ Otherwise omitted only by Bo. Av. 
Staate i. (3), 373. * The connecting link reads as follows (G. 

2 In order to be sureth.atno other of the three ckh b), after ' Ainsi faisait notre pere [P., sic\ 
MSS. would account for the peculiarities of the ' And when he had said this to the brethren, arid 
translation, I have collated a number of passages he lying sick ', ' il resta trois jours &c.' 

of the latter with each of them. They agree in 
differing constantly from it. 



APPENDIX 177 

found that Tabennese and Pbow^ occur as ^j*^'^^ and l^l> in both the earliest 
and latest portions of the text, while in the intermediate sections ^ they are written 
i-bj^ and Liil. So too Cornelius is UU^ in its earlier and later occurrences, 
,_^^'o^ between these. The name Pachomius offers more confusing evidence ; for 
the form ^j^y^y,\i_ (or ^Juy^^^, far less common here than the native *y.U it occurs 
only 19 times is found generally in close proximity to the other, sometimes in the 
selfsame section.' The Greek form does not occur between pp. 380 and 600; 14 of 
the instances are between p. 600 and the end. 

It may be noted here that, while Amdlineau supposes the 13th- 14th century 
as a probable date for the execution of this translation, Casanova considers that its 
linguistic character points rather to the tenth.* 

From some form of Am. is clearly derived the compressed biography of the 
Synaxarium (14 Bashans) : cf. the forms of place-names, reference to P.'s objection 
to ordained monks {cf. Am. 372), his vision of heaven and hell (Am. 547 flf.), and to 
his forty years {sic) as head of the congregation (Am. 650). Only Athanasius' use of 
Lu. vi. 48, in praising P.'s institution, does not appear to come from known texts. 

Vatican, Cod. arab. 172, foil. 1-98 b (= Av.). 

This MS. is dated a.m. 1061 = a.d. 1345. We have here a text of an entirely 
different type from those already described and one, to all interested in the recon- 
struction of the Coptic Lives, of far greater importance. Indeed for that purpose 
Ap. -f- Ac. are practically negligible, except in so far as their recension affords further 
testimony to the text of Am. The first 9 leaves of the MS. were unfortunately long 
ago lost and replaced by a hand probably not much younger than the original 
scribe's,^ but from a quite incongruous source, namely the recension Ap.* The last 
words written by this second scribe (fol. 9 b //.) are the first of 5 and correspond 
to Ap. f. 15, 5. They are 'And on a certain day', and they are followed in Ap. 
(and Ac.) immediately by ' there came to them a certain one of the monkish brethren, 
visiting them ; and this brother had been conquered by pride and self-conceit '. But 
in Av. the two recensions are clumsily pieced together as follows: (f. 9b) 'And 
once on a time, (f. 10) in the morning, and they working at their handiwork and 
repeating by heart (the Scriptures), a brother knocked at the door who dwelt near 
them.' The preceding context, identical in Ap. and Av., makes it practically certain 
that the sequel too should have been identical ; whereas, with our return to the 
original scribe, the narrative, forsaking Ap., proceeds as in Bo. (i8) and Am. (353). 

^ Sa. I {v. p. 183 below) uses the form Pbau. ^ Bull. Itistit. Franf. i. 19, 20. 

C/".the two Greek forms n/Soov and na)3a0(naj3w). ^ So Prof. Guidi, who kindly examined these 

* Respectively pp. 380-595 and 384-639. folios for me. 

^ On pp. 380, 632-3, 668, 699. It may be ^ The opening passage in Ac, on the contrary, 

noted that the sections of Ac. coinciding with belongs to the Am. recension. 
Am. constantly prefer the Greek to the native form. 

1143 A a 



178 APPENDIX 

With the exception, then, of the extraneous title and opening sections ( 1-4), we 
have in Av. a complete, uninterrupted text, closing with P.'s death a limit which 
further demonstrates the incongruity of the title transferred here from Ap. Yet the 
abruptness of the ending (f. 98b), '. . . lest he should fall into bodily weakness 
(which would have been) contrary to His will ' {cf. Am. 650, 3), may point to Av. 
being but the translation of a first volume, the sequel to which would, like certain 
of the Coptic Lives, have carried on the story beyond the death of Theodore. Now 
this abrupt ending happens to coincide exactly with that of an excerpt from the 
Life in a Sa. anthology of various popular writers,^ the MS. of which is already known 
by its extracts from P.'s sermons (= Mus. 612-616). The passage here in question 
is in Paris 129^^ 43 (paged qe, qc) and corresponds to Am. 649 hifra-t^o, 3. 
Hence we may assume that one Sa. version did in fact end just as does Av. More- 
over the subscription "^ to the excerpt is of some interest ; for after A portion [fjiipos) 
from the Life {fiio<i) of our father Pahom, we read Apa Theodorus, the archimandrite 
of Tabennese, which is proof that in the nth century at any rate (for that is 
doubtless the date of the MS.), one Sa. version of the Life was attributed to Theodore 
himself.* Indeed the colophon of Av. (fol. 98 b) refers to the work as a Discourse 
or Encomium,* and P. is, in the course of the narrative, often called my father, 
Apa P., instead of the elsewhere usual our father. However, in face of the unvarying 
reference to Theodore in the 3rd person, these arguments cannot have much weight. 

To judge from the identity in sequence between Av. and Bo. up to the point where 
the latter breaks off (Bo. 214), it may be assumed that what is thereafter lost of 
P.'s Life followed a course parallel with the remainder of Av. {i.e. from f. 88, 5 
d^ r^ j^). Turning now for parallel texts to Am., we find the following correspon- 
dence: Av. ff. 88, 5-98 b, 2 = Am. 562, 7-564, 8, 542, 1-548, 5, 643 infra (only 
approximate), 596, 5-599, 7, 596, 9-597, 2, 644, 7-650, 3. But though parallel 
here in matter, details of narrative and phraseology differ widely ; and this is true 
of Av. and Am. as a whole. I have collated many parallel passages and found 
nowhere more than a transient identity : a relationship about as close and this was 
indeed to be expected as that between Bo. and Am. 

For, at first sight, Av. might be taken for a translation of Bo. : the sequence of 
paragraphs is identical, and identical too is much of the phraseology, down often to 

1 Besides Pachomius and Athanasius, other vioxAs Apa Athanasius, the archbishop of Rakoie; 
foil. (Paris 131^, 66, 87) have extracts from then follows an account of Anthony's death, 
John of Hermopolis, Severus and Epiphanius ; \ita.(\td. Likezvise 2ipon the death of ^c. 
possibly too from Acta (Claudius, Paris 129^^, ^ Prof. Lefort had arrived at the same conclu- 
43). sions from these facts (Letter of 12. ii. 1911). 

2 V. Br. Mils. no. 184, note. That this is the * ^^s'- Uil ;j*JAfiJl^,^*. But_^^^ is not 
subscription and not the title is clear from the an uncommon title where the work is merely 
succeeding piece, headed Likewise {o/xoiojs) tipon narrative and biographical : e.g. Bodl. Hunt. 
the great Antonius, the anchorite, the text of 470 (Mart. Pshai and Peter), Paris 148 (Life 
which is by me Athanasius, and is closed by the of Herminos). 



I 



APPENDIX 



179 



the closest details of wording. Yet a comparison with Sa. shows indisputably that 
it, and not Bo., was the source translated. I have collated them through all passages 
where the three texts are extant, and have found that, in an overwhelming majority 
of places some 140 against 30 Av. agrees with Sa. rather than with Bo. The 
following examples will illustrate their interrelationship * : 



I. 



Bohairic {JMus. Guitn. 91) 


Sa'idic {Mus. Guim. 318) 


Av. fol. 41 




avec joie 


om. 


= Sa. 


92 


= Sa. 


et toi vieillard 


+ that art above the well 




dans les saints 


om. 


= Sa. 




en presence de tous les freres 


om. 


= Sa. 




les saintes !critures 


om. 


= Sa. 




terrible 


glorieuse 


= Bo. 




pleuraient &c. 


converts &c. 


= Bo. 




communaut^ 


319 faisceau 


41b = Sa. 


93 


sortir 


= Bo. 


be delivered 




fosse 


falaise 


= Bo. 




je pense 


om. 


= Bo. 




om. 


de sorte ... la mort 


= Sa. 




om. 


continuerent 


= Bo. 




arrives 


ou il arriva {sic leg.) 


= Sa. 




k la barque (20) 


= Bo. 


om. 




pres de 


om. 


= Bo. 




tous 


om. 


= Sa. 




envoya (oycopn) 


envoya {'s.e.'^) 


said to (? Sa. misunder- 
stood) 
= Sa. 


94 


dans ta cellule 


om. 




de I'esprit 


320 des esprits 


42 = Sa. 




om. {sic kg.) 


(fit manger) le fr^re 


= Sa. 




ordonnait {sic leg.) 


t'efit dit 


= Sa. {om. dative) 




om. 


6 mon p^re 


= Sa. 




lui dit aussi {sic leg) 


aussi dit 


= Sa. 




Je sais que 


= Bo. 


om. 




sagesse, longanimitd 


patience, sagesse 


= Sa. 




k tous &c. 


Et nous . . . arrive 


= Sa. 


95 


ddmon, d^mon 


321 un, un autre 


= Sa. 




en tout ce qu'il fait 


en tout ce qui est a lui (jz'iT /(?^.) 


= Sa. 




vers le Seigneur 


om. 


= Sa. 




om. 


aussitot 


= Sa. 




dit 


repondit 


42 b = Sa. 




promptement, beaucoup 


om. 


= Sa. 



In these illustrative passages a// variant places are, of course, recorded. 



i8o 



APPENDIX 



Bohairic {Mtis. Guim. 91) 



si quelqu'un 
I'ennemi 
96 om. 

inspirant . . . ames 

en dessus de la barque 
Le lendemain &c. 



Sa'idic {3fus. Guim. 318) 



si un homme {sic leg.) 
= Bo. 
322 comme assis sur un trone 
om, 

I'endroit . . . aborde 
et ensuite &c. 



Av. fol. 41 



= Sa. 
the lord (? of the house) 

= Sa. 
concerning their salva- 
tion {c/. Bo.) 
beside the boat 
= Sa. 



II. 



Bohairic {Mus. Guim. 119) 


Sa'idic {Miss.fr. 547) 


Av. fol. 51b 


aussitot 


= Bo. 


0771. 


il n'y avait . . . deux 


a cette heure . . . seulement 


alone (//.) 


om. 


Levons-nous 


= Sa. 


120 sa main (sic leg.) 


ses mains 


= Bo. 


om. 


disant 


= Sa. 


Aussitot 


Sur-le-champ 


om. 


k Dieu 


au Seigneur 


= Sa. 


disant 


lis . . . firent prieres 


= Sa. 


et avec larmes 


om. 


= Sa. 


Seigneur [notre] Dieu 


om. 


= Sa. 


ta . . . sur nous 


sa . . . sur eux 


= Sa. 


ffit rendu a lui 


548 I'eGt [vu] 


= Sa. 


avant sa mort 


0771. 


= Sa. 


A I'heure du soir 


Mais apr^s I'heure du soir 
{sic leg.) 


= Sa. (literally) 


a Tmouschons 


au convent 


= Sa. + Bo. 


le frere 


om. 


= Sa, 


121 om. 


et lorsque . . . , aussitot 


= Bo. 


om. 


om. 


52 the holy (40 days) 


Nous . . . baptiser 


Nous . . . pretre 


= Sa. 


lui rdvdla 


549 leur rdv^la 


= Sa. 


de la part du Seigneur 


om. 


= Sa. 


conduite (dvao-Tpoe/)?/) 


= Bo. 


dignity ( .j^) 


pour le conduire a Dieu 


om. 


= Sa. 


s'il . . . vertus 


si c'est . . . conduite (2) 


And if his deeds be small 


122 Dieu 


le Seigneur 


= Sa. 


envoyait 


aillent 


= Sa. 


0f?l. 


avec Idgbret^ 


= Sa. 


om. 


magistrature ^vidente 


= Sa. 


puissances 


= Bo. 


52 b angels 


ordre 


volontd 


= Sa. 


ovu 


sans acception de personnes 


= Sa. 





APPENDIX 


181 




III. 




Bohairic {Mus. Guim. 175) 


Sa'idic (Zoega cccix) 


Av. fol. 72 tilt. 


et qu'ils re9ussent la vie 


even as he that asked the Saviour, 


= Sa. 


dternelle 


saying, What shall I do &c. 




176 vains 


om. 


73 = Sa. 


le besoin du corps 


the cares of their maintenance 


= Sa. 


volontd de Dieu 


will of Him that created them 


of God that created them 


qu'ils fussent . . . dternel 


and be saved 


om. 


om. {sic kg.) 


Likewise too (he prayed) 


= Sa. 


se trouvaient dans 


remain complacently in 


= Sa. 


parce que . . . ^gares 


om. 


= Sa. 


qu'ils se connaissent {st'c 


that they should know . . . worthy 


= Sa. 


leg.) . . . temps 


of life 




ainsi, il fait que 


and all the other created-things 
that He hath created for their 
satisfaction 


= Sa. 


pendant le jour 


daily 


= Sa. 


afin . . . besoin 


om. 


:= Sa. 


nous 


am. 


= Sa. 


om. 


which He hath fixed for them 


= Sa. 


177 que Ton seme dans les 


which He hath made on their 


73 b om. 


champs 


behalf 





As a further illustration we may take the passage 26-34, where Sa. chances to 
be available in two decidedly, if slightly, differing forms.^ A comparison in their 
variant places of these two and Bo. with Av. shows, as before, a large preponderance 
of agreements between Av. and Sa. : 

Av. and both Sa. 

Av. and Sa. 1 

Av. and Sa. i + Bo. 

Av. and Sa. 5 

Av. and Sa. 5 + Bo. 

Av. and Bo. 

Av. against all ^ 

If it has been sufficiently demonstrated that Av. is translated from Sa., it yet remains 
to decide which version of that recension was used. The solution of this question 
involves a comparative examination of all the Sa. material with Av. such as I have 
not undertaken. In the case of the passage last analysed the claims of the two Sa. 
versions represented are practically equal ; for another, still more fragmentary and 

1 Miss. 800-810, here called Sa. I ( = Mingarelli Cod. ix), and Miss. 521-534, here Sa. 5. 
' Including of course mere omissions. 



agree 58 times 

M 8 

, 13 

6 

16 

> 5 )> 

. 34 



i82 APPENDIX 

only partially parallel Sa. version (Brit. Mus. no. 342) the terms of comparison 
must be different, for here Bo. is wanting. Pp. u-ltK of this Sa. correspond to 
Am. 542-544 and Av. ff. 89-91 ; there are some 30 variant places, whereof 20 
show agreement between Av. and Sa., 7 between Av. and Am., 3 between Sa. and 
Am., Av, being independent.^ As regards the relation of Av. to the other Copto- 
Arabic text. Am., their paragraph-sequence will, of course, differ, since that of the 
former . coincides with Bo. (z'. Table, p. 191); while the collation of a number of 
passages among them those where no Bo. is extant has shown that they diverge 
widely, in detail of phrasing, even where not in the construction of the narrative. 

Testimony to the Sa'idic origin of Av. could however be had without recourse 
to comparative methods such as the above. The proper and place-names, to begin 
with, are, in cases where the Arabic transcript might be ambiguous, generally added 
(interlined) in Coptic. Of 2 1 such names, it is true that the majority are not such 
as to show forms distinctively Sa'idic. iTe(3'ouj {sic) Av. 17 b, for instance, persists 
in Bo. 44, 48, beside the true nteeiouj, ib. 32. But uienT.ce Av. 16 b (Bo. Trujeit- 
TivHci), tA.k(i)T Av. 17 b (Bo. eie>,Ke<T), nnoYJU Av. 35 b (Bo. t^itoYJu), iTUjtt&.ii&.gTe 
ib. (Bo. nujeiie.iTd>gi^) and -^-^oYe Av. 65 b (Bo. ^ToyH) speak clearly enough.^ Then 
there is a word of frequent occurrence throughout the text which alone goes far to 
support the claim we make. ' Monastery ' is, in Bo. with rare exceptions, represented 
by juonH {ji-ov-r]). This corresponds normally to Sa. genecTe* and in Am. to o.>. 
So too in Av., this last is the usual Arabic equivalent. However, in 11 cases'* 
geneeTC is simply transcribed as i-iUa (uybl::*, ^^"jUa). But geneexe is a word 
unknown so far in Bohairic literature. In this Arabic form, it is to be met only 
as a place-name : the dictionaries do not record it. 

It is probable moreover that careful examination of the text would reveal 
unintelligible or questionable readings explicable only when retranslated into Sa'idic. 
I am only able to point to one undoubted case : Sa. {Miss. 526, 2) &.qgtoit epoq 
'he approached him'= Bo. 62, i eTe^q^onTq e^Sorn 'when he approached' = Av. 

1 One other independent readingof Av. (90 b) 57 {v. Bo. 133), t^juLOY" 95 l> (C^- nnoyAJi), 

AJ.>j^l, where Am. 544, 7 A-JljU, Sa. nc gopcecioc 96, cjuine 96 b (^. Tcjuime). 
nTO^eiH, might be due to resemblance in sound * ^-Sg- ^o. 30, 57- 61, 71. loi, corresponding 

between the Arabic words, though neither repre- *,^^; ^f(f 543- 522, S/S, 533, M. Guim. 326. 

sents the Coptic accurately. , Av. foil. 2 2 b, 35 b, 36, 37 a, b, 51b, 52, 54, 66b, 

^ ^ always = Bo. AlOltH. Once, 32 b= Sa, (Miss. 

* Prof. Mallon confirms this reading, but doubt- ,-,s coovoc 

less Sa. is correct ; z/. Griffith, .(4Z. xxxviii. 88. a ai,'^ c-^ii, o ^ .. 1 

' ' " Abu Salih 89 a gives a monastery so named 

'Conversely in Bo.eiU)ng,Tie(5'0>ul,(;^feooY at Rifah,' S.' of Sifit, while in Synax., 21 

((/, t^filoCY"), TCAXine confirm the Sa. origin of Hatfir (Basset ii. 322, Forget i. 305), it is the name 

that version. The remaining Coptic glosses of of one at any rate close by Siut, presumably the 

interest in Av. are : ujetteCHT, eqwng 31b ^ame.^ The same too probably is ' the genHTe 

, r T ' of Siiit ' in the colophons Zoega 45^ and Paris 

nica)32b,u}enTegqco35b,T^J.To( = Mn^ ^^^i^ 6^^ tl^^^gh this is hardly a true place- 

Ai.<y'y*')43^)^^^**-^^^> .*>y(o ih-i nd.T\o\e name. 



APPENDIX 183 

f. 28, 10 sUjl 'he bade him', the translator mistaking Sa. gwix 'approach' for gtoit 
' bid ', a mistake impossible if his original had been Bo., since there the two words 
are different. That the right meaning here is 'approach' is proved by AS. 29, 
TrAiyo-tao-as. Perhaps the following also is an error of like origin : Sa. 528, 2 e^q-xooy 
'he sent '= Bo. 64, 8 e^qoytopn = Av. f. 29, 6 JliLs 'he said', reading apparently 
^kq'3LOOc, though elsewhere -xooy is rightly recognized. Had we a more complete 
Sa., further conclusions might doubtless be drawn from the numerous corrections 
in Av., made, with scarcely an exception, by the original scribe, in the actual course 
of writing. That these are not subsequent alterations is clear; for, in some instances, 
a word but half written is cancelled and immediately followed by the correction or 
preferable alternative, e.g. f. 95b, 4 ^,yso was begun, but altered to jj^*)l. This 
would seem to point to Av. being, not a copy from another Arabic MS., but the 
original holograph of the translator, written directly from the Coptic before him.^ 
The nature of many of the alterations different readings generally,^ seldom mere 
errors corrected may point to the text being the result of an eclectic process, the 
translator having perhaps drawn upon more than one of the Coptic versions. 

The Sa'idic Recensions. 

The prospect of an exhaustive edition of all the Coptic recensions by Professor 
Theodore Lefort relieves me of the necessity of more than a short description 
of the MSS. Professor Lefort has expended much labour upon the disentanglement 
of their mutual relationships; we may therefore leave to him the statement and 
solution of the various problems involved. 

Besides our two new papyri (Nos, 24 and 25 above), fragments are known of six 
parchment MSS. preserving parts of the Lives. 

1 (Lefort No. 4). The Life of P. alone. The script of this MS.^ is of about the 
i2th century: facsimile, Mingarelli p. 223, no. 9. Its fragments are : 

Paris 129^2 ff. 45, 46 = 3fus. Guini. 314 pp. '^-T = 2. 
f. 60 = Miss. 537 4. 

Venice (Ming. no. 9) = Miss. 800 iTel-qc = 27^-33^ cf. Miss. 522. 

Paris 129^2 f. 47 qr, qii (communicated by Prof. Lefort). 

^ The frequent Coptic transcripts of names ep-^id^Kpiniit. Av. 69 b, 5 ^ '^-^M ^* ^^ 3 
(.. above) may testify to this. _ ^ ^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^ 

2 E.gg. Av. 14, 9 (J^xJ altered \.o j-^ = Sa. ^ O ^ ^- O J^J^- 

(Paris 129I2, 11) cojuLC 'were drenched (with J^ tj? >'"^^ J^ Ij-^-^ j^-^-^yJ !/ J^ tj ^ 

blood)';Bo.wanting;c;^.Am.36i, 2. Av.i8b,8 ^\ ^ ^^^, which better agrees with Bo. 168,1, 

^4.! altered to \^^ , Bo. 35, 4 has both. ga. being here lost. 

Av. 21 b, 15 i^^ll c^Ul, first word cancelled, 3 jhe same as that of Zoega cxcii, ccxiii** 

asTpocpT] had been mistaken ioTTpvfpT/, v. Bo. 46, 11. (Shenoute). 

Av. 62, 13 &j;&aj altered to >;. = Bo. 148, 10 



i84 APPENDIX 

Vienna, Hofbibl. =Wessely,5/</.xi,no.ii2a,b pp.pil, pifc = 52, 35^ 

, M II2C,d pK7, pUH ] 

Paris 1 29" ff. 48-54 = Mus. Guim. 3 1 7 pne-pAi-a. j 

78 ff. 27-30 = Miss. 547 p|e-pafc {v. Bo. 119), cf. Br. 

Mus. no. 355 (i). 

Vienna, ui supra = Wessely, /. c, 112 e-h pq^-P4^ = ^6o,c/.Miss.$^-^tn/. 

The text corresponds with another Sa. version in three passages, as here indicated ; 
but, so far as extant, it offers no material not to be already found elsewhere. 

2 (Lefort No. 2). This would also appear to consist of the Life of P. alone, 
although, as in the last case, we have only the argument e silentio to support the 
assumption. The MS. may be of the 6th or 7th century : the script much re- 
sembles Br. Mus. Cat., pi. 2, no. 971 (datable about 650). Described with extracts, 
I.e., no. 342. Its text seems to be generally parallel with Am. {ff. sequence of 
sections), though in detail they differ considerably. One of the passages (p. if?) 
omitted by Am. (543) reappears in Av. (f. 90, 3-8), and in the same context as here. 

3 (Lefort No. i). Neither is there any evidence here that the MS. included more 
than the Life of P. The script should be of about the 6th century : facsimile, 
Hyvernat, Album, pi. 2, 2. The two extant fragments are published Miss. 538-543 
and correspond apparently to 13, 11, 16, though both text and sequence are very 
different from those of any other recension. 

4 (Lefort No. 6). This MS. related solely to Theodore, for on p. t we see that 
P. is already dead. The script is of an easily datable type : it must belong to 
A.D. 1000 or thereabouts: facsimile, Wessely, Siudien xi, p. 152 (9440). Its 
fragments are ^ : 

Paris 129" ff. 67 + 65 = Miss. 560 pp. t^, ^ = 75. 

Naples (Zoega clxxv) = Mus. Guivi. 297 =.\^*i, cf. Miss, 567. 

Paris 129^* f. 54 = Miss. 823 

Berlin, Kopl. Urk., Nr. 191 k7, kh, cf. Miss. 594. 

Paris 129^" f. 63 = Miss. 586 Xe^'Xe = 81. 

Paris 129^^^ f. 62 = Miss. 584 and Muse'on xi. 215 {v. Bo. 238). 

Berlin, Kgl. Bibl., Or. 1607, f. 3 pp. ju^, US = 84 (?). 

Vienna, Hofbibl. = Wessely,/. f., no. in a, b Jx^, xx^ = 82, 83, cf Miss. 588. 

Paris 129" f. 60+ 129^^ f. 58 He, xxc = 93 (?). 

129''^ ff. 55-57 ^= Mus. Guim. "^z^ult. TvF-Kh {v. Bo. in Leipzig, Univ. 

Bibl., vol. XXV, f. 3). 

^ On this list cf. Lefort in Musion xi. 206, to whom the identification of two of the Paris 
fragments is due. 



APPENDIX 



185 



The three passages here which have parallels in another MS. (Sa. 5) make it 
probable that the present is but the second volume of the combined Life, since in the 
parallel MS. they occur midway in the work, which afterwards proceeds with the 
history of Theodore. 

5 (Lefort No. 5). This is the only MS. which unquestionably combined the history 
of Theodore with that of P. It was writcen most probably in the 9th century. 
Facsimiles: Mingarelli p. 30, nos. 7, 8, Cairo, Catal. Gen. no. 8016. Its fragments 
are: 

Paris 129" f. 1 1 pp. k5, ^ = 9. 

Naples (Zoega clxxiii) = Mus. Gum. 295 Jxe., Sic = 40^ 



^- oe = 26-35, 51, ^ Miss. 800, 
Br. Mus. no. 342, p. qe. 
HH, ire =41, 42. 
pK^, pK^ {v. Bo. 122), c/. Miss. 549. 
= 6i^ 56\ c/. Mus. Guini. 

328. 

p\e, pS = 60, (/IWessely,/.f . 1 1 2e, f, g, 
[pUS, pH] {v. Am. 477). 



Paris 129^2 flf. 18-25 = Miss. 521 

f. 26 = Miss. 545 

Brit. Mus. no. 355, f. i 
Paris 78 f. 40 = Miss. 552 

129" f. 27 =i^zjj. 553 

M f- 39 = Miss. 555 

Brit. Mus. no. 355, f^ 2 
Paris 129^^ f. 28 = Miss. 557 

Naples (Zoega cccix) 
Ley den no. 88 
Venice (Ming. no. 7) = Miss. 562 

(Ming. no. 8) = Miss. 577 
Paris 129" f. 37 = Miss. 588 

flf. 29-35 = Miss. 592 
Brit. Mus. no. 355, f- 3 
Paris 129^2 f. 36 = Miss. 604 t\I, t\^ = 88. 

f- 38 = Miss. 559 = 94, 95, cf. Wessely, 

I.e. I n c, d. 

To the following fragments I do not venture to assign a sequence : 
Cairo Museum no. 8016 (f. Am. 515). 

Cairo, a fragment in Patriarch's collection {v. Bo. 243-5), ^f- Mus. Guim. 306-8 and 
p. p^i^ of next MS. 

6 (Lefort No. 3). This is the MS. of which the largest number of fragments are 
extant ; but so bad is the state of preservation of many, and so obscure or unfamiliar 
the contents of others, that the character of the recension is hard to define. Its 

1143 B b 



piid., pnli 


{tj. ib. 478). 


pn^, piiH 


= 66. 


Pq^, pq-a. 


(z^. Bo. 175). 


c;^, CH 


(z-. Am. 507). 


cn7-co 


= 77, C^ Mus. Guim. 297. 


co^^j en 


= 77. 




= 83, r/;Wessely, /.r.iiib. 


Tew-Ti-^ 


cf. Berlin, Kopt. Urk. Nr. 1 9 1 . 


TI7, TIH 





1 86 APPENDIX 

most obvious feature is the homiletic element, more or less prominent in the majority 
of fragments, and consisting of discourses (or prayers), attributed usually to 
Theodore, but having little or no visible relation to the narrative or indeed to the 
incidental discourses of the other recensions or versions. It relates the history of 
both P. and Theodore. The following list gives the paged fragments, in their order 
of pagination and irrespective of their contents : 

Naples (Zoega ccxcvi, f. i) pp. r, S = i. 

Br. Mus. Or. 6954, 40 xx^, xxii. = 10 (?). 

Berlin, Kgl. Bibl., Or. 1350, f. i H?, JurH= 12. 

Br. Mus. no. 356 ne, f . 

Paris 129'^ f. 59 = Miss. 543 W'W = ^^^ ^7- 

Naples (Zoega ccxcvi, f. 2) ^, o. 

Br. Mus. no. 343, f. i oe, or. 

Naples (Zoega ccxcvii, i fol.) p, pS. 

Br. Mus. Or. 6954, 36 p?i, pS. 

Paris 131' flf. 29-33 prS-piv?. 

Ley den no. 70 pij^, pi^. 

Br. Mus. no. 343, f. 2 (last of qu. iT) [puH, pi^?]. 

Naples (Zoega ccxcvi, f. 3) pij^, -pXn;. 

Paris 131' f. 50 pI'PI*' 

Naples (Zoega clxxvii, ff. 1-4) = Afus. Guim. 299 p^^, poil. 

Oxford, Clar. Pr., no. 35 {v. below) EH, ce. 
Vienna, Hofbibl. =Wessely,6'/(/.xi,no, 1 1 ic,d cHS, cne = 94, 95, c/. 

Miss. 559. 

Naples (Zoega clxxvii, ff. 5-7) = Mus. Gum. 308-314 c^-cfe = 80, 96. 

Berlin, Kgl. Bibl., Or. 1350, f. 2 c37, coS. 

Paris 129^2 f_ ^2 ^ ^^.^^_ g^^ _ _ 

Here follow those fragments which lack pagination, in a sequence, as far as 
possible, parallel to Bo. or Am. : 

{a) Narrative passages : 
Br. Mus. Or. 6954, 35. 

Cairo, a fragment in the Patriarch's collection c/. Bo. 184, Am. 500. 

Naples (Zoega ccxcvi, f. 4) ^^ Bo ^ga', Am. 503. 

Br. Mus. no. 343, f. 2 ,y; ^m. 525. 

P^"^^^9^'f-6i C/: Bo. 260, 276. 



APPENDIX 187 

{V) Homiletic passages : 

Br. Mus. no. 343, f. 3. 

Naples (Zoega ccxcvii, 2 foil). 

Br. Mus. Or. 6954, 2 fragments (the subject is closely related to that of pp. ch, ce above). 

Besides these 6 MSS., mention may be made of others relating to the founders 
of the Pachomian institutions, although they do not contain biographies of them : 

a. Paris 129" fF. 43, 44 {v. above, p. 178). This is an extract from the Life 
of P., narrating his death and burial. The MS. was written about a.d. iooo. 

fi, Paris 129" ff. 'jo-'j2 = Mt'ss. 609-611. From an Encomium (?) on P., 
attributed, no doubt falsely, to Athanasius. The MS. may be of the nth century. 

y. Paris 129^* f. 68 = Miss. 590 ul/., 591. Hand of about the nth century: 
facsimile, Cairo, Ca/a/. G/n. no. 8017. This leaf is from an anecdote of Horsiesius. 
The paging in the edition,^ po7, pon, shows that, if indeed it is from the same 
volume as the other extant leaves by this hand,'' we may (as M. Amdlineau has 
suggested. Miss, 488) have to do with an independent Life of Horsiesius ; for the 
preceding leaves, paged oe, n, pXis., pXfc, pSu^-pUc, all relate to the patriarchs 
Peter I and Achillas of Alexandria and the suppression of paganism : they have, that 
is to say, no apparent relation to the Pachomian communities. 

8. Paris 129^^ f. 'j 4 = Miss. 812. The hand may be of the 9th century. 
This small fragment refers indeed to certain of P.'s companions, but it cannot if we 
have regard to the other leaves by this hand and their pagination belong to any 
of the Lives. The other extant work of the same hand is : Zoega no. ccxxx, 
Paris 130' ff. 59-74, 130* fF. 131-162. There is nothing in the pagination of 
these long fragments to forbid their being, together with our leaf, all parts of a single 
volume. On the leaves from 130' see Leipoldt's observations {Schenute, p. 11 n.). 
The fact that those from 130* are certainly Shenoute's supports his opinion that 
Zoega's text has at least been edited by that writer.' 

. This fragment is obviously concerned with P. and his disciples, but its 
relationship to the Lives is obscure, no such incident being discoverable in any other 
text. I print it from a copy kindly given me (1899) by Professor Guidi, who says 
the hand is that of the late E. Teza. The copy offers not the slightest information 
either as to the MS. copied or the number and pagination of its leaves. 

* I have not noted any pagination. Possibly however applied to other venerable persons 
it has (as too often) disappeared in binding. besides, e.g. Jeremias of Saqqara (Quibell- 

* Cairo no. 8017, Paris 1291* f. 74, 129" Thompson, no. 226, 1. 14 n.), Peter of Alexandria 
ff. 105-108. (^Texte u. Unt., NF. v. 4b, p. 10), Zoega p. 303, 

3 The title *>n., without following name, 19, Br. Mus. nos. 691, 597 (?). See also the text 
rightly claimed by Leipoldt for Pacbomius, is here following. 



i88 APPENDIX 

Ainncwc on *>q'^ kckot A.qncog> epoq o ne-sjk.q n.q AinAigcencii*>Y "seTiHi 
enTdwTiptoAie KOTq qeipe no-ynp noy&.gJUie ju.nqeu}'^ e^noXone. na^q newXiii on 
a^qKOTq JULirjuegujoJULT neon * e^qniog epoq on ne-xe^q nek,q cseTiHi enxe^npiojULe 
KOTq qeipe noynp noyd^gAie ite-sei.q na^q JunjuegujoAJLT neon -xeqeipe JUJUHTe 
noyewgAie nTcpeq-xooc n&.q -xeqeipe JuuuiHTe no^fiKgAie e.newr'reXoc nioTq pwq 
ncioi iwqjuLOOuje ' nTepea^nd. Te^yoq epon a^n-snoyq <:6tdJLion eneqfiioX ' ne-xa.q 
ne.n -senpcoAxene nno-yTe " tjuhtc noy&.gjue JunHine Tc.uiqe june Ainne- 
CTepHCDJuie. AinnKdwg jLtna^JuinTe ne-sevq ne^n -xenee ne(n)Tei.ip8.TCOOYn^ Ainjuieg- 
ujoJuiT neon Ju.ni<3'nTq eTik-yoq ne.q nepcTJunTii^Teooyn n&KiJU. ei.n gnnecnHy 
ujdwene? * ne-sa^n n&.q 'xeewKnd.gJia.n AxnnenenepjULik uj&eneg ni.ine niydw-^ie 
enTe^d^na. Ta^-yooy epoi eiTe^XH-y en-^oci njuuu.&.q e^noK JunniveiWT KopnnXioc * 
ne-xe e^ne. KopnnXioe na.q -xeTa.yenigek'xe epon jumegooy enTe^YqiTK egpe.! CTne * 
ne'Sd.q ne^n sejuniTa.'y^TfP^-"-"''^ Jund.cikXes.nin epcoTn ne'xe e^na. KopnnXioc n).q 
seneTnng uj.pon gwton Te^-yoq lyd^pon ' ne-xe^q n*.n "senujopn juju.& enTi^ynr 
e-Jtojq {sic expl.). 

' And thereafter he turned about ^ again and came up again to him and said unto 
him the second time, " The house that the man did build, how many stories hath it ?" 
He was not able to give him account {d-n-oXoyia). Again he turned about the third 
time and came up to him again and said unto him, " The house that the man did 
build, how many stories hath it ? " He said unto him the third time, " It hath ten 
stories." When he had said unto him. It hath ten stories, the angel smiled and 
departed.' When Apa had told it us, we asked him, saying, ' Tell us its meaning.' 
He said unto us, ' The man is God. The ten stories of the house are the seven 
heavens, with the firmament (o-Ttpcw/Aa) and the earth and hell {amenk)' He said 
unto us, ' Supposing I had been ignorant the third time, not finding what to say unto 
him, so would ignorance not have ceased from' the brethren evermore.' We said 
unto him, ' Thou hast saved us and our seed {a-n-epixa) for ever.' These be the 
words that Apa spake unto me, I being on board the boat with him, I and my father 
Cornelius. Apa Cornelius said unto him, ' Tell us the words (spoken) on the day 
when thou wast taken up to heaven.' * He said unto us, ' I have not told you the 
tenth part of my heart (?)'". Apa Cornelius said unto him, 'That which reacheth 
(? = concerneth) us, tell it us.' He said unto them, * The first place whereunto I was 
brought {sic expL), 

* The copy has ene liA &c. ' Cf. this rare use of Kixi in Acts v. 42 = 

' '^ nR6T seems equivalent to K(OTe a little ^avtadai, 

below. Recurs perhaps in Rylands Cat., no. 368. ^- '' ^"^- 543- 

Whether = '^ o-yuoTC (Exod. xxxii. 27 &c.) is ' ceXenin = InoxSpSpia (or napSia) in i Sam. 

doubtful. xxxi. 3. C/. ? an\r)v. Seems not impossible here. 



APPENDIX 



189 



Table I, showing where the paragraphs of AS. and Par. occur in the 

UNPUBLISHED AraBIC TEXTS. 



AS., 


Ap., foil. 


Ac, pp. 


Av.. foil. 




AS., 


Ap., foil. 


Ac, pp. 


Av., foil. 


2 


7b 




3b 


38' 


98 b 


79 (0 




3 


loa 


5 


5 




38^ 


99 b 




36 b 


4 


1 1 a 


6 


6 




39^ 


100 a 


88 


37 a 


5 


15a 


10 


9b 




39' 


102 a 






6 


17b 


II 


lib 




40 


174a 


41 


37b 


7 


20 a 




12 b 




40^ 


66b, 103a 


33 




8 


21 a 


12 


12 a 




41 


67 a 


34 


38 


9 


22 b 


13 


13 b 




42^ 


70b 


36 


38 b 


10 


24 a 




14b 




42' 








II 


25b 


14 


15a 




43 


104 a 


56 


39 b 


12 


28b 


16 


15b 




44 


106 b 


50 


40 b 


13 


30 b 


j> 


16 




45 


107 b 


)) 


41 


14 


32b 


17 






46' 


108 b 


53 


41 b 


15 


34 a 




i6b 




46' 


109 b 






16 


37b 


18 


)> 




47* 


III a 


54 




17 


39 a 


J) 


1) 




47' 


112 a 




42 b 


18 


39 b 


19 


17 b 




48 


113a 


58, "3 


42 b ull. 


19 


42 b 


20 


i8b 




49 


115a 


58 


44 


20^ 


73b 


43 






50> 


119a 


60 


44 b 


202 


75a 








50' 


183a 


122 


35 


21 


76 a 


44 






51* 


184 b 


123 


33 a, 35 b 


22 


49 a 


24 


i8b 




51' 


185b 




33b 


23 


54 a 


26 


21 b 




52 


i88b 


125 


35 b 


24 


56 a 


27 


20 




53 


189b 


112 




25 


59 b 


30 


20 b //., 




54 














22b 




55* 


190b 


74 


45 


26 


6ib 


31 


24 b 




55' 








27^ 


77a 








56* 


192 a 


)> 


45 b 


27^ 




87 


26 




56' 








28 


78 b 


63 


26 b 




57 


194 a 


76 


47 b, 49 


29 


80 b 


68 


28 




58^ 


195b 


126 


24b 


30 


83 b 


64 


29 




58' 






48 


31 




66 


30 




59* 


198 a 


128 


55 


32 


88 b 


)) 






59' 








33^ 


65 a 


52 






60 


199a 


129 


59 b 


33' 


90 b 




30 




61^ 


202 b 


71 




34' 


92 a 


77 


30 b 




6i 






45^ 


34' 










62 


202 a(?) 


i3o(?) 




35^ 


47 a 


23 


31b 




63 








35^ 


93a 


78 






64' 


206 a 


69 


63, 74 b 


36 


94 b 


79 






64' 






71b 


37 


96 b 


79(?) 






65* 


207 a 


106 


75b 



190 



APPENDIX 



AS, 

66 
67 
68 
69 

70 

72 

73 
74 
75 
76 

77 
78 

79 

80 



Ap., foil. 



121 a 
125a 
208 b 
211 a 
213a 
215a 
217b 

221 a 

222 b 
224a 
226a 
230 a 
232 a 
234 a 
236 a 



Ac, pp. 



91 

93 
132 

133 
134 
130 

136 

137 
138 
140 
142 
144 
146 

147 

148 



Av., foil. 



63 b 



63b 

65 
68b 



70 

95 
95 b 



AS., 



81 

82 

83 
84 

85 
86 

87 
88 

89^ 

90 

91 
92 

93' 
94 
95 
96 



Ap., foil. 



238 a 
239a 
240 b 
242 a 
244b 
246 b 
247a 
249 a 
251b 
256 a 
256b 
260 b 
263 b 
266 b 
268 a 
270a 



Ac, pp. 



149 

150 

151 
152 

153 
155 

)j 
157 

160 
161 
164 
165 

168 
169 



Av., foil. 



Paralipomena. 



Par, 


Ap, foil. 


Ac, pp. 




Par., 


Ap., foil. 


Ac, pp. 


2 


121 a 


91 


30 


147a 




3 


125b 


94 (?) 




21 


148b 


83 


4 


127 a 


)) 




22 


i5ob(?) 


84 (?) 


S 


129b 


96 




23 


155b 


82 


6 


131 a 






24 


161 b 


103 


7 


140 a 


45 




25 


164 a 


104 


8 


157a 


lOI 




26 


167 b 


105 


9 


158a 


) 




27 


)> 


108 


10 


159b 


102 




28 


169 a 


81 


II 


1 60 b 


103 




29 


170a 


109 


12 


177a 


121 




30 


171 b 


no 


13 


135a 


98 




3' 


169 b 


82 


14 


136a 


)) 




32 


172 b 




'S^ 


136b 


99 




33 


175a 


107 


16 


138 a 


>i 




34 


i8oa 


70 


17 


142 a 


46 




35 


181 a 


no 


18 


144a 


47 




36 


182b 


III 


19 


147 a 


48 











APPENDIX 



191 



Table II, showing sequence of paragraphs of AS. and Par. in certain 

OF THE recensions. 

Italics here = Paralipomena. 



Am. 


Bo. 


Av. 


Ap. 


Ac. 


Sur. 


Nau A. 


I 


I 





I 


I 


I 


/ 


2 


2 


'c5 


2 


2 


2 


2 


3 


3 


J3 



3 


3 


3 


3 


4 


4 


pq 


4 


4 


4 


4' 


5 


5 


< 


5 


5 


5 


i 


6 


6 




6 


6 


7 


6 


8 


8 




7 


7 


8 


'3 


7 


7 




8 


8 


9 


14 


9 


9 




9 


9 


10 


IS, 


10 


10 




10 


II 


II 


16 


II 


II 




II 


12 


13 


7 


12 


12 




12 


13 


14 


17-23 


13 


13 




13 


14 


15 


8 


15 


15 




14 


16 


16 


9 


16 + 17 


16+17 




15 


17 


17 


10 


18 


18 




16 


18 


18 


11 


19 


19 




17 


19 


19 


24-33 


17 


22 




18 


35' 


20 


12 


35^ 


202 


{om) 


19 


22 


21 


40^ 


22 


24 




35' 


23 


22 


38^ 


20 


25 





22 


24 


23 


39' 


23 


23 


'3 


Hist. Laus. xxxiii. 


25 


24 


40^ 


24 


25 


-% 


23 


26 


25 


41 


25 


58' 


M 


24 


40=^ 


26 


43 


40' 


26 


< 


25 


41 


27 


47 


26 


27^ 




26 


42 


28 


45 


42' 


28 




33' 


40^ 


29 


50^ 


41 


29 




40^ 


20 


30 


44(5/^62) 


.42^ 


30 




41 


21 


33 


51 


44 


31 




42 


7 


34 


57 


45 


33^ 




20 


'I 


35 


55' 


46 


34 




21 


18 


28 


34 


43 


35^ 




27 


19 


29 


35 


47^^ 


51' 




28 


44 


32 


36 


48 


50' 




29 


45 


12 


74 


49 


51^ 




30 


33' 


33 


75 


50 


52 




32 


46 


38 


31 


53 


35^ 




33^ 


47 


39 




64 


38^ 




34 


43 


40 




56^ 


39^ 




35^ 


48 


41 




55^ 


40 




36 


49 


/ 




56' 


41 




37 


50' 


43 





192 



APPENDIX 



Am. 


Bo. 


Av. 


Ap. 


Ac. 


Sur. 


57 


42 


.y 


38 


28 (?) 


47 


58 


43 


3 


39 


30 


45 


59^ 


44 


J3 



40^ 


31 


50 


61=' 


45 


pq 


43 


32 


2 


60 


46 


< 


44 


29 


3 


64' 


47^ 




45 


64 


4 


68 


48 




46 


34 


51^ 


64^ 


49 




47 


61 


S 


65> 


50^ 




48 


55 


6 


66 


55^ 




49 


56 


59 . 
^3} 


67 


61^ 




51' 


57 


65^ 


56' 




66 


33' 


K 


33' 


57 




67 


34 


51' 


27' 


58" 




3 


35^ 


IS 


29 


57 




4 


36 


16 


28 


59 




S 


37 (?) 


7 


30 


60 




6 


38 


17 


31 


64^ 




13 


28 


18 


34 


65* 




14 


31 


19 


35 


68 




IS 


23 


21 


51 


69 




16 


21 


22 


50' 


70 




7 


22{}) 


23 


52 


73 




17-23 


2f 


8 


38^ 


64^ 




8 


39 


9 


39' 


64^ 




9 


66 


10 


68 


65^ 




JO 


67 


57 


69 


lacuna 


addition 


II 


2 


55' 


70 


89^ 


74 


24-28 


3 


24 


73 


88 


75 


31 


4 


2S 


72 


89^ 


addition 


29 


/ 


26 (J) 


21 


90 




30 


6 


64" 


32' 


91 




^\ 


13 


58 


38' 


89^^ 




40^ 


14 


27 


39*^ 


93' 




33 


iS^ 


34 


40^?) 


92 




12 


16 


3S 


47^ 


93 




34 


8 


74 


48 


94 




3S^ 


9 


75 


50^ 


95 




^\ 


10 


31 


S 


96 




50' 


II 




6 






51 


24 




13 






52 


^l 




IS 






53 


26 




16 






55 


65 




7 






56 


33 





APPENDIX 



193 



Am. 


Bo. 


Av. 


Ap. 


Ac. 


n 






57 


27 


18 






58 


29 


19 






59 


30 


21-2^ 






60 


35 


29 






62(?) 


36 


30 






61 


53 


32 






64 


48 


33 






65 


addition 


12 






68 


12 


34 






69 


50' 


35 






70 


51 


36 






71 


52 


52 






V. Nau 


58 


71 






72-96 


59 


V. Nau* 








60 


72-96 








62(?) 

71 

V. Nau 

68 
69 
70 

72-87 

90-93 

95 
96 



* The two additional sections in NauD (pp. 509-10) ; cf. Am. 640 infra. 



1143 



C C 



III 



ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS 



Page I, note a, read Should be enf[erioc. 
,, 9, note 2, readv<^. 43. 
,, 31, note I. ujekjuiice occurs in i Sam. vi. 7. 
57, No. II, verso, 1. 8, read eiujA^iiKToi. 
71, note I. -ZkioKXH in Rossi, Papirii. iii. 24, 26, 31 &c. 
,, 73, note difor 42 read 43. 
75, note I. [Ap]a Moui might possibly be a variant of Hamoi. Cf. their Arabic 

forms, here and p. 162, note i, 
77, note I, readvo\. 43. 
83, note 2, ditto. 

,, 98, note I. With egoyn egpe.- cf. egoYit egii- Num. xiv. ir, Rossi i. i. 19, 
and ego^n gn- 2 Sam. iii. 31 ; z'. also Stern 572. 



INDEX 



PERSONS 



{In sequence of Coptic alphabet) 



d.^ijuie\ep(^ 51. 

.fipa.2d.jui, bibl. 120. 
di,-^&JUl II, 60. 

Agripidos (Diocletian) 73. 
Athanasius 13 n, 22, 
d>KpiniTdk (Diocletian) 74. 
Amantius, eunuch 22, 23. 
Ambrosius (=? Apa Rasios, 

ijay^Si) 1 64 n. 
ei^AXjucone of Thone 163. 
Anatolius 58, 60. 
Andrew apostle 64, 65. 
Anianus Alex. 67 n. 
dwnn&, mother of the Virgin 

12. 
ev.sio'yfiei. (iio-yfidw) 168 n. 
Apa Rasios (=? Ambrosius) 

164 n. 
Apollo, saints so named 

162 n. 
e^pe^ejuic (? eejuic) 84. 
Archelaus 174. 

i!i4. . .]c 59, 60. 
Basil of Caesarea 18. 
Basilius 58 n. 
Bachius 58 n. 
Baumstark, Dr. A. 2. 
iepcet^conH (Persephone) 
84. 



Bilhah, Jacob's wife 52 n. 

r'iv^piHX, angel 26. 
Gregory Nazianzen 36. 

fpH^CopiOC 43. 

Damianus, patriarch 13 n, 

21 n, 23, 33 n. 
, his Synodikon 31 n. 
2i.e.itiH\, bibl. 54, 
':^dkyei'^, bibl. 161. 
Diocletian 73, 84. 
, his end 73 n. 
'2^iok\h(tiaiioc) 72. 
:^'Y'p*Lnoc, (?) goddess 84. 

Ebonh 175 n. 
geWnn 8, 69, 88. 

geWHIt, AIIIT- 89. 

exiAiekitOYHX 13, 14 n, 25. 
eri<j05(^ 6-10. 
Enoch literature 3. 
Enoch's mother 4 n. 
sister 4 ff. 

THiiion, emperor 63. 

gH\id>c, bibl. II. 
Hce.ie.c, bibl. 100. 
ETP*'' goddess 84. 



eei.ju.a.p, bibl. 51. 
^A.pdk[ 168. 
^eWd^c, goddess 84. 
oeo'^ocioc, emperor 64. 
eeo-^copoc of Tabennese, 

passim in No. 25. 
as author of Pachomius' 

Life 178. 
Theophilus Alex. 33, 53. 

lAKto^oc, apostle 151, 153. 

ie.K[o.)i] 168. 

le^pe-ji., bibl. 5, 6. 

ie7eKiH\, bibl. 47. 

lepocoXyjuiTHC 86. 

ioy^d.1 14. 

itod^KeiAi, father of Virgin 

12. 
iwcHc^, bibl. 17. 
icogd^nnHC, Baptist 29. 
]oh.n fcjimator 33. 
John of Maiuma 62. 

K.\\ionH 84. 

kXo-s Coluthus 75 n. 

KOpitHXlOC 1 88. 

Cyril Alex. 22 n, 59 n. 
Cyrus (nypoc), hermit 165. 
KwcTdkiiTiuoc, emperor 90. 
Constantine Ladrys 22, 23. 



196 



INDEX 



Constantine of Siut 1 3 n. 

XiwpTHC (Ladrys) 22, 23. 
Xe-yJTHc 57. 

Mathousala (?), bibl. 11. 

jud^piew Virgin 26,27,30,60. 

V. also Virgin. 

Aie^pKiAiioc, emperor 63. 

Mark, evangelist 65, 66, 68 n, 
165. 

jutsw-ypiKioc Maurice, em- 
peror 21, 23. 

AAiXiTinid^noc (Meletian) 
II, 1311. 

AxiXiTioc (.^Meletius) 58, 
61. 

Aii^d^dkHX, angel 77. 

juLoyi, martyr 75, 78, 80. 

Ma)/3er, (^j-1 75 n. 

juwycHC, bibl. 16, 38, 50, 

59- 

Nebuchadnezzar 53. 
iiHAiecic 84. 

Pambo, saint 165. 
nek-yXoc, apostle 36, 49, 51, 

108. 
iTek.gu)ja., nd.gu)AJ.e9i,93,99, 

passim in No. 25. 
Pachomius, Arabic texts of 
the Li/e 1 7 2 ff. 



Pachomius, forms of the 

name icon, 177. 
, his monasteries pre/, n. 
, homily by 175 n. 
, original language of the 

Li/e 172. 
, Sa'idic texts of L/e 

183 ff. 
Persephone 84. 
ncTpoc, apostle 24. 
, crxo^api-os 63. 
Peter the Iberian 62. 
nXaTcovcTT^s, heretics 33 n. 
Psate (Psote), martyr 73, 74- 
noci-a.coii, nigHpe ju.- 88. 
ns'coX, saint 75n, 78. 

2P6.c^d.HX, angel 71. 
Rivieres, A. des, his copies 

of MSS. 68. 
gpoyfiHii, bibl. 51. 
gpioAx*.iioc, father of Victor 

72. 

Samaritan, Good 57, 58 n. 
cyXnnH {^eX-qvrj) 84. 
Severus of Antioch 62 n, 68. 
of Nestarawah 68 n. 
Sibyl, the 4. 
cjuewpewf^oit, name of a 

calf-god, 68 n. 
coXoAxioii, bibl. 19. 



Tabitha, bibl. 4 n, 11. 
Timothy Alex. 62 n, 63. 

^To-ye 141. 

t^ifc, saint 162 n. 
c^iXoe^eoc, martyr 68, 70, 

71, 72, 81 n. 
Philotheus of Dronkah 68 n. 

Christ as ship's master 64. 

ujeiioyre, archimandrite 
166. 

Hamoi, father of Apollo 

162 n. 
gepjuLie^c 168. 
Herminus, saint i62n, i75n. 
gepoyo-x, martyr 75 n, 77. 
Hor, saints of this name 

164 n, 165. 
Horsiesius, a Life of 187. 

ijy>\ = MwySer 75 n. 
hjA\ Hamoi 162 n. 
Jjs^. n-xoX 75 n. 
^_^v^jyii'^> ((_^j};^lp.i) ^ Am- 

brosius 164 n. 
(.Aj) ndwHOge 162 n. 
(_;jLi>lj^, 'i}povwyxLo<i 75 ^^ 
^Ij^, saint 75 n. 



PLACES 



Alexandria 21, 22, 75. 
Aradus 22. 
owTpine 166. 



Auranitis (?) 23. 
Berytus 22. 



T^dkXiXekidk 60. 



Daphne (Antioch) 23 n. 



INDEX 



197 



oe&*.ic 91. 
eoiite 163. 

iepi5(^co 131. 

Cana, Marriage at 60. 
Kdinnd<':^OKiek, Tujopn n- 

18. 
KHjue 23, 66, 68 n, 69, 91. 

Maiuma, John of 62. 
Axe^pHC 91. 
As.oyii(3'oY(3' 74. 



ndw-zidknyoc 36. 

Nikiou, John of 22. 
Nubia 167. 



nA.\kiCTinH 63. 

Panopolis, meaning of name 

nfiooy 159. 

, forms of name 177. 
iiecTepnocem 93 n. 
Psoi (Ptolemais) 73. 
new = ncoi 73 n. 
nccooyn (ncwoy) 73 n. 
nuj(5'enoge i62n. 

pe^KOTe 23, 66, 75. 

cefeoixi 131. 
cep&.neion 93 n. 

ciXtoge^ju. 59. 

, meaning of name 59. 

Siut 13 n. 

co-^ojuidk 131. 



Sophene(?) 23. 

TeikfinriHce 107, 109, 145, 
146. 

, forms of name 177. 

TJuoY- (taxoyi-), place- 
names in 73 n. 

Ttlnah el-Gebel 162 n. 

OYujHJu, town 24 n. 

5(^&.\KH'^ion 63 

j-)l, ^\^i\ 73 n. 
AJj^aj), 'ijjAi 73 n. 

i^y^"^) ^yj" J^> site of 
Apollo's monastery 162 n. 
li-gXi., monastery pref. n. 
^'S4* 73 n. 



e^Xe 119, 158. 

egpes.1 100. 
e>.\Ke 66. 
ei.\TK&,c 150. 
d.JLi&.gTe 93. 
ekJUHTe 42. 

e^Hi. 23, 59, 74, 75, 77, 78, 
80, 93, 162, 163, 166, 
168. 

alone as title 187 n. 
6.piKe 105. 

dwCa^i 26. 

is.TKA.c (&.\tk*>c) 152 n. 

A-yem 56. 

i^uje 39. 



COPTIC 

{A selection only) 

e^gepes^T- gi-^iu- 146. 
fikgiojuL 91. 

&to\, nomi 106, 188. 

, vb. 28 n, 61. 

fioX, n- 15. 

fcX&iXe 41. 

Anne 157. 

Acocope (qcowpe) efcoX 28. 

fio'yfeo'Y' 19. 

e&OT 23. 
eKi&e, -xi- 8, 88. 
eXgHAi 113. 
enco loi, 102 n. 



epHT 142. 
ernu) 121. 
egoyn egpjn,- 98, 98 n. 

HS-e 155. 

eine, likeness 150. 
enoT 146. 

nTKOinconiew 145. 
eicoTe 92, 140. 
ei-sepoK, V. -xepo-. 

ue. TOOT- efcoX 154. 
Kicooy 151. 
K(OK CkgHy 43. 



198 



INDEX 



uWe 1 01. 
K\oo\e 26, 85. 
kXoju, 6, 67, 146, 148. 

KAAl 118, 159. 
KIJU, iravea-dat 188 n. 
KJU.TO 23. 

Kionc 143. 

KpO 40. 

KHpjiiec 35. 

KpOAipjU 117, 132. 
KWpUJ 99, 163. 

KCOT, rule 96. 

KOT, '^- i88n. 

Koyi, JULiiT- 97, 99, 109. 

KikUI 9. 
KWgT 119. 

\o 45, 166. 
\ifce 66. 
Xco^iuj 77. 
XoeiiS'e 163. 

xxoy 23. 

AXOKAIK 92, 145, 155, 159. 
JU)>KOT, AlewKCOT 1 43, 14511. 

juLitoit, minime 50. 

juine, Axjuitte 32. 

juiooiie,come to port40,i 59. 

A.dktieiek.A,ju.iie 74. 

Aiooiie, feed 13. 

, ju.d> JUL-, pasture 19. 

AxepoYoos'e 81. 

juoyp 6, 28 n. 

xioyc 77. 

ju.4>ce 69, 70. 

JUHce 48. 

AAice 154. 

, JuiiTpeq- 27. 

, uji.- 30. 

Axecico 30. 

, vb. 31 n. 



Axec^HT 45. 
Axce^g 119, 
juLoyTe, peq- 42. 
Jue^Toi 72. 

JUlTOJt 164. 

> i 99- 
Jue^dkUje 4. 

juoouje efioX 15, 19. 

jueujdwK 156. 

AioyigT 43, 158. 

Aioyg, burn 89. 

JULO'^ig 6. 

noem 82. 

siKd^ 157. 

lino 98. 

noyTe ncgiAxe, goddess 84. 

iiT&,ipe (? Te^ipe), water 

sprites 88. 
noyTq 19. 
ncjOTq (iiOYTq) 188. 

mof 55, 82. 
neeq 65. 
niqe 19. 
siotjpe 156. 
iieg 151. 
noyxe 157. 
efioX 167. 
uo^, magnate 72. 

oog 95. 

ne, pjuju- 24. 

, TAiegce^iyqe jul- 86. 

noeiuj, step of ladder 39, 

40. 
ncoXg 81, 
TTWtone 25. 
iicoinT 119, 120. 
npco 32. 
npHuj 119, 157, 158. 



ntop-s 112. 
efioX 32. 
nice 158, 159. 
n&.T 124. 
ntoTC 77. 
nivgoy 45. 
n6.ope 67. 
na.iS'ce 67. 

PH 95, 151- 

pme e^oX 112. 

pwKg 102. 

piAie 158. 

pcDJue, juiiiTei.T- 75. 

PJU.AX&.0 49. 

poAAne, Tp- 49. 

pjuge 84. 

piwu 6, 7. 

pne 88, 93. 

ppo 64, 72. 

, p- 90. 

pHc 84, 88, 91, 169. 

, C3>.- 168. 

pooyig, p- 77- 

P&UJ, pjUL- 69. 

coi 77. 

ceo, Alfik It- 27. 

Cdwfie, JUHT- loi, 106. 
cAto 99. 
ccofi.e 168. 
coiiTe 120. 
ctoK 9. 

CCK TOOT- 158. 

cioXn 18. 

C6.Xdwnin (? {i7ro;(ov8/Dta) 

188 n. 
coXcX 14, 27, 112, 123. 

CAIH 92. 

CAiiiie 88, 166. 

CAIOT 105, 124. 



INDEX 



199 



Ciui.&.g 41. 

cme 57. 
ca^fknuj 105. 
copT 158. 
coeiT 6. 

CTCOT 4. 

ciofp 23. 
cooyTit 117, 126. 
coo-yge n'Sto 77. 
cooygc 134, 146. 
C&.2 92. 
cekg, awl 77. 
cooge, put apart 11. 
CdkgTe 76. 
cwiye 26. 

ctocoq 13, 128, 131. 
cocs'n 69. 

T&feo 18. 
-^fec 77. 

TCO^lC 102, 156. 

tit 150. 

Tiofig 65, 149. 

Td>,eio 12, 17. 
Te^Xo 9. 

, weave 147 n. 

TAIH 147, 157. 

TekiigoyT- 47. 

Twpe, ujn- 45. 

TWpiT 23. 

Te^dwTe, flap (wings) 47 n. 

Tooy 6, 163, i66. 

Td^yo 19. 

TO'ypHc(?) 19. 

TO'^'COT 71. 
TO']f'2iO 27. 

Twuj, vb. 100, 118, 129, 

131, 146. 

, noun 130, 154. 
eie gH 153, 155 n. 

TdkgO 102, 150. 



^Mio 163. 

TtOgJUl 82. 

eno 118. 
Tis.tS' 140. 
TtofS'e 20. 

rtfippe 1 10. 

o-yw, news 163, 169. 

oyoeie 18. 

cyoein 5. 

o-yeiite 19. 

o-ynoY, peqKe^- 42, 

oytoniij 32. 

oycong eio\ 99, loi, 113. 

oyewCTn 12. 

oyTe 148. 

oyooTe 156. 

oyujTn eio\ 143. 

OYOToyeT 150. 

oytoTg 45, 144. 

oywuj 157. 

o-ycoiyjii 69. 

oycoajq 144, 

cytoge 19. 

o-yd-gjULe 188. 

0'Y"2ie.i 41, 81. 

5<^oia>Kg, 9(^oi&,5(^K 19, 23. 

(o(jo 154. 
coAtg 144. 
(Dite 166. 

(ene) AiAie 148. 
topjji 31. 

lopK 42. 

oop-x 97, lor, 146. 

COCK 93, 116, 155. 

(OTn, load 121. 

wqe 77. 

cogc 118. 

ogc, n- 18. 



to-xit 100. 

uje, ^\- 52. 

uji&e 25, 115. 
ajHi 117. 
ujoei's 81, 
ujiKe 56. 
ujXhX 65. 
igXg 18. 
igX*.g 163. 
ujHAx 23, 24 n. 
igtoAi 31, 32. 
ujcoAxe 120. 
mAlJLlO, p- 42. 
ujAiiiOYqe, qM- 30. 
ujHii 92. 
ijgixe 19. 

igiite, AJiik ti- 12. 
cgcone 57, 90. 
ujOKTe 142. 
uje^ngHT 57. 
ujwn 31. 
unne 98. 
tgcoc 74. 

UJTeKO 82. 

ujTHn 135. 
uj&Y, i.T- 45. 
ujooTfe 40. 
ujo-yeiT, ncT- 159, 
ujODuj, scatter 35. 
ujcou}, be equal 60. 

UJOllJT lOI. 

uje^qTe, juliit- 4, 9. 
ujto(o(?e 67. 

qcotope, V, fecoiope. 
qcoa'e 71, 150. 
qo(3'c, csi- 28. 

gH (belly), eie- 153. 
go (gpi^-) 27, 56, 109, 117, 
159- 



200 



INDEX 



gH^lC 89. 

giofic 157. 

gei>.\, p- 28. 

gWo 116. 

gd^Woyc, meanings of 

loin. 
ga.\HT 56. 

g\0(3' 27. 

gAXAie, p- 7, 78. 

gOJUtlT 45. 

gAiooc e^o\ 39, 

gAAOT 104. 

, ujn- 159. 
gHne 14. 

gno 43. 45- 

geneexe 98, 117, 126, 182. 

g^n 155. 

gpe 31. 

gipevT- 82 n. 

g6.pig gHT 156. 

gpujipe 142, 156. 

g^peg 97. 

gice 33. 

gHT, AXriTKOYI - 9. 



gTO 93. 

gcoTe (? "xioTe) 77. 
gcoTn 89. 

2T 99- 
. '^ 132. 
gOYAine 19. 
gcjotg 78. 
goq 74. 
go'sge'x 148. 

xH, Sin- 127. 
^i 97. 
-SI '^ 17. 

so, wall 148. 

2^01 39, 56, 65, 119, 159. 

jico, head 98. 

xioXai 28 n. 

xoXjuec 27. 

xcotoAie 6, 7, 119. 

-xen-, or 60. 

xeitencop 107. 

xno, acquire 153. 

iiKecon 151. 

20L)p 18. 



spo 81. 

xpo, peq- 90, 91 n. 

xepo-, ei- 46, 65 n. 

xwtope, strong 4, 77. 

sdwiikTe, 's&.Te 18, 154. 

scoTe 150. 

sto-x, es.n- 24. 

^coX, gather 52. 

(S'coXn e&oX 119, 121, 138- 

^Xoog'e 39, 40. 

<3'X(5'lX 77. 

(3'tone, (S'loit 91, 107. 
(5'epcofe 135. 
(^'pooAxne 13. 

(3'pU)g ((3'pCjO(3') 42. 

(^iop(3', people (vb.) 11, 

59- 

, lie in wait 15. 

(3'op(5'c 78. 
(3'coTn 91, 143. 

{5'oo'Y"e 134- 
<5'u)ujT, (^m- 27. 
c5'tO^ 77. 



GREEK 



e.r'd.eoc 9, 17, 78, 129. 
, AXHT- 85, 114. 
e.rd>nd>KTei 123, 133. 
e.r'eiwiiH 46, 49, 149. 
dyaTTi^Tos 68 n. 
e>,icueXiKOC 52. 
.ci-eXoc 54, 117, 124, 134, 

142, 165. 
gd.T'ioc 6, 23, 36, 75. 
ivt'opA 27. 
i^upioc 133. 



e^rpioc, juLiiT- 108 n. 

ekKoni& (dycovta) 30. 
iMTioniTe 109. 

is.'^&.AJld.nTIIlOC 6. 

iveToc 46. 

d.Hp 18, 19. 

gdwipecic 13. 
gMpeTiKoc 32. 
d.ice.ne 104, 105. 
e>.ice^HCic loi, 104, 105. 
dwiTCi 153. 



e^iTHAidk 153, 169. 

iv.iX-*J'-*>^<J^''"*'c^ 143' 
diiton 5, 128, 130. 
a^RTin 150. 
ikXHe^moc 79, 86. 
vXX?(dAXd) 20, 21. 
ewitei.rKeK,7e 23, 98. 
ewite^uKH 57. 
, AxnT- 15. 
e^iie^rncoCTHC 84. 
dwneswXd^Jui>Lne 5, 10. 



INDEX 



20 1 



dwIt&.CT&.CIC 43. 

e^itdwCTpoc^H 108. 

e^ne^x^^P" 112, 127, 134, 

143. 155- 
d.itdw5(;.wp'THC 132. 

e^iiTiKeiAienoc 78- 

e^^i(ji)jULe.TiKOC 84. 
e.gopei.TOC 7) 79- 
e^Tio cTH^o-yc 97, 119, 167. 
ewnd^iiTdw 49, 50, 113, 120, 

126, 133, 163. 
dwireknTHJue. 27. 
a^nd^TH 66. 
Anei\H 148. 
&.nicToc 118, 138. 
gei.nXo'Y'C, AiitT- 153. 
es.iio\o'C'i&. 188. 
*.Tiopei 59. 
e^nocToXoc 17, 43, 51, 64, 

123. 
eknoc^a.cic 34, 77. 
ei^pek, 163. 
e^pvoc 43. 
ApeTH 169. 
2&.pjuLOc 150. 
ekpnes. 145. 
d^pX^^^^eXoc 4, 71, 77, 85, 

149. 
.pXi 123, 124, 137, 154, 

162. 

e>pX 99? 100 "5 146. 
e.pXien*CKonoc 23, 63. 

>PX<^" 23. 
&ceiHC 74. 
ikCKHTHC 141. 
d.CTpe.nH 67. 

^YUO^CTOC 90. 

a.ye&.'^Hc (?) 33. 
d^yeeiiTie. 20. 
ek-y^js^ne 92, 99. 

1143 



j^YTe<^OYCio loi. 

A.c^e&.pToc 75. 

evc^opjuLH 14, 126, 163, 164. 

ns,nTi7e 30. 

in^TvwciXb. 43, 45, 59, 169. 

fie.p&i.poc 91, 142, 143. 

Ad.ces.niTe 76. 

Ad^ce^noc 76, 77. 

i&cic 69, 71. 

fiioc 74, 86, 168. 

A\&.nTei 86. 

iOHeei 75, 113, 120. 

feoHeei*. 33, 34- 

^7eiied 52. 
renedk\ouei 25, 26. 
renHCic 50. 
reniiMOC 78, 79, 
viiTd.c 59. 

x^pa^c^H 97, 100, 124, 137, 
167. 

:i.e.iJUonioc 44, 98, 167. 
:^&iJULcoti 66, 91, 129, 131. 
^HjuLio-yproc 31, 32. 

"^HJUOC 23. 

a.HAie*Ye 84. 

T^ii^iioKoc 87, 130, 131, 
162. 

^Id^eHKH 41, 131, 154. 

'^i&Koitei 141. 

2^i>Konoc 84. 

^idwKpiiie 49, 104,119,140, 

141. 
:iiis.Kpicic loi. 
jkiKMOc 5, 34, 35, 74. 
^iKe.iocynH 4, 148. 
2.iCTd.7e 15511, 
^OKiJuiew7e 77. 
8o^ov 24 n. 

D d 



'xpd.KCon 74. 
^YitekJULic 31, 79. 

ed>p 31. 

et^Kpa^Teiaw 149. 

efKp^Teye 40, 41. 

et'KU)Juiii.7e 25. 

gcdiiiKOC 93. 

geonoc 161. 

tye 65 n. 

ctSwAo/Aavta 67 n. 

ei-^wXon 66, 77. 

glKCOIl (ctKwv) 4. 

eipHHH 148, 165, 166. 

eiTei. 79. 

ckkXhci*. 24, 37, 59, 86, 

169, 170. 
geXnic 64, 88, 149. 
eitToXH 109, no, 154. 
encoxXei 115. 
e^Hr'HCic 18. 
e^oycidw 163. 
eg^iopiCTei*. 63, 75- 
eiiei no. 
enei-^H 48. 
eiTi-jkHjuiieK 25. 
enie'yju.ei 51. 
eniCKonoc 18, 36, 107, 169. 
ertiCTHJULH 27. 
eniTiAiek, vb. 126. 
eno-ypeskHioc 79. 
epve^cie. 19. 
2epA5iHTA.pioit 76. 
epwraTTOKpicrts 5^- 
eyo^^'^eXiO" 109, 139. 
e-YewffeXicTHC 24, 32, 165. 
eyceiiHC 74. 

7HTHAld. 61. 

gHirejucoii 75, 77, 78. 



{ 



202 



INDEX 



gHXiRia. 25, 88, 95, 154. 

e&.\evcce. 64, 65, 72. 
o^e&,Tpon 71. 
eeo\otoc 36. 
eetopei 17, 21. 
e^Hpion 7 1, 119. 
oXifie 148, 150. 
o\i\^ic 120. 

e^YAXOC 76- 

eypoypoc [Ovpwpos) I'J- 
^Y*^id.7e 77, 84. 
^yciakCTHpion 45. 

OI-JiICOTHC 123, 124. 

gicTopive 25. 

Kek^awpiye 30, 117. 

K&e^&.pa}n 54. 

RawH^ei (Karr/^f "') ^ 3 7 > 

13811, 140. 
K&,Kie>. 54- 

KivXAAldwpiOIl 9. 

uevX-yfiH 158. 

Kd.X(OC 40, 43. 

Ke.li 98. 
Kj^noniTC 44. 

Ka^pnoc II, 100, 151, 153, 
154- 

Kd^CIC 77. 

KdkTe.&oXH 130. 
Kardyatov 165. 

Kft.Tis.KX'YCAS.OC 59. 

K&.Te.XdwXei 117. 
Ki.Te.Tes, 42. 
Kes.Te.^iO'Y 47. 
K&.Te.iTeTei.cjii8. 16. 
KdkT&prei 93. 

K.T6.e^pOIlI 66. 

K.THropei 146. 
KeXeycic 72. 



Kec^evXMOn 57. 

Kynoc {ktjttos) 19. 

KHp-^f^ 103. 

Kin-jkyiteYe 56, 102. 
kXhpikoc 47. 
KOinconiA. 132. 
, eiioT itT- 145. 

KOIT(jO 8. 

KoXswCic 34, 52, 72. 

KOXdwCTHpiOIt 76, 
KOCJU6I 27. 

KOCJUIKOC 116, 135, 166. 
KOCJUOKp&,TU)p 31. 
KOCJULOC 99, 128, 130, 166. 

Kpd.'yrH 37. 
Kpine 46, 158. 
KpTfCTe^poc (Kpvo-TaAXos) 3 1 . 
KwXye 142. 

Xmkoc 46. 
Xd.JU.ne.c 67. 
Xe^ic 37. 
Xhcthc 89. 

XOUIKOC 31. 

Xoroc, sermon 23. 
Xynei 112, 123, 132, 156, 
169. 

AiekXTOC 42. 
jue^eHTHc 95. 
JULe.Ks,pioc 63, 93, 166. 
xiei^XXoit 14. 

JU.ii.pt'ewpiTHC 26. 

JULdwpTYpion 72, 78, 79. 
Aie^pTypoc 24, 67, 75, 76, 

. 78. 

ju.er'ee^oc 24. 
jueXeTdi 100, 167. 
juieXoc loi, 104, 150. 
Axepoc 41, 153, 167. 
AieTe.noei 39, 40, 41, 42. 



AieTj^iioiA 38, 41, 53, 54, 
56, 103, 146, 161. 

JLIJUIH (? fxv) I 3. 

Aioiie^xoc 115, 125, 133, 
143. 144, 156, 163, 164, 
166. 

, AlItT- 135, 169. 

AxofxiXoc 1 01. 
ju-ycTHpion 5, 124. 

HHCTeye 146, 165. 

vLK7](l)6po<s 91 n. 

nitH (? vv) 13. 

noi 5. 

iiOJUioc (vo/xo?) 96, 102, 1O3, 

115, 166. 

noyc 5, 24. 
n-yJUit^H 19. 

[^en;o]'2k.o5(^iori or [ne.u]- 
:^05(|^io 170. 

^uAoKOTTOS 53 J^* 

ot'roc 22 n. 
oiKonojuLidk 29, 90. 
oiKoyjuieiiH 55. 

goXoKOTIUOC 49. 

goAxeXid. 36. 

gojuoicoc 51. 
oojuioXor'ei 25, 66, no. 
goAioXoviA. no. 

ofxoXoyrjT'^s 62 n, 
gOAitoc (o/xcos) 50 n, no. 
onoAiekTe 78- 

OllTtOC 59. 

gope^Aid. 74, 138, 139, 140. 
opT^inon 75. 
gopi^e 54. 
opiiiH (6pLvrj) 27. 
gocon 48, 56, 164. 
oyK cyn 9, 10. 



INDEX 



203 



n6.i-2k.eYCic 72. 
[Tie.ii]-2k.ofx^ion(?) or [^euo]- 

:^ofxiioii 170. 
nawitOYprid, no, 115. 
neswpdwfeak 51, 109, 115. 
n&,pes.&^s>THc no. 
nA.pei.t'e 128. 
nekp&.'^i'^O'y 79, 163. 
nekpd>Kev\ei 75, 79, 169. 
nei>.pd.n:OAJioc 32. 
ndwpe^eitoc 6, 8, 12, 27. 

IIA.TpiKIOC 23. 

ne^Tpic (?) 86. 

iieipes.7e 124. 

neipe^cjuoc 81. 

neXskt'oc 56, 80. 

nie^e 66, no. 

mcTe-ye 38, 43, n7, 146. 

nicTic 43, 44, 60, 109, 128, 

161. 
nicToc 105, 153. 
nXekCce 10, 
nneYJLidw (niii.) 127, 128, 

153- 

HOH-^HC (TTOtT^TT/s) 88. 

noXcAJiei 66, 91. 

noXeJuoc 78, 85, 169. 
noXic 23, 32, 49, 65. 
noXiTfc-ye 38, 130, 138. 
noXiTeYOxienoc 23. 
noXiTid. 38. 
noiiHpoc 140. 
nopiieye 43, 11^. 
nopiiies. 128. 

TTOTHpiOn 46. 
npa.5ic 99. 
npecfceye 47. 
npeci-yTepoc 84, 134. 
, AiitT- 134. 
npoge^ipecic 95, 156. 
npoKeiJueiioc 2. 



I npoKonre 88, 154. 
I npoCT*.rjuieii. 91. 

npocc^opeiw 46. 

npoTpene 67, 86, 104, 153. 

npoc^HTHC 38. 

nyXn, nd>T- 162. 

gpd.fl'Sk.OC 9. 
gpHTOIt 137. 

gpioce>.TOii 69. 

cd.6ie.TOtt 14. 
c^p^^ 109, 153. 

. P- 95- 
cepsw?]jiit 31. 

CHAie^iie {aryjixaivetv) 30. 

CKe>if2k,6.Xi7e 60, 109, no. 

CKene.7e 77. 

CKCOC (o-KUOs) 9 I. 
CKipTik 19, 28. 
COC^Id. 79- 
COC^OC 16. 
cnekTdkX*. 95. 
cnnXd^ioit 67. 
cno-y-jk.d^Te 95, 126, 147. 

CITOY'ii.A.IOC 89. 
CTHeOC, V. ikTlO. 
CTOAlek^OC 166. 
CTpA.THXi.THC 23, 29. 

CTpewTwp 29. 

(TTpovOiov, use of word 1 7 2 n. 
CT-yXXoc (cttSAos) 69, 166. 
cyrKeXXoc 63. 

CyJULTToXlTHC 86. 

CYn&.<Zic 37. 

, as place of service n 9 n. 
cynei-^HCic loi, 102, 103. 
cyrieToc, AiiiT- 114. 
cyriHeeiak 128. 
cyiigJCTe. 106. 
cyiigc^oc 63. 



cyiiTd.T'juA 62 n, 63. 
cynTeXeie. 128, 130. 
(TVVTe)(vo<s 82 n. 
CYUTy^ie. 27. 
ct^pd.ri7e 14, 72. 
cc^pa^vic 7, 14. 

CXHAXi^ 43, 52. 

c5(^oXd.pioc 63. 
ctojue. 7, loi, 138, 166. 

CWTHp 108, 165. 

TA,Xe>.in(jopoc 89, 146. 

Tdkt^OC 14. 

rdxa 88, 89 n. 

Te^XT 9. 119- 
reXeioc 154. 

, AiitT- 109. 

Texe5^XoKei Q rexveaXo- 

yileLv) 25. 

TIAlCOpiA. 77. 

'^ptoii {ripoiv) 29. 

toXjuHpoc 53. 

TOnoc 165. 

Tp&.ne7dw 81, 148, 155. 

TpiewC 13. 

T-ynoc 39, 57, 151. 

gynei^TOc 23. 

gynepcTHC {vTr7]peTrj<;) 29. 
g-yrnHpeTei 63. 
gynoOYKH (? aTTodrjKyij) 7. 
gYnojLiiiie 77, 81, 130. 
gynoTe-ye (.'' rTroTrreueiv) 13. 
gycoc nu&.T^i7eXoc, epithet 

of Apollo 162 n. 
gHnciCTCoc (.'' ui/^tcTTos) 23. 

cj^iXoc mies.^Tt'eXoc, epithet 

of Apollo 162. 
c^yXekKH 75. 

C^yXd^KTHpiOU 42. 



204 



INDEX 



e^WTicJue. 79. 

^d.ipe 26. 

^aipcTicr/AOt 2 7 n. 

X*^^*oc 93. 

X^pj^e 9, 72, 75, 79, 93. 

Xd'PIC 105. 

5(^e.picju.A, 140. 
5(^eipoToneiak 169. 



9(^iju.ion 19. 
X^wn 31. 
XopHuei 60. 
Xop7}y6<; 60 n. 
Xopfoc 69. 
Xpwc 66. 
XPi*>CTei 66. 
XPHCTOC, juriT- 149. 
Xpii^ 49, 50, 158. 



XpJCTia.!ioc 42, 43' 51. 72, 

84, 140. 
X^oJioupd^c^oy {xpovoypa- 

<^"v) 25. 
X'J^P*' 66. 

vl[/d.\iu.oc 97. 
v^ewXTHpion 3. 



pl 



Hor 16511, 



epithet of 



ARABIC 

-.^*- 69 n. 
jy^ 68. 
.UiiJl, epithet of Hor 164 n. 



sUr**, spade 144 n. 
j.^^, as 'Encomium' 178 n. 



!s\iLa, geiteeTe 182. 



Abbreviations used 171. 
Accents on Greek words 

63 n, III n. 
Anthology, a Sa'idic 178. 
Antiphonary 62. 
Apocryphal Acts 64. 
Apophthegmata 167. 

Biblical and non-biblical 
texts in one MS. i. 

Biblical quotations : 
Gen. vi. 4, 59 n. 

xiv. I, 2, 132 n. 

XX. 2, 52 n. 

XXXV. 22 (21), 52 n. 

xxxix. 6, 70 n. 

xlvii. 6, 1 7 n. 
Lev. vii. 12, ix. 4, 69 n. 
Num. xii. 3, 70 n. 

,, XV. 30(32), 53 n. 
Ruth, Book of, I. 
Ps. iv. 6, 8 in. 



SUBJECTS 

Biblical quotations, contd. 
Ps. xxi. 9, 10, 89 n. 

xxviii. 8, 2. 

xxxiii. I, 97 n. 

xli. 8, 30 n. 

1. 7-9, 2. 

,, Ixvi. 2, 2 n. 

Ixxxiv. 10, 29 n. 

Ixxxv. 13, 42n. 

Ixxxviii. 22, 133 n. 

xcvii. 1-5, 2. 

cii. 1-5, 106 n. 

cviii, 31, 48 n. 

,, cxv. 3, 106 n. 

cxviii. 37, 28 n. 

cxlii. 10, 93 n. 
Psalm verses, 1 2 n. 
Prov. xix. 17 (?), 49 n. 
Cant. ii. 11, 19 n. 
iv. 16, 20 n. 
Isa. xxviii. 15, 18, 41 n. 

Ivii. 14, 3on. 



Biblical quotations, contd. 
Isa, Ixv. 8, 4 in. 
Jer, ix. 17, i38n. 

,, X. 16, 90 n. 
Ezek, iii. 18, 47 n. 
Dan, ii. 21, 107 n. 

vii. 9, 25 n. 
Daniel (doubtful refer- 
ence), 55 n. 
Matt, iii, 16, 62 n. 

iv, 2-4, 10, 62 n, 

V, 8, loi n, 

V, 22, 59n. 

V. 44, i39n. 

X. 33, 147 n. 

xi, 28-30, 39 n, 

xix. 19, 58 n. 

xxii. 39, 58 n. 

XXV. 40, 49 n. 
Mark xii. 31, 58 n. 

xiii. 19, 35n, 
Luke i, 36, 43, 44, 29 n. 



Biblical quotations, conld. 
Luke i. 39, 28 n. 

ii. n, 33 n- 

iv. 13, 6211. 

vi. 43, 168. 

X. 27, 97 n. 

X. 3ifF, 57. 

xiv. 26, icon. 

,, xxii. 30, 81 n. 

,, xxiv. 32, 12511. 

John ii. I, 60 n. 

ii, 4, 62 n. 

V. 14, 39n. 

M ix. 3> 7. 59 n. 

X. 18, 21. 

XV. 22, 53 n. 
Acts i. 3, 21 n. 

iv. 13, i25n. 

ix. 15, 92n. 

XX. 20, 21, 161 n. 
Rom. ii. 14, 104 n. 

iv. 15, 36fr. 

X. 17, i29n. 

xii. 12, 150 n. 

1 Cor. xiii. 5, 47 n, 50 n. 

XV. 50, 92 n. 

2 Cor. xii. 2, 87 n. 

,, xii. II, 107 n. 
Gal. i. 15, 16, 92 n, 

V. 22, 150 n. 
Eph. V. 17-20, 2. 
Phil. iii. 15, 107 n. 
Col. ii. 5, 154 n. 
I Tim. i. 17, 80. 

iv. 2,103 n. 
Titus ii. 1 1 (?), 2. 
Heb. X. 22, 104 n. 

xii. 23, 87 n. 

xiii. 2, 135 n. 



INDEX 

Biblical quotations, con/d. 
Jas. i. 5, 15411. 
i. 6,155 n. 
i. 17, i52n. 
ii. 19, 20, 44 n. 

Catalogue of books i n. 
Cathedral church (ku^oA. 

e/</cA.) 21. 
Charity 57. 
Christmas 18. 
Consonants in name omitted 

14 n. 
Cow, brazen (torture) 77 n. 
Crowns granted to martyrs 

68 n. 

Dialogue (epojTaTroKpio-ts) 

58. 

' Eagles ' {i.e. clergy) 47 n. 

Earthquakes 22. 

Edict, Diocletian's 83. 

Epiphany 2. 

, sermon on 47 n. 

Foot washing 2. 

Gnostic names 14 n. 
Gods, names of 84. 
, Diocletian's 83. 
Greek accents in Coptic 
MSS. 63 n. III n. 

Lectionary 2. 

Jasper (stone) 27 n. 
Judgement, the Last 33. 
'Junior' 24 n. 

Martyrdom of St. Mark 65. 
of Philotheus 68, 70. 



205 

Nativity, homily on the 22 n. 

' Power ' (8wa/Ats) 1 1 n. 

Quires, how indicated 89. 
Quire-marks 15 n, 42, 43. 

Red ink 2, 3. 
Relics, saints' 13 n. 
Repentance, sermon on 53. 
Rhymed prose (Arabic), 

passages in 175. 
Rule, the Pachomian 95 n. 

Sesame oil 70 n. 

' Son of Compassion ' 

(= Christ) 85 n. 
' Store-houses ' (Book of 

Enoch) 7 n. 
Sunday, Low 2. 
Superlineation, peculiar 

pre/, n. 
Synaxarium 68, 70, 73. 
Synodikon of Damianus 

31 n. 

Temptations of Jesus 62. 
'Testimonies '(nAr/po<^optai) 

of John of Maiuma 62. 
Thcolokm, author of 2 7 n. 
Thursday, Holy 2. 
Tortures, various 77. 
Trinity, the 4, 8 n. 

Virgin, the 11. 

, death of the 17. 

Water, Blessing of 2. 
Wheel (torture) 78 n. 






No. 2 







No. 4 




No. 3 






No. 6 



2nt roJc^ i) N 



No. 8 







I 



sij 



2 I'Z 




S 






S ^ t*" ^'?r 









TvT 



7<aACXIC|<TTfC 







No. 9 



5 









^Pj33^ 



O 




i' 




lO 



? I ill 



CO 








'-^ iA^ a> 

^ ^1^ A 



' It- 



CD 



?^; 



I 



& 




(M 




(N 






No. 25 



^^f JCOV/LIjO ^^ 







No. 26 



i 









CO 



CQ 



OXFORD : HORACE HART, M.A. 
PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY 



I 



( 



A 



I 



Hi 



9 



University of Toronto 
Library 



DO NOT 
REMOVE 



* ^?. 



THE, 

CARD 

FRdM 



TMS 
POCKET 



Acme Library Card Pocket 

Under Pat "Ref. Index File" 

Made by LIBRARY BUREAU 



- 5txJ 

til?